Radio Frequency Devices That [54 FR 17714, Apr

Home , 500 kHz, BPL (time service), Radio frequency, Unintentional radiator

§ 13.217 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

least five (5) times the number of ques- 15.102 CPU boards and power supplies used tions required for a single examination. in personal computers. The FCC will issue public announce- 15.103 Exempted devices. ments detailing the questions in the 15.105 Information to the user. pool for each element. COLEMs must 15.107 Conducted limits. 15.109 Radiated emission limits. use only currently-authorized (through 15.111 Antenna power conduction limits for public notice or other appropriate receivers. means) question pools when preparing 15.113 Power line carrier systems. a question set for a written examina- 15.115 TV interface devices, including cable tion element. system terminal devices. 15.117 TV broadcast receivers. [73 FR 4479, Jan. 25, 2008] 15.118 Cable ready consumer electronics equipment. § 13.217 Records. 15.119 Closed caption decoder requirements Each COLEM recovering fees from for analog television receivers. examinees must maintain records of 15.120 Program blocking technology re- expenses and revenues, frequency of ex- quirements for television receivers. aminations administered, and exam- 15.121 Scanning receivers and frequency ination pass rates. Records must cover converters used with scanning receivers. 15.122 Closed caption decoder requirements the period from January 1 to December for digital television receivers and con- 31 of the preceding year and must be verter boxes. submitted as directed by the Commis- 15.123 Labeling of digital cable ready prod- sion. Each COLEM must retain records ucts. for 1 year and the records must be 15.124 DTV transition notices by manufac- made available to the FCC upon re- turers of televisions and related devices. quest. Subpart C—Intentional Radiators PART 15—RADIO FREQUENCY 15.201 Equipment authorization require- DEVICES ment. 15.202 Certified operating frequency range. Subpart A—General 15.203 Antenna requirement. 15.204 External radio frequency power am- Sec. plifiers and antenna modifications. 15.1 Scope of this part. 15.205 Restricted bands of operation. 15.3 Definitions. 15.207 Conducted limits. 15.5 General conditions of operation. 15.209 Radiated emission limits; general re- 15.7 [Reserved] quirements. 15.9 Prohibition against eavesdropping. 15.211 Tunnel radio systems. 15.11 Cross reference. 15.212 Modular transmitters. 15.13 Incidental radiators. 15.213 Cable locating equipment. 15.15 General technical requirements. 15.214 Cordless telephones. 15.17 Susceptibility to interference. 15.19 Labelling requirements. RADIATED EMISSION LIMITS, ADDITIONAL 15.21 Information to user. PROVISIONS 15.23 Home-built devices. 15.215 Additional provisions to the general 15.25 Kits. radiated emission limitations. 15.27 Special accessories. 15.216 Disclosure requirements for wireless 15.29 Inspection by the Commission. microphones and other low power auxil- 15.31 Measurement standards. iary stations capable of operating in the 15.32 Test procedures for CPU boards and core TV bands. computer power supplies. 15.217 Operation in the band 160–190 kHz. 15.33 Frequency range of radiated measurements. 15.219 Operation in the band 510–1705 kHz. 15.35 Measurement detector functions and 15.221 Operation in the band 525–1705 kHz. bandwidths. 15.223 Operation in the band 1.705–10 MHz. 15.37 Transition provisions for compliance 15.225 Operation within the band 13.110– with the rules. 14.010 MHz. 15.38 Incorporation by reference. 15.227 Operation within the band 26.96–27.28 MHz. Subpart B—Unintentional Radiators 15.229 Operation within the band 40.66–40.70 MHz. 15.101 Equipment authorization of uninten- 15.231 Periodic operation in the band 40.66– tional radiators. 40.70 MHz and above 70 MHz.

752

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00762 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.1

15.233 Operation within the bands 43.71–44.49 15.509 Technical requirements for ground MHz, 46.60–46.98 MHz, 48.75–49.51 MHz and penetrating radars and wall imaging sys- 49.66–50.0 MHz. tems. 15.235 Operation within the band 49.82–49.90 15.510 Technical requirements for through MHz. D-wall imaging systems. 15.237 Operation in the bands 72.0–73.0 MHz, 15.511 Technical requirements for surveil- 74.6–74.8 MHz and 75.2–76.0 MHz. lance systems. 15.239 Operation in the band 88–108 MHz. 15.513 Technical requirements for medical 15.240 Operation in the band 433.5–434.5 MHz. imaging systems. 15.241 Operation in the band 174–216 MHz. 15.515 Technical requirements for vehicular 15.242 Operation in the bands 174–216 MHz radar systems. and 470–668 MHz. 15.517 Technical requirements for indoor 15.243 Operation in the band 890–940 MHz. UWB systems. 15.245 Operation within the bands 902–928 15.519 Technical requirements for hand held MHz, 2435–2465 MHz, 5785–5815 MHz, 10500– UWB systems. 10550 MHz, and 24075–24175 MHz. 15.521 Technical requirements applicable to 15.247 Operation within the bands 902–928 all UWB devices. MHz, 2400–2483.5 MHz, and 5725–5850 MHz. 15.523 Measurement procedures. 15.249 Operation within the bands 902–928 15.525 Coordination requirements. MHz, 2400–2483.5 MHz, 5725–5875 MHz, and 24.0–24.25 GHz. Subpart G—Access Broadband Over 15.250 Operation of wideband systems with- Power Line (Access BPL) in the band 5925–7250 MHz. 15.251 Operation within the bands 2.9–3.26 15.601 Scope. GHz, 3.267–3.332 GHz, 3.339–3.3458 GHz, and 15.603 Definitions. 15.605 Cross reference. 3.358–3.6 GHz. 15.607 Equipment authorization of Access 15.252 Operation of wideband vehicular BPL equipment. radar systems within the bands 16.2–17.7 15.609 Marketing of Access BPL equipment. GHz and 23.12–29.0 GHz. 15.611 General technical requirements. 15.253 Operation within the bands 46.7–46.9 15.613 Measurement procedures. GHz and 76.0–77.0 GHz. 15.615 General administrative requirements. 15.255 Operation within the band 57–64 GHz. 15.257 Operation within the band 92–95 GHz. Subpart H—Television Band Devices Subpart D—Unlicensed Personal 15.701 Scope. Communications Service Devices 15.703 Definitions. 15.705 Cross reference. 15.301 Scope. 15.706 Information to the user. 15.303 Definitions. 15.707 Permissible channels of operation. 15.305 Equipment authorization require- 15.709 General technical requirements. ment. 15.711 Interference avoidance mechanisms. 15.307 Coordination with fixed microwave 15.712 Interference protection requirements. service. 15.713 TV bands database. 15.309 Cross reference. 15.714 TV bands database administration 15.311 Labeling requirements. fees. 15.313 Measurement procedures. 15.715 TV bands database administrator. 15.315 Conducted limits. 15.717 TVBDs that rely on spectrum sens- 15.317 Antenna requirement. ing. 15.319 General technical requirements. AUTHORITY: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 304, 307, 15.321 [Reserved] 336, and 544a. 15.323 Specific requirements for devices operating in the 1920–1930 MHz sub-band. SOURCE: 54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, unless otherwise noted. Subpart E—Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure Devices Subpart A—General 15.401 Scope. § 15.1 Scope of this part. 15.403 Definitions. 15.405 Cross reference. (a) This part sets out the regulations 15.407 General technical requirements. under which an intentional, unintentional, or incidental radiator may be Subpart F—Ultra-Wideband Operation operated without an individual license. 15.501 Scope. It also contains the technical specifica- 15.503 Definitions. tions, administrative requirements and 15.505 Cross reference. other conditions relating to the mar- 15.507 Marketing of UWB equipment. keting of part 15 devices.

753

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00763 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.3 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(b) The operation of an intentional or nect a cable system operated under unintentional radiator that is not in part 76 of this chapter to a TV broad- accordance with the regulations in this cast receiver or other subscriber part must be licensed pursuant to the premise equipment. Any device which provisions of section 301 of the Commu- functions as a CSTD in one of its oper- nications Act of 1934, as amended, un- ating modes must comply with the less otherwise exempted from the li- technical requirements for such de- censing requirements elsewhere in this vices when operating in that mode. chapter. (f) Carrier current system. A system, or (c) Unless specifically exempted, the part of a system, that transmits radio operation or marketing of an inten- frequency energy by conduction over tional or unintentional radiator that is the electric power lines. A carrier cur- not in compliance with the administra- rent system can be designed such that tive and technical provisions in this the signals are received by conduction part, including prior Commission au- directly from connection to the elec- thorization or verification, as appro- tric power lines (unintentional radi- priate, is prohibited under section 302 ator) or the signals are received over- of the Communications Act of 1934, as the-air due to radiation of the radio amended, and subpart I of part 2 of this frequency signals from the electric chapter. The equipment authorization power lines (intentional radiator). and verification procedures are de- (g) CB receiver. Any receiver that op- tailed in subpart J of part 2 of this erates in the Personal Radio Services chapter. on frequencies allocated for Citizens Band (CB) Radio Service stations, as § 15.3 Definitions. well as any receiver provided with a (a) Auditory assistance device. An in- separate band specifically designed to tentional radiator used to provide audi- receive the transmissions of CB sta- tory assistance to a handicapped per- tions in the Personal Radio Services. son or persons. Such a device may be This includes the following: (1) A CB used for auricular training in an edu- receiver sold as a separate unit of cation institution, for auditory assist- equipment; (2) the receiver section of a ance at places of public gatherings, CB transceiver; (3) a converter to be such as a church, theater, or audito- used with any receiver for the purpose rium, and for auditory assistance to of receiving CB transmissions; and, (4) handicapped individuals, only, in other a multiband receiver that includes a locations. band labelled ‘‘CB’’ or ‘‘11-meter’’ in (b) Biomedical telemetry device. An in- which such band can be separately se- tentional radiator used to transmit lected, except that an Amateur Radio measurements of either human or ani- Service receiver that was manufac- mal biomedical phenomena to a re- tured prior to January 1, 1960, and ceiver. which includes an 11-meter band shall (c) Cable input selector switch. A trans- not be considered to be a CB receiver. fer switch that is intended as a means (h) Class A digital device. A digital de- to alternate between the reception of vice that is marketed for use in a com- broadcast signals via connection to an mercial, industrial or business environ- antenna and the reception of cable tel- ment, exclusive of a device which is evision service. marketed for use by the general public (d) Cable locating equipment. An inten- or is intended to be used in the home. tional radiator used intermittently by (i) Class B digital device. A digital de- trained operators to locate buried ca- vice that is marketed for use in a resi- bles, lines, pipes, and similar struc- dential environment notwithstanding tures or elements. Operation entails use in commercial, business and indus- coupling a radio frequency signal onto trial environments. Examples of such the cable, pipes, etc. and using a re- devices include, but are not limited to, ceiver to detect the location of that personal computers, calculators, and structure or element. similar electronic devices that are (e) Cable system terminal device marketed for use by the general public. (CSTD). A TV interface device that NOTE: The responsible party may also qual- serves, as its primary function, to con- ify a device intended to be marketed in a

754

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00764 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.3

commercial, business or industrial environ- (l) Field disturbance sensor. A device ment as a Class B device, and in fact is en- that establishes a radio frequency field couraged to do so, provided the device com- in its vicinity and detects changes in plies with the technical specifications for a that field resulting from the movement Class B digital device. In the event that a particular type of device has been found to of persons or objects within its range. repeatedly cause harmful interference to (m) Harmful interference. Any emis- radio communications, the Commission may sion, radiation or induction that en- classify such a digital device as a Class B dangers the functioning of a radio navi- digital device, regardless of its intended use. gation service or of other safety serv- (j) Cordless telephone system. A system ices or seriously degrades, obstructs or consisting of two transceivers, one a repeatedly interrupts a base station that connects to the pub- radiocommunications service operating lic switched telephone network and the in accordance with this chapter. other a mobile handset unit that com- (n) Incidental radiator. A device that municates directly with the base sta- generates radio frequency energy dur- tion. Transmissions from the mobile ing the course of its operation al- unit are received by the base station though the device is not intentionally and then placed on the public switched designed to generate or emit radio fre- telephone network. Information re- quency energy. Examples of incidental ceived from the switched telephone radiators are dc motors, mechanical network is transmitted by the base sta- light switches, etc. tion to the mobile unit. (o) Intentional radiator. A device that intentionally generates and emits NOTE: The Domestic Public Cellular Radio Telecommunications Service is considered to radio frequency energy by radiation or be part of the switched telephone network. induction. In addition, intercom and paging operations (p) Kit. Any number of electronic are permitted provided these are not in- parts, usually provided with a sche- tended to be the primary modes of operation. matic diagram or printed circuit board, (k) Digital device. (Previously defined which, when assembled in accordance as a computing device). An uninten- with instructions, results in a device tional radiator (device or system) that subject to the regulations in this part, generates and uses timing signals or even if additional parts of any type are pulses at a rate in excess of 9,000 pulses required to complete assembly. (cycles) per second and uses digital (q) Perimeter protection system. A field techniques; inclusive of telephone disturbance sensor that employs RF equipment that uses digital techniques transmission lines as the radiating or any device or system that generates source. These RF transmission lines and uses radio frequency energy for the are installed in such a manner that al- purpose of performing data processing lows the system to detect movement functions, such as electronic computa- within the protected area. tions, operations, transformations, re- (r) Peripheral device. An input/output cording, filing, sorting, storage, re- unit of a system that feeds data into trieval, or transfer. A radio frequency and/or receives data from the central device that is specifically subject to an processing unit of a digital device. Pe- emanation requirement in any other ripherals to a digital device include FCC Rule part or an intentional radi- any device that is connected external ator subject to subpart C of this part to the digital device, any device inter- that contains a digital device is not nal to the digital device that connects subject to the standards for digital de- the digital device to an external device vices, provided the digital device is by wire or cable, and any circuit board used only to enable operation of the designed for interchangeable mount- radio frequency device and the digital ing, internally or externally, that in- device does not control additional creases the operating or processing functions or capabilities. speed of a digital device, e.g., ‘‘turbo’’ NOTE: Computer terminals and peripherals cards and ‘‘enhancement’’ boards. Ex- that are intended to be connected to a com- amples of peripheral devices include puter are digital devices. terminals, printers, external floppy

755

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00765 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.3 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

disk drives and other data storage de- solely for the reception of the broad- vices, video monitors, keyboards, inter- cast signals under part 73 of this chap- face boards, external memory expan- ter, for the reception of NOAA broad- sion cards, and other input/output de- cast weather band signals, or for oper- vices that may or may not contain dig- ation as part of a licensed service are ital circuitry. This definition does not not included in this definition. include CPU boards, as defined in para- (w) Television (TV) broadcast receiver. graph (bb) of this section, even though A device designed to receive television a CPU board may connect to an exter- pictures that are broadcast simulta- nal keyboard or other components. neously with sound on the television (s) Personal computer. An electronic channels authorized under part 73 of computer that is marketed for use in this chapter. the home, notwithstanding business (x) Transfer switch. A device used to applications. Such computers are con- alternate between the reception of sidered Class B digital devices. Com- over-the-air radio frequency signals via puters which use a standard TV re- connection to an antenna and the receiver as a display device or meet all of ception of radio frequency signals re- the following conditions are considered ceived by any other method, such as examples of personal computers: from a TV interface device. (1) Marketed through a retail outlet (y) TV interface device. An uninten- or direct mail order catalog. tional radiator that produces or trans- (2) Notices of sale or advertisements lates in frequency a radio frequency are distributed or directed to the gen- carrier modulated by a video signal de- eral public or hobbyist users rather rived from an external or internal sig- than restricted to commercial users. nal source, and which feeds the modu- (3) Operates on a battery or 120 volt lated radio frequency energy by con- electrical supply. duction to the antenna terminals or If the responsible party can dem- other non-baseband input connections onstrate that because of price or per- of a television broadcast receiver. A TV formance the computer is not suitable interface device may include a stand- for residential or hobbyist use, it may alone RF modulator, or a composite de- request that the computer be consid- vice consisting of an RF modulator, ered to fall outside of the scope of this video source and other components de- definition for personal computers. vices. Examples of TV interface devices (t) Power line carrier systems. An unin- are video cassette recorders and ter- tentional radiator employed as a car- minal devices attached to a cable sys- rier current system used by an electric tem or used with a Master Antenna (in- power utility entity on transmission cluding those used for central distribu- lines for protective relaying, telem- tion video devices in apartment or of- etry, etc. for general supervision of the fice buildings). power system. The system operates by (z) Unintentional radiator. A device the transmission of radio frequency en- that intentionally generates radio fre- ergy by conduction over the electric quency energy for use within the de- power transmission lines of the system. vice, or that sends radio frequency sig- The system does not include those elec- nals by conduction to associated equip- tric lines which connect the distribu- ment via connecting wiring, but which tion substation to the customer or is not intended to emit RF energy by house wiring. radiation or induction. (u) Radio frequency (RF) energy. Elec- (aa) Cable ready consumer electronics tromagnetic energy at any frequency equipment. Consumer electronics TV re- in the radio spectrum between 9 kHz ceiving devices, including TV receivers, and 3,000,000 MHz. videocassette recorders and similar de- (v) Scanning receiver. For the purpose vices, that incorporate a tuner capable of this part, this is a receiver that of receiving television signals and an automatically switches among two or input terminal intended for receiving more frequencies in the range of 30 to cable television service, and are mar- 960 MHz and that is capable of stopping keted as ‘‘cable ready’’ or ‘‘cable com- at and receiving a radio signal detected patible.’’ Such equipment shall comply on a frequency. Receivers designed with the technical standards specified

756

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00766 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.9

in § 15.118 and the provisions of ated or controlled by an electric serv- § 15.19(d). ice provider. The electric power lines (bb) CPU board. A circuit board that may be aerial (overhead), underground, contains a microprocessor, or fre- or inside the walls, floors or ceilings of quency determining circuitry for the user premises. In-House BPL devices microprocessor, the primary function may establish closed networks within a of which is to execute user-provided user’s premises or provide connections programming, but not including: to Access BPL networks, or both. (1) A circuit board that contains only [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 a microprocessor intended to operate FR 18340, May 2, 1990; 57 FR 33448, July 29, under the primary control or instruc- 1992; 59 FR 25340, May 16, 1994; 61 FR 31048, tion of a microprocessor external to June 19, 1996; 62 FR 26242, May 13, 1997; 64 FR such a circuit board; or 22561, Apr. 27, 1999; 65 FR 64391, Oct. 27, 2000; (2) A circuit board that is a dedicated 66 FR 32582, June 15, 2001; 67 FR 48993, July controller for a storage or input/output 29, 2002; 70 FR 1373, Jan. 7, 2005] device. § 15.5 General conditions of operation. (cc) External radio frequency power amplifier. A device which is not an inte- (a) Persons operating intentional or gral part of an intentional radiator as unintentional radiators shall not be manufactured and which, when used in deemed to have any vested or recogniz- conjunction with an intentional radi- able right to continued use of any ator as a signal source, is capable of given frequency by virtue of prior reg- amplifying that signal. istration or certification of equipment, (dd) Test equipment is defined as or, for power line carrier systems, on equipment that is intended primarily the basis of prior notification of use for purposes of performing measure- pursuant to § 90.63(g) of this chapter. ments or scientific investigations. (b) Operation of an intentional, unintentional, or incidental radiator is sub- Such equipment includes, but is not ject to the conditions that no harmful limited to, field strength meters, spec- interference is caused and that inter- trum analyzers, and modulation mon- ference must be accepted that may be itors. caused by the operation of an author- (ee) Radar detector. A receiver de- ized radio station, by another inten- signed to signal the presence of radio tional or unintentional radiator, by in- signals used for determining the speed dustrial, scientific and medical (ISM) of motor vehicles. This definition does equipment, or by an incidental radi- not encompass the receiver incor- ator. porated within a radar transceiver cer- (c) The operator of a radio frequency tified under the Commission’s rules. device shall be required to cease oper- (ff) Access Broadband over Power Line ating the device upon notification by a (Access BPL). A carrier current system Commission representative that the installed and operated on an electric device is causing harmful interference. utility service as an unintentional ra- Operation shall not resume until the diator that sends radio frequency en- condition causing the harmful inter- ergy on frequencies between 1.705 MHz ference has been corrected. and 80 MHz over medium voltage lines (d) Intentional radiators that or over low voltage lines to provide produce Class B emissions (damped broadband communications and is lo- wave) are prohibited. cated on the supply side of the utility service’s points of interconnection with § 15.7 [Reserved] customer premises. Access BPL does not include power line carrier systems § 15.9 Prohibition against eaves- as defined in § 15.3(t) or In-House BPL dropping. as defined in § 15.3(gg). Except for the operations of law en- (gg) In-House Broadband over Power forcement officers conducted under Line (In-House BPL). A carrier current lawful authority, no person shall use, system, operating as an unintentional either directly or indirectly, a device radiator, that sends radio frequency operated pursuant to the provisions of energy by conduction over electric this part for the purpose of overhearing power lines that are not owned, oper- or recording the private conversations

757

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00767 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.11 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

of others unless such use is authorized nications, to provide greater attenu- by all of the parties engaging in the ation of unwanted emissions than re- conversation. quired by these regulations, and to ad- vise the user as to how to resolve § 15.11 Cross reference. harmful interference problems (for ex- The provisions of subparts A, H, I, J ample, see § 15.105(b)). and K of part 2 apply to intentional and unintentional radiators, in addi- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 70 tion to the provisions of this part. FR 1373, Jan. 7, 2005] Also, a cable system terminal device and a cable input selector switch shall § 15.17 Susceptibility to interference. be subject to the relevant provisions of (a) Parties responsible for equipment part 76 of this chapter. compliance are advised to consider the proximity and the high power of non- § 15.13 Incidental radiators. Government licensed radio stations, Manufacturers of these devices shall such as broadcast, amateur, land mo- employ good engineering practices to bile, and non-geostationary mobile sat- minimize the risk of harmful inter- ellite feeder link earth stations, and of ference. U.S. Government radio stations, which could include high-powered radar sys- § 15.15 General technical requirements. tems, when choosing operating frequencies during the design of their (a) An intentional or unintentional equipment so as to reduce the suscepti- radiator shall be constructed in accord- bility for receiving harmful inter- ance with good engineering design and ference. Information on non-Govern- manufacturing practice. Emanations ment use of the spectrum can be ob- from the device shall be suppressed as much as practicable, but in no case tained by consulting the Table of Fre- shall the emanations exceed the levels quency Allocations in § 2.106 of this specified in these rules. chapter. (b) Except as follows, an intentional (b) Information on U.S. Government or unintentional radiator must be con- operations can be obtained by constructed such that the adjustments of tacting: Director, Spectrum Plans and any control that is readily accessible Policy, National Telecommunications by or intended to be accessible to the and Information Administration, De- user will not cause operation of the de- partment of Commerce, Room 4096, vice in violation of the regulations. Ac- Washington, DC 20230. cess BPL equipment shall comply with the applicable standards at the control [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 62 adjustment that is employed. The FR 4655, Jan. 31, 1997; 63 FR 40835, July 31, 1998] measurement report used in support of an application for Certification and the § 15.19 Labelling requirements. user instructions for Access BPL equipment shall clearly specify the user-or (a) In addition to the requirements in installer-control settings that are re- part 2 of this chapter, a device subject quired for conformance with these reg- to certification, or verification shall be ulations. labelled as follows: (c) Parties responsible for equipment (1) Receivers associated with the op- compliance should note that the limits eration of a licensed radio service, e.g., specified in this part will not prevent FM broadcast under part 73 of this harmful interference under all cir- chapter, land mobile operation under cumstances. Since the operators of part 90, etc., shall bear the following part 15 devices are required to cease op- statement in a conspicuous location on eration should harmful interference the device: occur to authorized users of the radio frequency spectrum, the parties re- This device complies with part 15 of the sponsible for equipment compliance are FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the condi- encouraged to employ the minimum tion that this device does not cause harmful field strength necessary for commu- interference.

758

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00768 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.19

(2) A stand-alone cable input selector (5) When the device is so small or for switch, shall bear the following state- such use that it is not practicable to ment in a conspicuous location on the place the statement specified under device: paragraph (a) of this section on it, the This device is verified to comply with part information required by this paragraph 15 of the FCC Rules for use with cable tele- shall be placed in a prominent location vision service. in the instruction manual or pamphlet (3) All other devices shall bear the supplied to the user or, alternatively, following statement in a conspicuous shall be placed on the container in location on the device: which the device is marketed. However, the FCC identifier or the unique identi- This device complies with part 15 of the fier, as appropriate, must be displayed FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- on the device. lowing two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this (b) Products subject to authorization device must accept any interference re- under a Declaration of Conformity ceived, including interference that may shall be labelled as follows: cause undesired operation. (1) The label shall be located in a (4) Where a device is constructed in conspicuous location on the device and two or more sections connected by shall contain the unique identification wires and marketed together, the described in § 2.1074 of this chapter and statement specified under paragraph the following logo: (a) of this section is required to be af- (i) If the product is authorized based fixed only to the main control unit. on testing of the product or system; or

(ii) If a personal computer is author- cordance with § 15.101(c)(2) or (c)(3), and ized based on assembly using sepa- the resulting product is not separately rately authorized components, in ac- tested:

(2) Label text and information should text is not required to be larger than be in a size of type large enough to be eight point. readily legible, consistent with the di- (3) When the device is so small or for mensions of the equipment and the such use that it is not practicable to label. However, the type size for the place the statement specified under

759

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00769 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR ER09DE03.000 ER09DE03.001 § 15.21 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

paragraph (b)(1) of this section on it, imported for sale in this country on or such as for a CPU board or a plug-in after October 31, 1994. circuit board peripheral device, the [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 59 text associated with the logo may be FR 25341, May 16, 1994; 61 FR 18509, Apr. 26, placed in a prominent location in the 1996; 61 FR 31048, June 19, 1996; 62 FR 41881, instruction manual or pamphlet sup- Aug. 4, 1997; 63 FR 36602, July 7, 1998; 65 FR plied to the user. However, the unique 64391, Oct. 27, 2000; 68 FR 66733, Nov. 28, 2003; identification (trade name and model 68 FR 68545, Dec. 9, 2003] number) and the logo must be displayed on the device. § 15.21 Information to user. (4) The label shall not be a stick-on, The users manual or instruction paper label. The label on these prod- manual for an intentional or uninten- ucts shall be permanently affixed to tional radiator shall caution the user the product and shall be readily visible that changes or modifications not ex- to the purchaser at the time of pur- pressly approved by the party respon- chase, as described in § 2.925(d) of this sible for compliance could void the chapter. ‘‘Permanently affixed’’ means user’s authority to operate the equip- that the label is etched, engraved, ment. In cases where the manual is stamped, silkscreened, indelibly print- provided only in a form other than ed, or otherwise permanently marked paper, such as on a computer disk or on a permanently attached part of the over the Internet, the information re- equipment or on a nameplate of metal, quired by this section may be included plastic, or other material fastened to in the manual in that alternative form, the equipment by welding, riveting, or provided the user can reasonably be ex- a permanent adhesive. The label must pected to have the capability to access be designed to last the expected life- information in that form. time of the equipment in the environ- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 ment in which the equipment may be FR 68545, Dec. 9, 2003] operated and must not be readily detachable. § 15.23 Home-built devices. (c) [Reserved] (a) Equipment authorization is not (d) Consumer electronics TV receiv- required for devices that are not mar- ing devices, including TV receivers, keted, are not constructed from a kit, videocassette recorders, and similar de- and are built in quantities of five or vices, that incorporate features in- less for personal use. tended to be used with cable television (b) It is recognized that the indi- service, but do not fully comply with vidual builder of home-built equipment the technical standards for cable ready may not possess the means to perform equipment set forth in § 15.118, shall the measurements for determining not be marketed with terminology that compliance with the regulations. In describes the device as ‘‘cable ready’’ this case, the builder is expected to em- or ‘‘cable compatible,’’ or that other- ploy good engineering practices to wise conveys the impression that the meet the specified technical standards device is fully compatible with cable to the greatest extent practicable. The service. Factual statements about the provisions of § 15.5 apply to this equip- various features of a device that are in- ment. tended for use with cable service or the quality of such features are acceptable § 15.25 Kits. so long as such statements do not A TV interface device, including a imply that the device is fully compat- cable system terminal device, which is ible with cable service. Statements re- marketed as a kit shall comply with lating to product features are generally the following requirements: acceptable where they are limited to (a) All parts necessary for the assem- one or more specific features of a de- bled device to comply with the tech- vice, rather than the device as a whole. nical requirements of this part must be This requirement applies to consumer supplied with the kit. No mechanism TV receivers, videocassette recorders for adjustment that can cause oper- and similar devices manufactured or ation in violation of the requirements

760

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00770 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.27

of this part shall be made accessible to (e) For the purpose of this section, the builder. circuit boards used as repair parts for (b) At least two units of the kit shall the replacement of electrically iden- be assembled in exact accordance with tical defective circuit boards are not the instructions supplied with the considered to be kits. product to be marketed. If all compo- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989,as amended at 63 nents required to fully complete the FR 36602, July 7, 1998] kit (other than those specified in paragraph (a) of this section which are § 15.27 Special accessories. needed for compliance with the tech- (a) Equipment marketed to a con- nical provisions and must be included sumer must be capable of complying with the kit) are not normally fur- with the necessary regulations in the nished with the kit, assembly shall be configuration in which the equipment made using the recommended compo- is marketed. Where special accessories, nents. The assembled units shall be such as shielded cables and/or special certified or authorized under the Dec- connectors, are required to enable an laration of Conformity procedure, as unintentional or intentional radiator appropriate, pursuant to the require- to comply with the emission limits in ments of this part. this part, the equipment must be mar- (1) The measurement data required keted with, i.e., shipped and sold with, for a TV interface device subject to those special accessories. However, in certification shall be obtained for each lieu of shipping or packaging the spe- of the two units and submitted with an cial accessories with the unintentional application for certification pursuant or intentional radiator, the responsible to subpart J of part 2 of this chapter. party may employ other methods of en- (2) The measurement data required suring that the special accessories are for a TV interface device subject to provided to the consumer, without ad- Declaration of Conformity shall be ob- ditional charge, at the time of pur- tained for the units tested and retained chase. Information detailing any alternative method used to supply the spe- on file pursuant to the provisions of cial accessories shall be included in the subpart J of part 2 of this chapter. application for a grant of equipment (c) A copy of the exact instructions authorization or retained in the that will be provided for assembly of verification records, as appropriate. the device shall be submitted with an The party responsible for the equip- application for certification. Those ment, as detailed in § 2.909 of this chap- parts which are not normally furnished ter, shall ensure that these special ac- shall be detailed in the application for cessories are provided with the equip- equipment authorization. ment. The instruction manual for such (d) In lieu of the label required by devices shall include appropriate in- § 15.19, the following label, along with structions on the first page of the text the label bearing the FCC identifier concerned with the installation of the and other information specified in device that these special accessories §§ 2.925 and 2.926, shall be included in must be used with the device. It is the the kit with instructions to the builder responsibility of the user to use the that it shall be attached to the com- needed special accessories supplied pleted kit: with the equipment. In cases where the (Name of Grantee) manual is provided only in a form other than paper, such as on a com- (FCC Identifier) puter disk or over the Internet, the information required by this section may This device can be expected to comply with be included in the manual in that al- part 15 of the FCC Rules provided it is as- ternative form, provided the user can sembled in exact accordance with the in- reasonably be expected to have the ca- structions provided with this kit. Operation pability to access information in that is subject to the following conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful inter- form. ference, and (2) this device must accept any (b) If a device requiring special acces- interference received including interference sories is installed by or under the su- that may cause undesired operation. pervision of the party marketing the

761

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00771 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.29 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

device, it is the responsibility of that (d) The Commission, from time to party to install the equipment using time, may request the party respon- the special accessories. For equipment sible for compliance, including an im- requiring professional installation, it is porter, to submit to the FCC Labora- not necessary for the responsible party tory in Columbia, Maryland, various to market the special accessories with equipment to determine that the equip- the equipment. However, the need to ment continues to comply with the ap- use the special accessories must be de- plicable standards. Shipping costs to tailed in the instruction manual, and it the Commission’s Laboratory and re- is the responsibility of the installer to turn shall be borne by the responsible provide and to install the required ac- party. Testing by the Commission will cessories. be performed using the measurement (c) Accessory items that can be read- procedure(s) that was in effect at the ily obtained from multiple retail outlets are not considered to be special ac- time the equipment was authorized or cessories and are not required to be verified. marketed with the equipment. The manual included with the equipment § 15.31 Measurement standards. must specify what additional compo- (a) The following measurement pro- nents or accessories are required to be cedures are used by the Commission to used in order to ensure compliance determine compliance with the tech- with this part, and it is the responsi- nical requirements in this part. Except bility of the user to provide and use where noted, copies of these procedures those components and accessories. are available from the Commission’s (d) The resulting system, including current duplicating contractor whose any accessories or components mar- name and address are available from keted with the equipment, must com- the Commission’s Consumer and Gov- ply with the regulations. ernmental Affairs Bureau at 1–888– [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 CALL-FCC (1–888–225–5322). FR 68545, Dec. 9, 2003] (1) FCC/OET MP–2: Measurement of UHF Noise Figures of TV Receivers. § 15.29 Inspection by the Commission. (2) Unlicensed Personal Communica- (a) Any equipment or device subject tion Service (UPCS) devices are to be to the provisions of this part, together measured for compliance using ANSI with any certificate, notice of registra- C63.17–1998: ‘‘Methods of Measurement tion or any technical data required to of the Electromagnetic and Oper- be kept on file by the operator, sup- ational Compatibility of Unlicensed plier or party responsible for compli- Personal Communications Services ance of the device shall be made avail- (UPCS) Devices’’, (incorporated by ref- able for inspection by a Commission erence, see § 15.38). This incorporation representative upon reasonable re- by reference was approved by the Di- quest. (b) The owner or operator of a radio rector of the Federal Register in ac- frequency device subject to this part cordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR shall promptly furnish to the Commis- part 51. sion or its representative such informa- (3) Other intentional and uninten- tion as may be requested concerning tional radiators are to be measured for the operation of the radio frequency compliance using the following proce- device. dure excluding sections 4.1.5.2, 5.7, 9 (c) The party responsible for the com- and 14: ANSI C63.4–2003: ‘‘Methods of pliance of any device subject to this Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions part shall promptly furnish to the from Low-Voltage Electrical and Elec- Commission or its representatives such tronic Equipment in the Range of 9 information as may be requested con- kHz to 40 GHz’’ (incorporated by ref- cerning the operation of the device, in- erence, see § 15.38). This incorporation cluding a copy of any measurements by reference was approved by the Di- made for obtaining an equipment au- rector of the Federal Register in ac- thorization or demonstrating compli- cordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR ance with the regulations. part 51.

762

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00772 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.31

NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(3): Digital devices (f) To the extent practicable, the de- tested to show compliance with the provi- vice under test shall be measured at sions of §§ 15.107(e) and 15.109(g) must be test- the distance specified in the appro- ed following the ANSI C63.4 procedure described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. priate rule section. The distance specified corresponds to the horizontal dis- (b) All parties making compliance tance between the measurement an- measurements on equipment subject to tenna and the closest point of the the requirements of this part are urged equipment under test, support equip- to use these measurement procedures. ment or interconnecting cables as de- Any party using other procedures termined by the boundary defined by should ensure that such other proce- an imaginary straight line periphery dures can be relied on to produce meas- describing a simple geometric configu- urement results compatible with the ration enclosing the system containing FCC measurement procedures. The de- the equipment under test. The equip- scription of the measurement proce- ment under test, support equipment dure used in testing the equipment for and any interconnecting cables shall be compliance and a list of the test equip- included within this boundary. ment actually employed shall be made (1) At frequencies at or above 30 MHz, part of an application for certification measurements may be performed at a or included with the data required to be retained by the party responsible for distance other than what is specified devices authorized pursuant to a Dec- provided: measurements are not made laration of Conformity or devices sub- in the near field except where it can be ject to verification. shown that near field measurements (c) For swept frequency equipment, are appropriate due to the characteris- measurements shall be made with the tics of the device; and it can be dem- frequency sweep stopped at those fre- onstrated that the signal levels needed quencies chosen for the measurements to be measured at the distance em- to be reported. ployed can be detected by the measure- (d) Field strength measurements ment equipment. Measurements shall shall be made, to the extent possible, not be performed at a distance greater on an open field site. Test sites other than 30 meters unless it can be further than open field sites may be employed demonstrated that measurements at a if they are properly calibrated so that distance of 30 meters or less are im- the measurement results correspond to practical. When performing measure- what would be obtained from an open ments at a distance other than that field site. In the case of equipment for specified, the results shall be extrapo- which measurements can be performed lated to the specified distance using an only at the installation site, such as extrapolation factor of 20 dB/decade perimeter protection systems, carrier (inverse linear-distance for field current systems, and systems employ- strength measurements; inverse-linear- ing a ‘‘leaky’’ coaxial cable as an an- distance-squared for power density tenna, measurements for verification measurements). or for obtaining a grant of equipment (2) At frequencies below 30 MHz, authorization shall be performed at a measurements may be performed at a minimum of three installations that distance closer than that specified in can be demonstrated to be representa- the regulations; however, an attempt tive of typical installation sites. should be made to avoid making meas- (e) For intentional radiators, measurements in the near field. Pending the urements of the variation of the input development of an appropriate meas- power or the radiated signal level of urement procedure for measurements the fundamental frequency component performed below 30 MHz, when per- of the emission, as appropriate, shall forming measurements at a closer dis- be performed with the supply voltage tance than specified, the results shall varied between 85% and 115% of the be extrapolated to the specified dis- nominal rated supply voltage. For bat- tance by either making measurements tery operated equipment, the equip- at a minimum of two distances on at ment tests shall be performed using a least one radial to determine the prop- new battery. er extrapolation factor or by using the

763

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00773 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.31 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

square of an inverse linear distance ex- ing for compliance with the standards trapolation factor (40 dB/decade). in this part shall be performed with all (3) The applicant for a grant of cer- of the devices in the system func- tification shall specify the extrapo- tioning. If an intentional radiator in- lation method used in the application corporates more than one antenna or filed with the Commission. For equip- other radiating source and these radi- ment subject to Declaration of Con- ating sources are designed to emit at formity or verification, this informa- the same time, measurements of con- tion shall be retained with the meas- ducted and radiated emissions shall be urement data. performed with all radiating sources (4) When measurement distances of 30 that are to be employed emitting. A de- meters or less are specified in the regu- vice which incorporates a carrier cur- lations, the Commission will test the rent system shall be tested as if the equipment at the distance specified un- carrier current system were incor- less measurement at that distance re- porated in a separate device; that is, sults in measurements being performed the device shall be tested for compli- in the near field. When measurement ance with whatever rules would apply distances of greater than 30 meters are to the device were the carrier current specified in the regulations, the Com- system not incorporated, and the car- mission will test the equipment at a rier current system shall be tested for closer distance, usually 30 meters, ex- compliance with the rules applicable to trapolating the measured field strength carrier current systems. to the specified distance using the (i) If the device under test provides methods shown in this section. for the connection of external acces- (5) Measurements shall be performed sories, including external electrical at a sufficient number of radials around the equipment under test to de- input signals, the device shall be tested termine the radial at which the field with the accessories attached. The de- strength values of the radiated emis- vice under test shall be fully exercised sions are maximized. The maximum with these external accessories. The field strength at the frequency being emission tests shall be performed with measured shall be reported in the the device and accessories configured equipment authorization report. This in a manner that tends to produce paragraph shall not apply to Access maximized emissions within the range BPL equipment on overhead medium of variations that can be expected voltage lines. In lieu thereof, the meas- under normal operating conditions. In urement guidelines established by the the case of multiple accessory external Commission for Access BPL shall be ports, an external accessory shall be followed. connected to one of each type of port. (g) Equipment under test shall be ad- Only one test using peripherals or ex- justed, using those controls that are ternal accessories that are representa- readily accessible to or are intended to tive of the devices that will be em- be accessible to the consumer, in such ployed with the equipment under test a manner as to maximize the level of is required. All possible equipment the emissions. For those devices to combinations do not need to be tested. which wire leads may be attached by The accessories or peripherals con- the consumer, tests shall be performed nected to the device being tested shall with wire leads attached. The wire be unmodified, commercially available leads shall be of the length to be used equipment. with the equipment if that length is (j) If the equipment under test con- known. Otherwise, wire leads one sists of a central control unit and an meter in length shall be attached to external or internal accessory(ies) (pe- the equipment. Longer wire leads may ripheral) and the party verifying the be employed if necessary to inter- equipment or applying for a grant of connect to associated peripherals. equipment authorization manufactures (h) For a composite system that in- or assembles the central control unit corporates devices contained either in and at least one of the accessory de- a single enclosure or in separate enclo- vices that can be used with that con- sures connected by wire or cable, test- trol unit, testing of the control unit

764

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00774 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.31

and/or the accessory(ies) must be per- a Class B digital device with the Class formed using the devices manufactured A internal peripheral(s) installed but or assembled by that party, in addition not active. to any other needed devices which the (l) Measurements of radio frequency party does not manufacture or assem- emissions conducted to the public util- ble. If the party verifying the equip- ity power lines shall be performed ment or applying for a grant of equip- using a 50 ohm/50 uH line-impedance ment authorization does not manufac- stabilization network (LISN).

ture or assemble the central control NOTE: Receivers tested under the transi- unit and at least one of the accessory tion provisions contained in § 15.37 may be devices that can be used with that con- tested with a 50 ohm/5 μH LISN. trol unit or the party can demonstrate (m) Measurements on intentional ra- that the central control unit or acces- diators or receivers, other than TV sory(ies) normally would be marketed broadcast receivers, shall be performed or used with equipment from a dif- and, if required, reported for each band ferent entity, testing of the central in which the device can be operated control unit and/or the accessory(ies) with the device operating at the num- must be performed using the specific ber of frequencies in each band speci- combination of equipment which is in- fied in the following table: tended to be marketed or used together. Only one test using peripherals Number Frequency range over of fre- Location in the range of or accessories that are representatve of which device operates quen- operation the devices that will be employed with cies the equipment under test is required. 1 MHz or less ...... 1 Middle. All possible equipment combinations 1 to 10 MHz ...... 2 1 near top and 1 near are not required to be tested. The ac- bottom. cessories or peripherals connected to More than 10 MHz ...... 3 1 near top, 1 near middle and 1 near bot- the device being tested shall be un- tom. modified, commercially available equipment. (n) Measurements on TV broadcast (k) A composite system is a system receivers shall be performed with the that incorporates different devices con- receiver tuned to each VHF frequency tained either in a single enclosure or in and also shall include the following os- separate enclosures connected by wire cillator frequencies: 520, 550, 600, 650, or cable. If the individual devices in a 700, 750, 800, 850, 900 and 931 MHz. If composite system are subject to dif- measurements cannot be made on one ferent technical standards, each such or more of the latter UHF frequencies device must comply with its specific because of the presence of signals from standards. In no event may the meas- licensed radio stations or for other rea- ured emissions of the composite system sons to be detailed in the measurement exceed the highest level permitted for report, measurements shall be made an individual component. For digital with the receiver oscillator at a nearby devices which consist of a combination frequency. If the receiver is not capa- of Class A and Class B devices, the ble of receiving channels above 806 total combination of which results in a MHz, the measurements employing the Class A digital device, it is only nec- oscillator frequencies 900 and 931 MHz essary to demonstrate that the equip- may be omitted. ment combination complies with the (o) The amplitude of spurious emis- limits for a Class A device. This equip- sions from intentional radiators and ment combination may not be em- emissions from unintentional radiators ployed for obtaining a grant of equip- which are attenuated more than 20 dB ment authorization or verifying a Class below the permissible value need not B digital device. However, if the digital be reported unless specifically required device combination consists of a Class elsewhere in this part. B central control unit, e.g., a personal (p) In those cases where the provi- computer, and a Class A internal pe- sions in this section conflict with the ripheral(s), it must be demonstrated measurement procedures in paragraph that the Class B central control unit (a) of this section and the procedures continues to comply with the limits for were implemented after June 23, 1989,

765

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00775 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.32 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

the provisions contained in the meas- (2) In lieu of the procedure in (a)(1) of urement procedures shall take prece- this section, CPU boards may be tested dence. to demonstrate compliance with the [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 56 limits in § 15.109 using a specified enclo- FR 13083, Mar. 29, 1991; 57 FR 24990, June 12, sure with the cover installed. Testing 1992; 57 FR 33448, July 29, 1992; 58 FR 37430, for radiated emissions shall be per- July 12, 1993; 58 FR 51249, Oct. 1, 1993; 61 FR formed with the CPU board installed in 14502, Apr. 2, 1996; 62 FR 41881, Aug. 4, 1997; 62 a typical system configuration. Addi- FR 45333, Aug. 27, 1997; 63 FR 36602, July 7, 1998; 63 FR 42278, Aug. 7, 1998; 65 FR 58466, tional components, including a power Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR 68545, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR supply, peripheral devices, and sub- 54034, Sept. 7, 2004; 70 FR 1373, Jan. 7, 2005] assemblies, shall be added, as needed, to result in a complete personal com- § 15.32 Test procedures for CPU puter system. If the oscillator and the boards and computer power supplies. microprocessor circuits are contained on separate circuit boards, both boards, Power supplies and CPU boards used typical of the combination that would with personal computers and for which normally be employed, must be used in separate authorizations are required to the test. Testing shall be in accordance be obtained shall be tested as follows: (a) CPU boards shall be tested as fol- with the procedures specified in § 15.31. lows: Under this procedure, CPU boards that (1) Testing for radiated emissions comply with the limits in § 15.109 must shall be performed with the CPU board be marketed together with the specific installed in a typical enclosure but enclosure used for the test. with the enclosure’s cover removed so (3) The test demonstrating compli- that the internal circuitry is exposed ance with the AC power line conducted at the top and on at least two sides. limits specified in § 15.107 shall be per- Additional components, including a formed in accordance with the proce- power supply, peripheral devices, and dures specified in § 15.31 using an enclo- subassemblies, shall be added, as need- sure, peripherals, power supply and ed, to result in a complete personal subassemblies that are typical of the computer system. If the oscillator and type with which the CPU board under the microprocessor circuits are con- test would normally be employed. tained on separate circuit boards, both (b) The power supply shall be tested boards, typical of the combination that installed in an enclosure that is typical would normally be employed, must be of the type within which it would nor- used in the test. Testing shall be in accordance with the procedures specified mally be installed. Additional compo- in § 15.31. nents, including peripheral devices, a (i) Under these test conditions, the CPU board, and subassemblies, shall be system under test shall not exceed the added, as needed, to result in a com- radiated emission limits specified in plete personal computer system. Test- § 15.109 by more than 6 dB. Emissions ing shall be in accordance with the pro- greater than 6 dB that can be identified cedures specified in § 15.31 and must and documented to originate from a demonstrate compliance with all of the component(s) other than the CPU standards contained in this part. board being tested, may be dismissed. (ii) Unless the test in paragraph [61 FR 31048, June 19, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 41881, Aug. 4, 1997] (a)(1)(i) of this section demonstrates compliance with the limits in § 15.109, a § 15.33 Frequency range of radiated second test shall be performed using measurements. the same configuration described above but with the cover installed on the en- (a) For an intentional radiator, the closure. Testing shall be in accordance spectrum shall be investigated from with the procedures specified in § 15.31. the lowest radio frequency signal gen- Under these test conditions, the sys- erated in the device, without going tem under test shall not exceed the ra- below 9 kHz, up to at least the fre- diated emission limits specified in quency shown in this paragraph: § 15.109.

766

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00776 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.33

(1) If the intentional radiator oper- less than 30 MHz and which, in accord- ates below 10 GHz: to the tenth har- ance with § 15.109, is required to comply monic of the highest fundamental fre- with standards on the level of radiated quency or to 40 GHz, whichever is emissions within the frequency range 9 lower. kHz to 30 MHz, such as a CB receiver or (2) If the intentional radiator oper- a device designed to conduct its radio ates at or above 10 GHz and below 30 frequency emissions via connecting GHz: to the fifth harmonic of the high- wires or cables, e.g., a carrier current est fundamental frequency or to 100 system not intended to radiate, shall GHz, whichever is lower. be investigated from the lowest radio (3) If the intentional radiator oper- frequency generated or used in the de- ates at or above 30 GHz: to the fifth vice, without going below 9 kHz (25 harmonic of the highest fundamental MHz for CB receivers), up to the fre- frequency or to 200 GHz, whichever is quency shown in the following table. If lower, unless specified otherwise else- the unintentional radiator contains a where in the rules. digital device, the upper frequency to (4) If the intentional radiator con- be investigated shall be that shown in tains a digital device, regardless of the table below or in the table in para- whether this digital device controls the graph (b)(1) of this section, as based on functions of the intentional radiator or both the highest frequency generated the digital device is used for additional and the highest frequency used in the control or function purposes other than digital device, whichever range is high- to enable the operation of the inten- er. tional radiator, the frequency range shall be investigated up to the range Upper fre- Highest frequency generated or used in the de- quency of specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through vice or on which the device operates or tunes measure- (a)(3) of this section or the range appli- (MHz) ment range cable to the digital device, as shown in (MHz) paragraph (b)(1) of this section, which- Below 1.705 ...... 30 ever is the higher frequency range of 1.705–10 ...... 400 investigation. 10–30 ...... 500 (b) For unintentional radiators: (3) Except for a CB receiver, a re- (1) Except as otherwise indicated in ceiver employing superheterodyne paragraphs (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this sec- techniques shall be investigated from tion, for an unintentional radiator, in- 30 MHz up to at least the second har- cluding a digital device, the spectrum monic of the highest local oscillator shall be investigated from the lowest frequency generated in the device. If radio frequency signal generated or such receiver is controlled by a digital used in the device, without going below device, the frequency range shall be in- the lowest frequency for which a radi- vestigated up to the higher of the sec- ated emission limit is specified, up to ond harmonic of the highest local os- the frequency shown in the following cillator frequency generated in the de- table: vice or the upper frequency of the Highest frequency generated measurement range specified for the or used in the device or on Upper frequency of measure- digital device in paragraph (b)(1) of which the device operates or ment range (MHz) tunes (MHz) this section. (c) The above specified frequency Below 1.705 ...... 30. 1.705–108 ...... 1000. ranges of measurements apply to the 108–500 ...... 2000. measurement of radiated emissions 500–1000 ...... 5000. and, in the case of receivers, the meas- Above 1000 ...... 5th harmonic of the highest frequency or 40 GHz, urement to demonstrate compliance whichever is lower. with the antenna conduction limits specified in § 15.111. The frequency (2) A unintentional radiator, exclud- range of measurements for AC power ing a digital device, in which the high- line conducted limits is specified in est frequency generated in the device, §§ 15.107 and 15.207 and applies to all the highest frequency used in the de- equipment subject to those regula- vice and the highest frequency on tions. In some cases, depending on the which the device operates or tunes are frequency(ies) generated and used by

767

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00777 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.35 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

the equipment, only signals conducted detector function. Unless otherwise onto the AC power lines are required to specified, measurements above 1000 be measured. MHz shall be performed using a min- (d) Particular attention should be imum resolution bandwidth of 1 MHz. paid to harmonics and subharmonics of When average radiated emission meas- the fundamental frequency as well as urements are specified in this part, in- to those frequencies removed from the cluding average emission measure- fundamental by multiples of the oscil- ments below 1000 MHz, there also is a lator frequency. Radiation at the fre- limit on the peak level of the radio frequencies of multiplier states should quency emissions. Unless otherwise also be checked. specified, e.g., see §§ 15.250, 15.252, 15.255, and 15.509–15.519, the limit on peak [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 61 FR 14502, Apr. 2, 1996; 63 FR 42278, Aug. 7, radio frequency emissions is 20 dB 1998] above the maximum permitted average emission limit applicable to the equip- § 15.35 Measurement detector func- ment under test. This peak limit ap- tions and bandwidths. plies to the total peak emission level The conducted and radiated emission radiated by the device, e.g., the total limits shown in this part are based on peak power level. Note that the use of the following, unless otherwise speci- a pulse desensitization correction fac- fied elsewhere in this part: tor may be needed to determine the (a) On any frequency or frequencies total peak emission level. The instruc- below or equal to 1000 MHz, the limits tion manual or application note for the shown are based on measuring equip- measurement instrument should be ment employing a CISPR quasi-peak consulted for determining pulse desen- detector function and related measure- sitization factors, as necessary. ment bandwidths, unless otherwise (c) Unless otherwise specified, e.g. specified. The specifications for the § 15.255(b), when the radiated emission measuring instrument using the CISPR limits are expressed in terms of the av- quasi-peak detector can be found in erage value of the emission, and pulsed Publication 16 of the International operation is employed, the measure- Special Committee on Radio Inter- ment field strength shall be deter- ference (CISPR) of the International mined by averaging over one complete Electrotechnical Commission. As an al- pulse train, including blanking inter- ternative to CISPR quasi-peak meas- vals, as long as the pulse train does not urements, the responsible party, at its exceed 0.1 seconds. As an alternative option, may demonstrate compliance (provided the transmitter operates for with the emission limits using meas- longer than 0.1 seconds) or in cases uring equipment employing a peak de- where the pulse train exceeds 0.1 sec- tector function, properly adjusted for onds, the measured field strength shall such factors as pulse desensitization, be determined from the average abso- as long as the same bandwidths as indi- lute voltage during a 0.1 second inter- cated for CISPR quasi-peak measure- val during which the field strength is ments are employed. at its maximum value. The exact method of calculating the average field NOTE: For pulse modulated devices with a strength shall be submitted with any pulse-repetition frequency of 20 Hz or less and for which CISPR quasi-peak measure- application for certification or shall be ments are specified, compliance with the retained in the measurement data file regulations shall be demonstrated using for equipment subject to notification measuring equipment employing a peak de- or verification. tector function, properly adjusted for such [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 56 factors as pulse desensitization, using the FR 13083, Mar. 29, 1991; 61 FR 14502, Apr. 2, same measurement bandwidths that are indi- 1996; 63 FR 42279, Aug. 7, 1998; 67 FR 34855, cated for CISPR quasi-peak measurements. May 16, 2002; 70 FR 6773, Feb. 9, 2005] (b) Unless otherwise specified, on any frequency or frequencies above 1000 § 15.37 Transition provisions for com- MHz, the radiated emission limits are pliance with the rules. based on the use of measurement in- Equipment may be authorized, manu- strumentation employing an average factured and imported under the rules

768

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00778 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.37

in effect prior to June 23, 1989, in ac- 10, 1991. Cordless telephones that have cordance with the following schedules: previously received equipment author- (a) For all intentional and uninten- ization and that, without modification, tional radiators, except for receivers: already comply with the requirements Radio frequency equipment verified by of § 15.214(d) of this part, need not be re- the responsible party or for which an authorized. application for a grant of equipment (f) The manufacture or importation authorization is submitted to the Com- of scanning receivers, and frequency mission on or after June 23, 1992, shall converters designed or marketed for comply with the regulations specified use with scanning receivers, that do in this part. Radio frequency equip- not comply with the provisions of ment that is manufactured or imported § 15.121(a)(1) shall cease on or before on or after June 23, 1994, shall comply April 26, 1994. Effective April 26, 1993, with the regulations specified in this the Commission will not grant equip- part. ment authorization for receivers that (b) For receivers: Receivers subject to do not comply with the provisions of the regulations in this part that are § 15.121(a)(1). These rules do not pro- manufactured or imported on or after hibit the sale or use of authorized re- June 23, 1999, shall comply with the ceivers manufactured in the United regulations specified in this part. How- States, or imported into the United ever, if a receiver is associated with a States, prior to April 26, 1994. transmitter that could not have been (g) For CPU boards and power sup- authorized under the regulations in ef- plies designed to be used with personal fect prior to June 23, 1989, e.g., a trans- computers: The manufacture and im- mitter operating under the provisions portation of these products shall cease of § 15.209 or § 15.249 (below 960 MHz), on or before June 19, 1997 unless these the transition provisions in this sec- products have been authorized under a tion do not apply. Such receivers must Declaration of Conformity or a grant of comply with the regulations in this certification, demonstrating compli- part. In addition, receivers are subject ance with all of the provisions in this to the provisions in paragraph (f) of part. Limited provisions, as detailed in this section. § 15.101(d), are provided to permit the (c) There are no restrictions on the importation and manufacture of these operation or marketing of equipment products subsequent to this date where complying with the regulations in ef- the CPU boards and/or power supplies fect prior to June 23, 1989. are marketed only to personal com- (d) Prior to May 25, 1991, person shall puter equipment manufacturers. import, market or operate intentional (h) The manufacture or importation radiators within the band 902–905 MHz of scanning receivers, and frequency under the provisions of § 15.249. Until converters designed or marketed for that date, the Commission will not use with scanning receivers, that do issue a grant of equipment authoriza- not comply with the provisions of tion for equipment operating under § 15.121 shall cease on or before October § 15.249 if the equipment is designed to 25, 1999. Effective July 26, 1999 the Com- permit operation within the band 902– mission will not grant equipment au- 905 MHz. thorization for receivers that do not (e) For cordless telephones: The manu- comply with the provisions of § 15.121. facture and importation of cordless This paragraph does not prohibit the telephones not complying with sale or use of authorized receivers man- § 15.214(d) of this part shall cease on or ufactured in the United States, or im- before September 11, 1991. These provi- ported into the United States, prior to sions will not apply to cordless tele- October 25, 1999. phones which are repaired or refur- (i) Effective October 16, 2002, an bished, or re-imported after repair or equipment approval may no longer be refurbishment. Applications for a grant obtained for medical telemetry equip- of equipment authorization of cordless ment operating under the provisions of telephones not complying with § 15.241 or § 15.242. The requirements for § 15.214(d) of this part will not be ac- obtaining an approval for medical te- cepted by the Commission after May lemetry equipment after this date are

769

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00779 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.38 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

found in Subpart H of Part 95 of this not permitted prior to February 18, chapter. 2009. (j) All radio frequency devices that [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32339, Aug. are authorized under the certification, 7, 1989; 55 FR 25095, June 20, 1990; 56 FR 3785, verification or declaration of con- Jan. 31, 1991; 58 FR 25575, Apr. 27, 1993; 61 FR formity procedures on or after July 12, 31049, June 19, 1996; 64 FR 22561, Apr. 27, 1999; 2004 shall comply with the conducted 65 FR 44008, July 17, 2000; 67 FR 45670, July 10, 2002; 67 FR 48993, July 29, 2002; 69 FR 2686, limits specified in § 15.107 or § 15.207 as Jan. 20, 2004; 70 FR 1373, Jan. 7, 2005; 70 FR appropriate. All radio frequency de- 17329, Apr. 6, 2005; 71 FR 11540, Mar. 8, 2006; 74 vices that are manufactured or im- FR 7326, Feb. 17, 2009] ported on or after July 11, 2005 shall comply with the conducted limits spec- § 15.38 Incorporation by reference. ified in § 15.107 or § 15.207, as appro- (a) The materials listed in this sec- priate. Equipment authorized, im- tion are incorporated by reference in ported or manufactured prior to these this part. These incorporations by ref- dates shall comply with the conducted erence were approved by the Director limits specified in § 15.107 or § 15.207, as of the Federal Register in accordance appropriate, or with the conducted lim- with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. its that were in effect immediately These materials are incorporated as they exist on the date of the approval, prior to September 9, 2002. and notice of any change in these ma- (k) Radar detectors manufactured or terials will be published in the FED- imported after August 28, 2002 and mar- ERAL REGISTER. The materials are keted after September 27, 2002 shall available for purchase at the cor- comply with the regulations specified responding addresses as noted, and all in this part. Radar detectors manufac- are available for inspection at the Fed- tured or imported prior to January 27, eral Communications Commission, 445 2003 may be labeled with the informa- 12th. St., SW., Reference Information tion required by §§ 2.925 and 15.19(a) of Center, Room CY-A257, Washington, this chapter on the individual equip- DC 20554, and at the National Archives ment carton rather than on the device, and Records Administration (NARA). and are exempt from complying with For information on the availability of the requirements of § 15.21. this material at NARA, call 202–741– (l) U–NII equipment operating in the 6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/ 5.25–5.35 GHz band for which applica- federallregister/ tions for certification are filed on or codeloflfederallregulations/ ibr locations.html. after July 20, 2006 shall comply with l (b) The following materials are avail- the DFS and TPC requirements speci- able for purchase from at least one of fied in § 15.407. U–NII equipment oper- the following addresses: Global Engi- ating in the 5.25–5.35 GHz band that are neering Documents, 15 Inverness Way imported or marketed on or after July East, Englewood, CO 80112 or at http:// 20, 2007 shall comply with the DFS and global.ihs.com; or American National TPC requirements in § 15.407. Standards Institute, 25 West 43rd (m) All Access BPL devices that are Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036 manufactured, imported, marketed or or at http://webstore.ansi.org/ installed on or after July 7, 2006, shall ansidocstore/default.asp; or Society of comply with the requirements specified Cable Telecommunications Engineers in subpart G of this part, including cer- at http://www.scte.org/standards/ tification of the equipment. index.cfm. (n) Marketing of TV band devices op- (1) SCTE 28 2003 (formerly DVS 295): erating under subpart H of this part is ‘‘Host-POD Interface Standard,’’ 2003, IBR approved for § 15.123. (2) SCTE 41 2003 (formerly DVS 301): ‘‘POD Copy Protection System,’’ 2003, IBR approved for § 15.123. (3) ANSI/SCTE 54 2003 (formerly DVS 241): ‘‘Digital Video Service Multiplex and Transport System Standard for

770

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00780 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.101

Cable Television,’’ 2003, IBR approved (12) ANSI C63.17–1998: ‘‘Methods of for § 15.123. Measurement of the Electromagnetic (4) ANSI/SCTE 65 2002 (formerly DVS and Operational Compatibility of Unli- 234): ‘‘Service Information Delivered censed Personal Communications Serv- Out-of-Band for Digital Cable Tele- ices (UPCS) Devices’’, 1998, IBR ap- vision,’’ 2002, IBR approved for § 15.123. proved for § 15.31. (5) SCTE 40 2003 (formerly DVS 313): (13) CEA–766–A: ‘‘U.S. and Canadian ‘‘Digital Cable Network Interface Region Rating Tables (RRT) and Con- Standard,’’ 2003, IBR approved for tent Advisory Descriptors for Trans- § 15.123. port of Content Advisory Information (6) ANSI C63.4–2003: ‘‘Methods of using ATSC A/65–A Program and Sys- Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions tem Information Protocol (PSIP),’’ from Low-Voltage Electrical and Elec- April 2001, IBR approved for § 15.120. tronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz,’’ 2003, IBR approved for (c) The following materials are freely § 15.31, except for sections 4.1, 5.2, 5.7, 9 available from at least one of the fol- and 14. lowing addresses: Consumer Elec- (7) CEA–542–B: ‘‘CEA Standard: Cable tronics Association, 2500 Wilson Blvd., Television Channel Identification Arlington, VA 22201 or at http:// Plan,’’ July 2003, IBR approved for www.ce.org/publicpolicy: Uni-Dir-PICS- § 15.118. I01-030903: ‘‘Uni-Directional Receiving (8) EIA–608: ‘‘Recommended Practice Device: Conformance Checklist: PICS for Line 21 Data Service,’’ 1994, IBR ap- Proforma,’’ 2003, IBR approved for proved for § 15.120. § 15.123. (9) EIA–744: ‘‘Transport of Content Advisory Information Using Extended [68 FR 66732, Nov. 28, 2003, as amended at 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, Data Service (XDS),’’ 1997, IBR ap- 2004; 69 FR 54034, Sept. 7, 2004; 69 FR 59534, proved for § 15.120. Oct. 4, 2004; 69 FR 57861, Sept. 28, 2004] (10) EIA–708–B: ‘‘Digital Television (DTV) Closed Captioning,’’ 1999, IBR approved for § 15.122. Subpart B—Unintentional Radiators (11) Third Edition of the Inter- national Special Committee on Radio § 15.101 Equipment authorization of unintentional radiators. Interference (CISPR), Pub. 22, ‘‘Infor- mation Technology Equipment—Radio (a) Except as otherwise exempted in Disturbance Characteristics—Limits §§ 15.23, 15.103, and 15.113, unintentional and Methods of Measurement,’’ 1997, radiators shall be authorized prior to IBR approved for § 15.109. the initiation of marketing, as follows:

Type of device Equipment authorization required

TV broadcast receiver ...... Verification. FM broadcast receiver ...... Verification. CB receiver ...... Declaration of Conformity or Certification. Superregenerative receiver ...... Declaration of Conformity or Certification. Scanning receiver ...... Certification. Radar detector ...... Certification. All other receivers subject to part 15 ...... Declaration of Conformity or Certification. TV interface device ...... Declaration of Conformity or Certification. Cable system terminal device ...... Declaration of Conformity. Stand-alone cable input selector switch ...... Verification. Class B personal computers and peripherals ...... Declaration of Conformity or Certification. 1 CPU boards and internal power supplies used with Class B Declaration of Conformity or Certification. 1 personal computers. Class B personal computers assembled using authorized Declaration of Conformity. CPU boards or power supplies. Class B external switching power supplies ...... Verification. Other Class B digital devices & peripherals ...... Verification. Class A digital devices, peripherals & external switching Verification. power supplies. Access Broadband over Power Line (Access BPL) ...... Certification. All other devices ...... Verification.

771

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00781 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.101 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(b) Only those receivers that operate that product provided the specific com- (tune) within the frequency range of bination of personal computer, periph- 30–960 MHz, CB receivers and radar de- eral device, CPU board and power sup- tectors are subject to the authoriza- ply has been authorized under a Dec- tions shown in paragraph (a) of this laration of Conformity or a grant of section. However, receivers indicated certification as a personal computer. as being subject to Declaration of Con- (1) No authorization is required for a formity that are contained within a peripheral device or a subassembly transceiver, the transmitter portion of that is sold to an equipment manufac- which is subject to certification, shall turer for further fabrication; that man- be authorized under the verification ufacturer is responsible for obtaining procedure. Receivers operating above the necessary authorization prior to 960 MHz or below 30 MHz, except for further marketing to a vendor or to a radar detectors and CB receivers, are user. exempt from complying with the tech- (2) Power supplies and CPU boards nical provisions of this part but are that have not been separately author- subject to § 15.5. ized and are designed for use with per- (c) Personal computers shall be au- sonal computers may be imported and thorized in accordance with one of the marketed only to a personal computer following methods: equipment manufacturer that has indi- (1) The specific combination of CPU cated, in writing, to the seller or im- board, power supply and enclosure is porter that they will obtain a Declara- tested together and authorized under a tion of Conformity or a grant of certifi- Declaration of Conformity or a grant of cation for the personal computer em- certification; ploying these components. (2) The personal computer is author- (e) Subassemblies to digital devices ized under a Declaration of Conformity are not subject to the technical stand- or a grant of certification, and the CPU ards in this part unless they are mar- board or power supply in that com- keted as part of a system in which case puter is replaced with a CPU board or the resulting system must comply with power supply that has been separately the applicable regulations. Subassem- authorized under a Declaration of Con- blies include: formity or a grant of certification; or (1) Devices that are enclosed solely (3) The CPU board and power supply within the enclosure housing the dig- used in the assembly of a personal com- ital device, except for: power supplies puter have been separately authorized used in personal computers; devices in- under a Declaration of Conformity or a cluded under the definition of a periph- grant of certification; and eral device in § 15.3(r); and personal (4) Personal computers assembled computer CPU boards, as defined in using either of the methods specified in § 15.3(bb); paragraphs (c)(2) or (c)(3) of this section must, by themselves, also be au- (2) CPU boards, as defined in thorized under a Declaration of Con- § 15.3(bb), other than those used in per- formity if they are marketed. However, sonal computers, that are marketed additional testing is not required for without an enclosure or power supply; this Declaration of Conformity, pro- and vided the procedures in § 15.102(b) are (3) Switching power supplies that are followed. separately marketed and are solely for (d) Peripheral devices, as defined in use internal to a device other than a § 15.3(r), shall be authorized under a personal computer. Declaration of Conformity, or a grant (f) The procedures for obtaining a of certification, or verified, as appro- grant of certification or notification priate, prior to marketing. Regardless and for verification and a Declaration of the provisions of paragraphs (a) or of Conformity are contained in subpart (c) of this section, if a CPU board, J of part 2 of this chapter. power supply, or peripheral device will [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 61 always be marketed with a specific per- FR 31050, June 19, 1996; 63 FR 36602, July 7, sonal computer, it is not necessary to 1998; 64 FR 4997, Feb. 2, 1999; 67 FR 48993, July obtain a separate authorization for 29, 2002; 70 FR 1373, Jan. 7, 2005]

772

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00782 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.103

§ 15.102 CPU boards and power sup- the system. Marketed systems shall plies used in personal computers. also comply with the labelling require- (a) Authorized CPU boards and power ments in § 15.19 and must be supplied supplies that are sold as separate com- with the information required under ponents shall be supplied with com- §§ 15.21, 15.27 and 15.105; and plete installation instructions. These (5) The assembler of a personal com- instructions shall specify all of the in- puter system may be required to test stallation procedures that must be fol- the system and/or make necessary lowed to ensure compliance with the modifications if a system is found to standards, including, if necessary, the cause harmful interference or to be type of enclosure, e.g., a metal enclo- noncompliant with the appropriate sure, proper grounding techniques, the standards in the configuration in which use of shielded cables, the addition of it is marketed (see §§ 2.909, 15.1, 15.27(d) any needed components, and any nec- and 15.101(e)). essary modifications to additional [61 FR 31050, June 19, 1996] components. (1) Any additional parts needed to en- § 15.103 Exempted devices. sure compliance with the standards, The following devices are subject except for the enclosure, are considered only to the general conditions of oper- to be special accessories and, in accord- ation in §§ 15.5 and 15.29 and are exempt ance with § 15.27, must be marketed from the specific technical standards with the CPU board or power supply. and other requirements contained in (2) Any modifications that must be this part. The operator of the exempted made to a personal computer, periph- device shall be required to stop oper- eral device, CPU board or power supply ating the device upon a finding by the during installation of a CPU board or Commission or its representative that power supply must be simple enough the device is causing harmful inter- that they can be performed by the av- ference. Operation shall not resume erage consumer. Parts requiring sol- until the condition causing the harm- dering, disassembly of circuitry or ful interference has been corrected. Al- other similar modifications are not though not mandatory, it is strongly permitted. recommended that the manufacturer of (b) Assemblers of personal computer an exempted device endeavor to have systems employing modular CPU the device meet the specific technical boards and/or power supplies are not standards in this part. required to test the resulting system (a) A digital device utilized exclu- provided the following conditions are sively in any transportation vehicle in- met: cluding motor vehicles and aircraft. (1) Each device used in the system (b) A digital device used exclusively has been authorized as required under as an electronic control or power sys- this part (according to § 15.101(e), some tem utilized by a public utility or in an subassemblies used in a personal com- industrial plant. The term public utility puter system may not require an au- includes equipment only to the extent thorization); that it is in a dedicated building or (2) The original label and identifica- large room owned or leased by the util- tion on each piece of equipment remain ity and does not extend to equipment unchanged; installed in a subscriber’s facility. (3) Each responsible party’s instruc- (c) A digital device used exclusively tions to ensure compliance (including, as industrial, commercial, or medical if necessary, the use of shielded cables test equipment. or other accessories or modifications) (d) A digital device utilized exclu- are followed when the system is assem- sively in an appliance, e.g., microwave bled; oven, dishwasher, clothes dryer, air (4) If the system is marketed, the re- conditioner (central or window), etc. sulting equipment combination is au- (e) Specialized medical digital de- thorized under a Declaration of Con- vices (generally used at the direction formity pursuant to § 15.101(c)(4) and a of or under the supervision of a li- compliance information statement, as censed health care practitioner) wheth- described in § 2.1077(b), is supplied with er used in a patient’s home or a health

773

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00783 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.105 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

care facility. Non-specialized medical NOTE: This equipment has been tested and devices, i.e., devices marketed through found to comply with the limits for a Class retail channels for use by the general A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to pro- public, are not exempted. This exemp- vide reasonable protection against harmful tion also does not apply to digital de- interference when the equipment is operated vices used for record keeping or any in a commercial environment. This equip- purpose not directly connected with ment generates, uses, and can radiate radio medical treatment. frequency energy and, if not installed and (f) Digital devices that have a power used in accordance with the instruction consumption not exceeding 6 nW. manual, may cause harmful interference to (g) Joystick controllers or similar radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to devices, such as a mouse, used with cause harmful interference in which case the digital devices but which contain only user will be required to correct the inter- non-digital circuitry or a simple cir- ference at his own expense. cuit to convert the signal to the format (b) For a Class B digital device or pe- required (e.g., an integrated circuit for ripheral, the instructions furnished the analog to digital conversion) are user shall include the following or viewed as passive add-on devices, not similar statement, placed in a promi- themselves directly subject to the nent location in the text of the man- technical standards or the equipment ual: authorization requirements. (h) Digital devices in which both the NOTE: This equipment has been tested and highest frequency generated and the found to comply with the limits for a Class highest frequency used are less than B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the 1.705 MHz and which do not operate FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful from the AC power lines or contain interference in a residential installation. provisions for operation while con- This equipment generates, uses and can radi- nected to the AC power lines. Digital ate radio frequency energy and, if not in- devices that include, or make provision stalled and used in accordance with the infor the use of, battery eliminators, AC structions, may cause harmful interference adaptors or battery chargers which to radio communications. However, there is permit operation while charging or no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equip- that connect to the AC power lines in- ment does cause harmful interference to directly, obtaining their power through radio or television reception, which can be another device which is connected to determined by turning the equipment off and the AC power lines, do not fall under on, the user is encouraged to try to correct this exemption. the interference by one or more of the fol- (i) Responsible parties should note lowing measures: that equipment containing more than —Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. —Increase the separation between the equip- one device is not exempt from the tech- ment and receiver. nical standards in this part unless all —Connect the equipment into an outlet on a of the devices in the equipment meet circuit different from that to which the re- the criteria for exemption. If only one ceiver is connected. of the included devices qualifies for ex- —Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/ emption, the remainder of the equip- TV technician for help. ment must comply with any applicable (c) The provisions of paragraphs (a) regulations. If a device performs more and (b) of this section do not apply to than one function and all of those func- digital devices exempted from the tech- tions do not meet the criteria for ex- nical standards under the provisions of emption, the device does not qualify § 15.103. for inclusion under the exemptions. (d) For systems incorporating several digital devices, the statement shown in § 15.105 Information to the user. paragraph (a) or (b) of this section (a) For a Class A digital device or pe- needs to be contained only in the in- ripheral, the instructions furnished the struction manual for the main control user shall include the following or unit. similar statement, placed in a promi- (e) In cases where the manual is pro- nent location in the text of the man- vided only in a form other than paper, ual: such as on a computer disk or over the

774

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00784 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.109

Internet, the information required by apply to carrier current systems oper- this section may be included in the ating as unintentional radiators on fre- manual in that alternative form, pro- quencies below 30 MHz. In lieu thereof, vided the user can reasonably be ex- these carrier current systems shall be pected to have the capability to access subject to the following standards: information in that form. (1) For carrier current systems con- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 taining their fundamental emission FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003] within the frequency band 535–1705 kHz and intended to be received using a § 15.107 Conducted limits. standard AM broadcast receiver: no (a) Except for Class A digital devices, limit on conducted emissions. for equipment that is designed to be (2) For all other carrier current sys- connected to the public utility (AC) tems: 1000 μV within the frequency power line, the radio frequency voltage band 535–1705 kHz, as measured using a that is conducted back onto the AC 50 μH/50 ohms LISN. power line on any frequency or fre- (3) Carrier current systems operating quencies within the band 150 kHz to 30 below 30 MHz are also subject to the ra- MHz shall not exceed the limits in the diated emission limits in § 15.109(e). following table, as measured using a 50 (d) Measurements to demonstrate μH/50 ohms line impedance stabiliza- compliance with the conducted limits tion network (LISN). Compliance with are not required for devices which only the provisions of this paragraph shall employ battery power for operation be based on the measurement of the and which do not operate from the AC radio frequency voltage between each power lines or contain provisions for power line and ground at the power ter- operation while connected to the AC minal. The lower limit applies at the power lines. Devices that include, or band edges. make provision for, the use of battery chargers which permit operating while μ Frequency of emis- Conducted limit (dB V) charging, AC adaptors or battery elimi- sion (MHz) Quasi-peak Average nators or that connect to the AC power lines indirectly, obtaining their power 0.15–0.5 ...... 66 to 56* ...... 56 to 46* through another device which is con- 0.5–5 ...... 56 ...... 46 5–30 ...... 60 ...... 50 nected to the AC power lines, shall be *Decreases with the logarithm of the frequency. tested to demonstrate compliance with the conducted limits. (b) For a Class A digital device that is designed to be connected to the pub- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 57 lic utility (AC) power line, the radio FR 33448, July 29, 1992; 58 FR 51249, Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 19098, Apr. 13, 2001; 67 FR 45670, frequency voltage that is conducted July 10, 2002] back onto the AC power line on any frequency or frequencies within the § 15.109 Radiated emission limits. band 150 kHz to 30 MHz shall not exceed the limits in the following table, as (a) Except for Class A digital devices, measured using a 50 μH/50 ohms LISN. the field strength of radiated emissions Compliance with the provisions of this from unintentional radiators at a dis- paragraph shall be based on the meas- tance of 3 meters shall not exceed the urement of the radio frequency voltage following values: between each power line and ground at Field the power terminal. The lower limit strength Frequency of emission (MHz) (microvolts/ applies at the boundary between the meter) frequency ranges. 30–88 ...... 100 μ 88–216 ...... 150 Frequency of emis- Conducted limit (dB V) sion (MHz) 216–960 ...... 200 Quasi-peak Average Above 960 ...... 500 0.15–0.5 ...... 79 ...... 66 0.5–30 ...... 73 ...... 60 (b) The field strength of radiated emissions from a Class A digital de- (c) The limits shown in paragraphs vice, as determined at a distance of 10 (a) and (b) of this section shall not meters, shall not exceed the following:

775

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00785 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.111 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Field (g) As an alternative to the radiated strength emission limits shown in paragraphs Frequency of emission (MHz) (microvolts/ meter) (a) and (b) of this section, digital devices may be shown to comply with the 30–88 ...... 90 standards contained in Third Edition of 88–216 ...... 150 216–960 ...... 210 the International Special Committee Above 960 ...... 300 on Radio Interference (CISPR), Pub. 22, ‘‘Information Technology Equipment— (c) In the emission tables above, the Radio Disturbance Characteristics— tighter limit applies at the band edges. Limits and Methods of Measurement’’ Sections 15.33 and 15.35 which specify (incorporated by reference, see § 15.38). the frequency range over which radi- In addition: ated emissions are to be measured and (1) The test procedure and other re- the detector functions and other meas- quirements specified in this part shall urement standards apply. continue to apply to digital devices. (d) For CB receivers, the field (2) If, in accordance with § 15.33 of strength of radiated emissions within this part, measurements must be per- the frequency range of 25–30 MHz shall formed above 1000 MHz, compliance not exceed 40 microvolts/meter at a dis- above 1000 MHz shall be demonstrated tance of 3 meters. The field strength of with the emission limit in paragraph radiated emissions above 30 MHz from (a) or (b) of this section, as appro- such devices shall comply with the lim- priate. Measurements above 1000 MHz its in paragraph (a) of this section. may be performed at the distance spec- (e) Carrier current systems used as ified in the CISPR 22 publications for unintentional radiators or other unin- measurements below 1000 MHz provided tentional radiators that are designed the limits in paragraphs (a) and (b) of to conduct their radio frequency emis- this section are extrapolated to the sions via connecting wires or cables new measurement distance using an in- and that operate in the frequency verse linear distance extrapolation fac- range of 9 kHz to 30 MHz, including de- tor (20 dB/decade), e.g., the radiated vices that deliver the radio frequency limit above 1000 MHz for a Class B dig- energy to transducers, such as ultra- ital device is 150 uV/m, as measured at sonic devices not covered under part 18 a distance of 10 meters. of this chapter, shall comply with the (3) The measurement distances shown radiated emission limits for inten- in CISPR Pub. 22, including measure- tional radiators provided in § 15.209 for ments made in accordance with this the frequency range of 9 kHz to 30 MHz. paragraph above 1000 MHz, are consid- As an alternative, carrier current sys- ered, for the purpose of § 15.31(f)(4) of tems used as unintentional radiators this part, to be the measurement dis- and operating in the frequency range of tances specified in this part. 525 kHz to 1705 kHz may comply with (4) If the radiated emissions are the radiated emission limits provided measured to demonstrate compliance in § 15.221(a). At frequencies above 30 with the alternative standards in this MHz, the limits in paragraph (a), (b), or paragraph, compliance must also be (g) of this section, as appropriate, demonstrated with the conducted lim- apply. its shown in § 15.107(e). (f) For a receiver which employs ter- (h) Radar detectors shall comply minals for the connection of an exter- with the emission limits in paragraph nal receiving antenna, the receiver (a) of this section over the frequency shall be tested to demonstrate compli- range of 11.7–12.2 GHz. ance with the provisions of this section [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 56 with an antenna connected to the an- FR 373, Jan. 4, 1991; 58 FR 51249, Oct. 1, 1993; tenna terminals unless the antenna 66 FR 19098, Apr. 13, 2001; 67 FR 48993, July 29, conducted power is measured as speci- 2002; 69 FR 2849, Jan. 21, 2004] fied in § 15.111(a). If a permanently attached receiving antenna is used, the § 15.111 Antenna power conduction receiver shall be tested to demonstrate limits for receivers. compliance with the provisions of this (a) In addition to the radiated emis- section. sion limits, receivers that operate

776

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00786 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.115

(tune) in the frequency range 30 to 960 imum power possible to accomplish the MHz and CB receivers that provide ter- desired purpose. No equipment author- minals for the connection of an exter- ization is required. nal receiving antenna may be tested to (d) The best engineering principles demonstrate compliance with the pro- shall be used in the generation of radio visions of § 15.109 with the antenna ter- frequency currents by power line car- minals shielded and terminated with a rier systems to guard against harmful resistive termination equal to the im- interference to authorized radio users, pedance specified for the antenna, pro- particularly on the fundamental and vided these receivers also comply with harmonic frequencies. the following: With the receiver an- (e) Power line carrier system appa- tenna terminal connected to a resistive ratus shall conform to such engineer- termination equal to the impedance ing standards as may be promulgated specified or employed for the antenna, by the Commission. In addition, such the power at the antenna terminal at systems should adhere to industry ap- any frequency within the range of proved standards designed to enhance measurements specified in § 15.33 shall the use of power line carrier systems. not exceed 2.0 nanowatts. (f) The provisions of this section (b) CB receivers and receivers that apply only to systems operated by a operate (tune) in the frequency range power utility for general supervision of 30 to 960 MHz that are provided only the power system and do not permit with a permanently attached antenna operation on electric lines which con- shall comply with the radiated emis- nect the distribution substation to the sion limitations in this part, as meas- customer or house wiring. Such oper- ured with the antenna attached. ation can be conducted under the other provisions of this part. § 15.113 Power line carrier systems. Power line carrier systems, as de- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32339, Aug. fined in § 15.3(t), are subject only to the 7, 1989] following requirements: (a) A power utility operating a power § 15.115 TV interface devices, including cable system terminal devices. line carrier system shall submit the de- tails of all existing systems plus any (a) Measurements of the radiated proposed new systems or changes to ex- emissions of a TV interface device isting systems to an industry-operated shall be conducted with the output ter- entity as set forth in § 90.63(g) of this minal(s) of the device terminated by a chapter. No notification to the FCC is resistance equal to the rated output required. impedance. The emanations of a TV (b) The operating parameters of a interface device incorporating an in- power line carrier system (particularly tentional radiator shall not exceed the the frequency) shall be selected to limits in § 15.109 or subpart C of this achieve the highest practical degree of part, whichever is higher for each fre- compatibility with authorized or li- quency. Where it is possible to deter- censed users of the radio spectrum. The mine which portion of the device is signals from this operation shall be contributing a particular radio fre- contained within the frequency band 9 quency emission, the emissions from kHz to 490 kHz. A power line carrier the TV interface device portion shall system shall operate on an unpro- comply with the emission limits in tected, non-interference basis in ac- § 15.109, and the emissions from the in- cordance with § 15.5 of this part. If tentional radiator shall comply with harmful interference occurs, the elec- subpart C of this part. tric power utility shall discontinue use (b) Output signal limits: or adjust its power line carrier oper- (1) At any RF output terminal, the ation, as required, to remedy the inter- maximum measured RMS voltage, in ference. Particular attention should be microvolts, corresponding to the peak paid to the possibility of interference envelope power of the modulated signal to Loran C operations at 100 kHz. during maximum amplitude peaks (c) Power line carrier system appa- across a resistance (R in ohms) match- ratus shall be operated with the mining the rated output impedance of the

777

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00787 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.115 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

TV interface device, shall not exceed (i) For a cable system terminal de- the following: vice or a TV interface device equipped (i) For a cable system terminal de- for use with a cable system or a master vice or a TV interface device used with antenna, as defined in paragraph (b)(3) a master antenna, 692.8 times the of this section, the isolation between square root of (R) for the video signal the antenna and cable input terminals and 155 times the square root of (R) for shall be at least 80 dB from 54 MHz to the audio signal. 216 MHz, at least 60 dB from 216 MHz to (ii) For all other TV interface de- 550 MHz and at least 55 dB from 550 vices, 346.4 times the square root of (R) MHz to 806 MHz. The 80 dB standard ap- for the video signal and 77.5 times the plies at 216 MHz and the 60 dB standard square root of (R) for the audio signal. applies at 550 MHz. In the case of a (2) At any RF output terminal, the transfer switch requiring a power maximum measured RMS voltage, in source, the required isolation shall be microvolts, corresponding to the peak maintained in the event the device is envelope power of the modulated signal not connected to a power source or during maximum amplitude peaks power is interrupted. The provisions of across a resistance (R in ohms) match- this paragraph regarding frequencies in ing the rated output impedance of the the range 550 MHz to 806 MHz are appli- TV interface device, of any emission cable as of June 30, 1997. appearing on frequencies removed by (ii) For all other TV interface de- more than 4.6 MHz below or 7.4 MHz vices, the maximum voltage, cor- above the video carrier frequency on responding to the peak envelope power which the TV interface device is oper- of the modulated video signal during ated shall not exceed the following: maximum amplitude peaks, in (i) For a cable system terminal de- microvolts, appearing at the receiving vice or a TV interface device used with antenna input terminals when termi- a master antenna, 692.8 times the nated with a resistance (R in ohms) square root of (R). matching the rated impedance of the (ii) For all other TV interface de- antenna input of the switch, shall not vices, 10.95 times the square root of (R). exceed 0.346 times the square root of (3) The term master antenna used in (R). this section refers to TV interface de- (iii) Measurement to determine com- vices employed for central distribution pliance with the transfer switch limits of television or other video signals shall be made using a connecting cable, within a building. Such TV interface where required, between the TV inter- devices must be designed to: face device and the transfer switch of (i) Distribute multiple television sig- the type and length: nals at the same time; (A) Provided with the TV interface (ii) Distribute such signals by cable device, to outlets or TV receivers in multiple (B) Recommended in the instruction rooms in the building in which the TV manual, or interface devices are installed; and, (C) Normally employed by the con- (iii) Distribute all over-the-air or sumer. cable signals. (2) A TV interface device shall be designed and constructed, to the extent NOTE: Cable-ready video cassette recorders practicable, so as to preclude the possi- continue to be subject to the provisions for bility that the consumer may inadvert- general TV interface devices. ently attach the output of the device (c) A TV interface device shall be to the receiving antenna, if any, with- equipped with a transfer switch for out first going through the transfer connecting the antenna terminals of a switch. receiver selectively either to the re- (3) A transfer switch is not required ceiving antenna or to the radio fre- for a TV interface device that, when quency output of the TV interface de- connected, results in the user no longer vice, subject to the following: having any need to receive standard (1) When measured in any of its set over-the-air broadcast signals via a positions, transfer switches shall com- separate antenna. A transfer switch is ply with the following requirements: not required to be marketed with a

778

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00788 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.115

cable system terminal device unless (e) For cable system terminal devices that device provides for the connection and TV interface devices used with a of an external antenna. A transfer master antenna, as defined in para- switch is not required for a device that graph (b)(3) of this section, the holder is intended to be used as an accessory of the grant of authorization shall to an authorized TV interface device. specify in the instruction manual or (4) An actual transfer switch is not pamphlet, if a manual is not provided, required for a TV interface device, in- the types of wires or coaxial cables cluding a cable system terminal device, necessary to ensure that the unit com- that has an antenna input terminal(s); plies with the requirements of this provided, the circuitry following the part. The holder of the grant of author- antenna input terminal(s) has suffi- ization must comply with the provi- cient bandwidth to allow the reception sions of § 15.27. For all other TV inter- of all TV broadcast channels author- face devices, the wires or coaxial cables ized under part 73 of this chapter and: used to couple the output signals to For a cable system terminal device the TV receiver shall be provided by that can alternate between the recep- the responsible party. tion of cable television service and an (f) A TV interface device which is antenna, compliance with the isolation submitted to the Commission as a com- requirement specified in paragraph posite device in a single enclosure con- (c)(1)(i) of this section can be dem- taining a RF modulator, video source onstrated; and, for all other TV inter- and other component devices shall be face devices, the maximum voltage ap- submitted on a single application (FCC pearing at the antenna terminal(s) does Form 731) and shall be authorized as a not exceed the limit in paragraph single device. (c)(1)(ii) of this section. (g) An external device or accessory (5) If a transfer switch is not re- that is intended to be attached to a TV quired, the following label shall be interface device shall comply with the used in addition to the label shown in technical and administrative require- § 15.19(a): ments set out in the rules under which This device is intended to be attached to a it operates. For example, a personal receiver that is not used to receive over-the- computer must be certificated to show air broadcast signals. Connection of this de- compliance with the regulations for vice in any other fashion may cause harmful digital devices. interference to radio communications and is (h) Stand-alone switches used to al- in violation of the FCC Rules, part 15. ternate between cable service and an (d) A TV interface device, including a antenna shall provide isolation be- cable system terminal device, shall in- tween the antenna and cable input ter- corporate circuitry to automatically minals that is at least 80 dB from 54 prevent emanations from the device MHz to 216 MHz, at least 60 dB from 216 from exceeding the technical specifica- MHz to 550 MHz and at least 55 dB from tions in this part. These circuits shall 550 MHz to 806 MHz. The 80 dB standard be adequate to accomplish their func- applies at 216 MHz and the 60 dB stand- tions when the TV interface device is ard applies at 550 MHz. In the case of presented, if applicable, with video stand-alone switches requiring a power input signal levels in the range of one source, the required isolation shall be to five volts; this requirement is not maintained in the event the device is applicable to a TV interface device not connected to a power source or that uses a built-in signal source and power is interrupted. The provisions of has no provisions for the connection of this paragraph are applicable as of an external signal source. For devices June 30, 1997. that contain provisions for an external (i) Switches and other devices in- signal source but do not contain provi- tended to be used to by-pass the proc- sions for the input of an external essing circuitry of a cable system ter- baseband signal, e.g., some cable sys- minal device, whether internal to such tem terminal devices, compliance with a terminal device or a stand-alone unit, the provisions of this paragraph shall shall not attenuate the input signal be demonstrated with a radio fre- more than 6 dB from 54 MHz to 550 quency input signal of 0 to 25 dBmV. MHz, or more than 8 dB from 550 MHz

779

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00789 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.117 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

to 804 MHz. The 6 dB standard applies NOTE: The combination of detented rotary at 550 MHz. The provisions of this para- switch and pushbutton controls is accept- graph are applicable June 30, 1997. able, provided UHF channels, after their initial selection, can be accurately tuned with [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 57 an expenditure of time and effort approxi- FR 33448, July 29, 1992; 59 FR 25341, May 16, mately the same as that used in accurately 1994; 61 FR 18509, Apr. 26, 1996] tuning VHF channels. A UHF tuning system comprising five pushbuttons and a separate § 15.117 TV broadcast receivers. manual tuning knob is considered to provide (a) All TV broadcast receivers repeated access to six channels at discrete shipped in interstate commerce or im- tuning positions. A one-knob (VHF/UHF) tuning system providing repeated access to ported into the United States, for sale 11 or more discrete tuning positions is also or resale to the public, shall comply acceptable, provided each of the tuning posi- with the provisions of this section, ex- tions is readily adjustable, without the use cept that paragraphs (f) and (g) of this of tools, to receive any UHF channel. section shall not apply to the features (2) Tuning controls and channel read- of such sets that provide for reception out. UHF tuning controls and channel of digital television signals. The ref- readout on a given receiver shall be erence in this section to TV broadcast comparable in size, location, accessi- receivers also includes devices, such as TV interface devices and set-top de- bility and legibility to VHF controls vices that are intended to provide and readout on that receiver. audio-video signals to a video monitor, NOTE: Differences between UHF and VHF that incorporate the tuner portion of a channel readout that follow directly from TV broadcast receiver and that are the larger number of UHF television chan- equipped with an antenna or antenna nels available are acceptable if it is clear terminals that can be used for off-the- that a good faith effort to comply with the provisions of this section has been made. air reception of TV broadcast signals, as authorized under part 73 of this (d) If equipment and controls that chapter. tend to simplify, expedite or perfect (b) TV broadcast receivers shall be the reception of television signals (e.g., capable of adequately receiving all AFC, visual aids, remote control, or channels allocated by the Commission signal seeking capability referred to to the television broadcast service. generally as tuning aids) are incor- (c) On a given receiver, use of the porated into the VHF portion of a TV UHF and VHF tuning systems shall broadcast receiver, tuning aids of the provide approximately the same degree same type and comparable capability of tuning accuracy with approximately and quality shall be provided for the the same expenditure of time and ef- UHF portion of that receiver. fort: Provided, however, That this re- (e) If a television receiver has an an- quirement will be considered to be met tenna affixed to the VHF antenna ter- if the need for routine fine tuning is minals, it must have an antenna de- eliminated on UHF channels. signed for and capable of receiving all (1) Basic tuning mechanism. If a TV UHF television channels affixed to the broadcast receiver is equipped to pro- UHF antenna terminals. If a VHF an- vide for repeated access to VHF tele- tenna is provided with but not affixed vision channels at discrete tuning posi- to a receiver, a UHF antenna shall be tions, that receiver shall be equipped provided with the receiver. to provide for repeated access to a min- (f) The picture sensitivity of a TV imum of six UHF television channels at broadcast receiver averaged for all discrete tuning positions. Unless a dis- channels between 14 and 69 inclusive crete tuning position is provided for shall not be more than 8dB larger than each channel allocated to UHF tele- the peak picture sensitivity of that re- vision, each position shall be readily ceiver averaged for all channels be- adjustable to a particular UHF channel tween 2 and 13 inclusive. by the user without the use of tools. If (g) The noise figure for any television 12 or fewer discrete tuning positions channel 14 to 69 inclusive shall not ex- are provided, each position shall be ad- ceed 14 dB. A TV receiver model is con- justable to receive any channel allo- sidered to comply with this noise fig- cated to UHF television. ure if the maximum noise figure for

780

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00790 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.117

channels 14–69 inclusive of 97.5% of all such units must include DTV tuners ef- receivers within that model does not fective March 1, 2006. exceed 14 dB. (iii) Receivers with screen sizes less (1) The responsible party shall meas- than 25″—100% of all such units must ure the noise figure of a number of include DTV tuners effective March 1, UHF channels of the test sample to 2007. give reasonable assurance that the (iv) Other video devices (video- UHF noise figure for each channel com- cassette recorders (VCRs), digital video plies with the above limit. recorders such as hard drive and DVD (2) The responsible party shall insert recorders, etc.) that receive television in his files a statement explaining the signals—100% of all such units must in- basis on which it will rely to ensure clude DTV tuners effective March 1, that at least 97.5% of all production 2007. units of the test sample that are manu- (2) For purposes of this implementa- factured have a noise figure of no tion schedule, screen sizes are to be greater than 14 dB. measured diagonally across the picture (3) [Reserved] viewing area. (4) In the case of a TV tuner built-in (3) Responsible parties may include as part of a video tape recorder that combinations of DTV monitors and set- uses a power splitter between the an- top DTV tuners in meeting the re- tenna terminals of the video tape required percentages of units with a DTV corder and the input terminals of the tuner if such combinations are mar- TV tuner or a TV broadcast receiver keted together with a single price. that uses a power splitter between the (4) The requirement to include dig- antenna terminals of two or more UHF ital television reception capability in tuners contained within that receiver, new TV broadcast receivers does not 4 dB may be subtracted from the noise apply to devices such as mobile tele- figure measured at the antenna termi- phones and personal digital assistants nals of the video tape recorder or TV where such devices do not include the broadcast receiver for determining capability to receive TV service on the compliance of the UHF tuner(s) with frequencies allocated for broadcast tel- the 14 dB noise figure limit. evision service. (h) Digital television reception capa- (j) For a TV broadcast receiver bility. TV broadcast receivers are re- equipped with a cable input selector quired only to provide useable picture switch, the selector switch shall pro- and sound commensurate with their vide, in any of its set positions, isola- video and audio capabilities when re- tion between the antenna and cable ceiving digital television signals. input terminals of at least 80 dB from (i) Digital television reception capability 54 MHz to 216 MHz, at least 60 dB from implementation schedule. (1) Responsible 216 MHz to 550 MHz and at least 55 dB parties, as defined in § 2.909 of this from 550 MHz to 806 MHz. The 80 dB chapter, are required to equip new TV standard applies at 216 MHz and the 60 broadcast receivers that are shipped in dB standard applies at 550 MHz. In the interstate commerce or imported from case of a selector switch requiring a any foreign country into the United power source, the required isolation States and for which they are respon- shall be maintained in the event the sible to comply with the provisions of device is not connected to a power this section in accordance with the fol- source or power is interrupted. An ac- lowing schedule: tual switch that can alternate between (i) Receivers with screen sizes 36″ and reception of cable television service above—50% of all of a responsible par- and an antenna is not required for a TV ty’s units must include DTV tuners ef- broadcast receiver, provided compli- fective July 1, 2004; 100% of such units ance with the isolation requirement must include DTV tuners effective July specified in this paragraph can be dem- 1, 2005. onstrated and the circuitry following (ii) Receivers with screen sizes 25″ to the antenna input terminal(s) has suffi- less than 36″—50% of all of a respon- cient band-width to allow the reception sible party’s units must include DTV of all TV broadcast channels author- tuners effective July 1, 2005; 100% of ized under this chapter. The provisions

781

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00791 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.118 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

of this paragraph regarding frequencies consoles, VCRs, DVD players, and simi- in the range 550 MHz to 806 MHz are ap- lar products. For more information, plicable as of June 30, 1997. call the Federal Communications Com- (k) The following requirements apply mission at 1–888–225–5322 (TTY: 1–888– to all responsible parties, as defined in 835–5322) or visit the Commission’s dig- § 2.909 of this chapter, and any person ital television Web site at: http:// that displays or offers for sale or rent www.dtv.gov. television receiving equipment that is [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1993, as amended at 59 not capable of receiving, decoding and FR 25341, May 16, 1994; 61 FR 30532, June 17, tuning digital signals. 1996; 67 FR 63294, Oct. 11, 2002; 70 FR 38804, (1) Such parties and persons shall July 6, 2005; 70 FR 75743, Dec. 21, 2005; 72 FR place conspicuously and in close prox- 26560, May 10, 2007; 73 FR 5681, Jan. 30, 2008] imity to such television broadcast receivers a sign containing, in clear and § 15.118 Cable ready consumer elec- conspicuous print, the Consumer Alert tronics equipment. disclosure text required by paragraph (a) All consumer electronics TV re- (k)(3) of this section. The text should ceiving equipment marketed in the be in a size of type large enough to be United States as cable ready or cable clear, conspicuous and readily legible, compatible shall comply with the pro- consistent with the dimensions of the visions of this section. Consumer elec- equipment and the label. The informa- tronics TV receiving equipment that tion may be printed on a transparent includes features intended for use with material and affixed to the screen, if cable service but does not fully comply the receiver includes a display, in a with the provisions of this section are manner that is removable by the con- subject to the labelling requirements sumer and does not obscure the pic- of § 15.19(d). Until such time as gen- ture, or, if the receiver does not in- erally accepted testing standards are clude a display, in a prominent loca- developed, paragraphs (c) and (d) of tion on the device, such as on the top this section will apply only to the ana- or front of the device, when displayed log portion of covered consumer elec- for sale, or the information in this for- tronics TV receiving equipment mat may be displayed separately im- (b) Cable ready consumer electronics mediately adjacent to each television equipment shall be capable of receiving broadcast receiver offered for sale and all NTSC or similar video channels on clearly associated with the analog-only channels 1 through 125 of the channel model to which it pertains. allocation plan set forth in CEA–542–B: (2) If such parties and persons display ‘‘CEA Standard: Cable Television Chan- or offer for sale or rent such television nel Identification Plan,’’ (incorporated broadcast receivers via direct mail, by reference, see § 15.38). catalog, or electronic means, they shall (c) Cable ready consumer electronics prominently display in close proximity equipment must meet the following to the images or descriptions of such technical performance requirements. television broadcast receivers, in clear Compliance with these requirements and conspicuous print, the Consumer shall be determined by performing Alert disclosure text required by para- measurements at the unfiltered IF out- graph (k)(3) of this section. The text put port. Where appropriate, the Com- should be in a size large enough to be mission will consider allowing alter- clear, conspicuous, and readily legible, native measurement methods. consistent with the dimensions of the (1) Adjacent channel interference. In advertisement or description. the presence of a lower adjacent chan- (3) Consumer alert. This television re- nel CW signal that is 1.5 MHz below the ceiver has only an analog broadcast desired visual carrier in frequency and tuner and will require a converter box 10 dB below the desired visual carrier after February 17, 2009, to receive over- in amplitude, spurious signals within the-air broadcasts with an antenna be- the IF passband shall be attenuated at cause of the Nation’s transition to dig- least 55 dB below the visual carrier of ital broadcasting. Analog-only TVs the desired signal. The desired input should continue to work as before with signal shall be an NTSC visual carrier cable and satellite TV services, gaming modulated with a 10 IRE flat field with

782

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00792 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.118

color burst and the aural carrier which the low VHF, high VHF and UHF is 10 dB below the visual carrier should broadcast bands. On each channel, the be unmodulated. Measurements are to levels at the IF passband due to the de- be performed for input signal levels of sired and interfering signals are to be 0 dBmV and +15 dBmV, with the re- measured. ceiver tuned to ten evenly spaced EIA (4) Tuner overload. Spurious signals IS–132 channels covering the band 54 within the IF passband shall be attenu- MHz to 804 MHz. ated at least 55 dB below the visual (2) Image channel interference. Image carrier of the desired channel using a channel interference within the IF comb-like spectrum input with each passband shall be attenuated below the visual carrier signal individually set at visual carrier of the desired channel by +15 dBmV from 54 to 550 MHz. The de- at least 60 dB from 54 MHz to 714 MHz sired input signal is to be an NTSC sig- and 50 dB from 714 MHz to 804 MHz. The nal on which the visual carrier is mod- 60 dB standard applies at 714 MHz. In ulated with a 10 IRE flat field with testing for compliance with this stand- color burst and the aural carrier is ard, the desired input signal is to be an unmodulated and 10 dB below the vis- NTSC signal on which the visual car- ual carrier. Measurements shall be rier is modulated with a 10 IRE flat made with the receiver tuned to at field with color burst and the aural least seven evenly spaced EIA IS–132 carrier is unmodulated and 10 dB below channels covering the band 54 MHz to the visual carrier. The undesired test 550 MHz. In addition, spurious signals signal shall be a CW signal equal in within the IF passband shall be attenu- amplitude to the desired visual carrier ated at least 51 dB below the visual and located 90 MHz above the visual carrier of the desired channel using a carrier frequency of the desired chan- comb spectrum input with each signal nel. Measurements shall be performed individually set at +15 dBmV from 550 for input signals of 0 dBmV and +15 to 804 MHz. Measurements shall be dBmV, with the receiver tuned to at made with the receiver tuned to at least ten evenly spaced EIA IS–132 least three evenly spaced EIA IS–132 channels covering the band 54 MHz to channels covering the band 550 MHz to 804 MHz. 804 MHz. (3) Direct pickup interference. The di- (5) Cable input conducted emissions. (i) rect pickup (DPU) of a co-channel Conducted spurious emissions that ap- interfering ambient field by a cable pear at the cable input to the device ready device shall not exceed the fol- must meet the following criteria. The lowing criteria. The ratio of the desired input shall be an NTSC video carrier to undesired signal levels at the IF modulated with a 10 IRE flat field with passband on each channel shall be at color burst at a level of 0 dBmV and least 45 dB. The average ratio over the with a visual to aural ratio of 10 dB. six channels shall be at least 50 dB. The The aural carrier shall be desired input signal shall be an NTSC unmodulated. The peak level of the signal having a visual carrier level of 0 spurious signals will be measured using dBmV. The visual carrier is modulated a spectrum analyzer connected by a di- with a 10 IRE flat field with color rectional coupler to the cable input of burst, visual to aural carrier ratio of 10 the equipment under test. Spurious sig- dB, aural carrier unmodulated. The nal levels must not exceed the limits in equipment under test (EUT) shall be the following table: placed on a rotatable table that is one From 54 MHz up to and including 300 MHz–26 meter in height. Any excess length of dBmV the power cord and other connecting From 300 MHz up to and including 450 MHz– leads shall be coiled on the floor under 20 dBmV the table. The EUT shall be immersed From 450 MHz up to and including 804 MHz- in a horizontally polarized uniform CW 15 dBmV field of 100 mV/m at a frequency 2.55 (ii) The average of the measurements MHz above the visual carrier of the on multiple channels from 450 MHz up EUT tuned channel. Measurements to and including 804 MHz shall be no shall be made with the EUT tuned to greater than -20 dBmV. Measurements six EIA IS–132 channels, two each in shall be made with the receiver tuned

783

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00793 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.119 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

to at least four EIA IS–132 channels in (c) Operating modes. The television re- each of the above bands. The test chan- ceiver will employ customer-selectable nels are to be evenly distributed across modes of operation for TV and Caption. each of the bands. Measurements for A third mode of operation, Text, may conducted emissions caused by sources be included on an optional basis. The internal to the device are to be made in Caption and Text Modes may contain a shielded room. Measurements for data in either of two operating chan- conducted emissions caused by exter- nels, referred to in this document as C1 nal signal sources shall be made in an and C2. The television receiver must ambient RF field whose field strength decode both C1 and C2 captioning, and is 100 mV/m, following the same test must display the captioning for which- conditions as described in paragraph ever channel the user selects. The TV (c)(3) of this section. Mode of operation allows the video to (d) The field strength of radiated be viewed in its original form. The Cap- emissions from cable ready consumer tion and Text Modes define one or more electronics equipment shall not exceed areas (called ‘‘boxes’’) on the screen the limits in § 15.109(a) when measured within which caption or text char- in accordance with the applicable pro- acters are displayed. cedures specified in §§ 15.31 and 15.35 for NOTE: For more information regarding unintentional radiators, with the fol- Text mode, see ‘‘Television Captioning for lowing modifications. During testing the Deaf: Signal and Display Specifications’’, the NTSC input signal level is to be +15 Engineering Report No. E–7709–C, Public dBmV, with a visual to aural ratio of 10 Broadcasting Service, dated May 1980, and dB. The visual carrier is to be modu- ‘‘TeleCaption II Decoder Module Perform- lated by a 10 IRE flat field with color ance Specification’’, National Captioning In- stitute, Inc., dated November 1985. These burst; the aural carrier is to be documents are available, respectively, from unmodulated. Measurements are to be the Public Broadcasting Service, 1320 Brad- taken on six EIA IS–132 channels even- dock Place, Alexandria, VA 22314 and from ly spaced across the required RF input the National Captioning Institute, Inc., 5203 range of the equipment under test. Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041.

NOTE: The provisions of paragraphs (a) (d) Screen format. The display area for through (d) of this section are applicable as captioning and text shall fall approxi- of June 30, 1997. mately within the safe caption area as [59 FR 25341, May 16, 1994, as amended at 61 defined in paragraph (n)(12) of this sec- FR 18509, Apr. 26, 1996; 65 FR 64391, Oct. 27, tion. This display area will be further 2000; 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR 2849, Jan. divided into 15 character rows of equal 21, 2004; 69 FR 57861, Sept. 28, 2004] height and 32 columns of equal width, to provide accurate placement of text § 15.119 Closed caption decoder re- on the screen. Vertically, the display quirements for analog television re- area begins on line 43 and is 195 lines ceivers. high, ending on line 237 on an inter- (a) Effective July 1, 1993, all TV laced display. All captioning and text broadcast receivers with picture shall fall within these established col- screens 33 cm (13 in) or larger in diame- umns and rows. The characters must be ter shipped in interstate commerce, displayed clearly separated from the manufactured, assembled, or imported video over which they are placed. In from any foreign country into the addition, the user must have the capa- United States shall comply with the bility to select a black background provisions of this section. over which the captioned letters are displaced. NOTE: This paragraph places no restriction (1) Caption mode. In the Caption on the shipping or sale of television receivers Mode, text can appear on up to 4 rows that were manufactured before July 1, 1993. simultaneously anywhere on the screen (b) Transmission format. Closed-cap- within the defined display area. In ad- tion information is transmitted on line dition, a solid space equal to one col- 21 of field 1 of the vertical blanking in- umn width may be placed before the terval of television signals, in accord- first character and after the last char- ance with § 73.682(a)(22) of this chapter. acter of each row to enhance legibility.

784

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00794 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.119

The caption area will be transparent cells, if any, will remain intact while anywhere that either: empty cells will remain empty, in the (i) No standard space character or same manner that a PAC indent is non- other character has been addressed and destructive. no accompanying solid space is needed; (2) [Reserved] or, (f) Caption Mode. There are three (ii) An accompanying solid space is styles of presenting text in Caption used and a ‘‘transparent space’’ special Mode: roll-up, pop-on, and paint-on. character has been addressed which Character display varies significantly does not immediately precede or follow with the style used, but certain rules of a displayed character. character erasure are common to all (2) [Reserved] styles. A character can be erased by ad- (e) Presentation format. In analyzing dressing another character to the same the presentation of characters, it is screen location or by backspacing over convenient to think in terms of a non- the character from a subsequent loca- visible cursor which marks the screen tion on the same row. The entire dis- position at which the next event in a played memory will be erased instantly given mode and data channel will by receipt of an Erase Displayed Mem- occur. The receiver remembers the ory command. Both displayed memory cursor position for each mode even and non-displayed memory will be en- when data are received for a different tirely erased simultaneously by either: address in an alternate mode or data The user switching receiver channels channel. or data channels (C1/C2) or fields (F1/ (1) Screen addressing. Two kinds of F2) in decoders so equipped; the loss of control codes are used to move the valid data (see paragraph (j) of this sec- cursor to specific screen locations. In tion); or selecting non-captioning re- Caption Mode, these addressing codes ceiver functions which use the display will affect both row and column posi- memory of the decoder. Receipt of an tioning. In Text Mode, the codes affect End of Caption command will cause a only column positioning. In both displayed caption to become non-dis- modes, the addressing codes are op- played (and vice versa) without being tional. Default positions are defined for erased from memory. Changing the re- each mode and style when no address- ceiver to a non-captioning mode which ing code is provided. does not require use of the decoder’s (i) The first type of addressing code is display memory will leave that mem- the Preamble Address Code (PAC). It ory intact, and the decoder will con- assigns a row number and one of eight tinue to process data as if the caption ‘‘indent’’ figures. Each successive in- display were selected. dent moves the cursor four columns to (1) Roll-up. Roll-up style captioning the right (starting from the left mar- is initiated by receipt of one of three gin). Thus, an indent of 0 places the Miscellaneous Control Codes that de- cursor at Column 1, an indent of 4 sets termine the maximum number of rows it at Column 5, etc. The PAC indent is displayed simultaneously, either 2, 3 or non-destructive to displayable char- 4 contiguous rows. These are the three acters. It will not affect the display to Roll-Up Caption commands. the left of the new cursor position on (i) The bottom row of the display is the indicated row. Note that Preamble known as the ‘‘base row’’. The cursor Address Codes also set initial at- always remains on the base row. Rows tributes for the displayable characters of text roll upwards into the contig- which follow. See paragraph (h) of this uous rows immediately above the base section and the Preamble Address Code row to create a ‘‘window’’ 2 to 4 rows table. high. (ii) The second type of addressing (ii) The Roll-Up command, in normal code is the Tab Offset, which is one of practice, will be followed (not nec- three Miscellaneous Control Codes. Tab essarily immediately) by a Preamble Offset will move the cursor one, two, or Address Code indicating the base row three columns to the right. The char- and the horizontal indent position. If acter cells skipped over will be unaf- no Preamble Address Code is received, fected; displayable characters in these the base row will default to Row 15 or,

785

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00795 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.119 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

if a roll-up caption is currently dis- (viii) If a solid space is used for leg- played, to the same base row last re- ibility, it should appear when the first ceived, and the cursor will be placed at displayable character (not a trans- Column 1. If the Preamble Address parent space) or Mid-Row Code is re- Code received contains a different base ceived on a row, not when the Pre- row than that of a currently displayed amble Address Code, if any, is given. A caption, the entire window will move row on which there are no displayable intact (and without erasing) to the new characters or Mid-Row Codes will not base row immediately. display a solid space, even when rolled (iii) Each time a Carriage Return is up between two rows which do display received, the text in the top row of the a solid space. window is erased from memory and (ix) If the reception of data for a row from the display or scrolled off the top is interrupted by data for the alternate of the window. The remaining rows of data channel or for Text Mode, the dis- text are each rolled up into the next play of caption text will resume from highest row in the window, leaving the the same cursor position if a Roll-Up base row blank and ready to accept Caption command is received and no new text. This roll-up must appear Preamble Address Code is given which smooth to the user, and must take no would move the cursor. more than 0.433 second to complete. (x) A roll-up caption remains dis- The cursor is automatically placed at played until one of the standard cap- Column 1 (pending receipt of a Pre- tion erasure techniques is applied. Re- amble Address Code). ceipt of a Resume Caption Loading (iv) Increasing or decreasing the command (for pop-on style) or a Re- number of roll-up rows instantly sume Direct Captioning command (for changes the size of the active display paint-on style) will not affect a roll-up window, appropriately turning on or off display. Receipt of a Roll-Up Caption command will cause any pop-on or the display of the top one or two rows. paint-on caption to be erased from dis- A row which is turned off should also played memory and non-displayed be erased from memory. memory. (v) Characters are always displayed (2) Pop-on. Pop-on style captioning is immediately when received by the re- initiated by receipt of a Resume Cap- ceiver. Once the cursor reaches the tion Loading command. Subsequent 32nd column position on any row, all data are loaded into a non-displayed subsequent characters received prior to memory and held there until an End of a Carriage Return, Preamble Address Caption command is received, at which Code, or Backspace will be displayed in point the non-displayed memory be- that column replacing any previous comes the displayed memory and vice character occupying that address. versa. (This process is often referred to (vi) The cursor moves automatically as ‘‘flipping memories’’ and does not one column to the right after each automatically erase memory.) An End character or Mid-Row Code received. A of Caption command forces the re- Backspace will move the cursor one ceiver into pop-on style if no Resume column to the left, erasing the char- Caption Loading command has been re- acter or Mid-Row Code occupying that ceived which would do so. The display location. (A Backspace received when will be capable of 4 full rows, not nec- the cursor is in Column 1 will be ig- essarily contiguous, simultaneous any- nored.) where on the screen. (vii) The Delete to End of Row com- (i) Preamble Address Codes can be mand will erase from memory any used to move the cursor around the characters or control codes starting at screen in random order to place cap- the current cursor location and in all tions on Rows 1 to 15. Carriage Returns columns to its right on the same row. have no effect on cursor location dur- If no displayable characters remain on ing caption loading. the row after the Delete to End of Row (ii) The cursor moves automatically is acted upon, the solid space (if any) one column to the right after each for that row should also be erased to character or Mid-Row Code received. conform with the following provisions. Receipt of a Backspace will move the

786

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00796 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.119

cursor one column to the left, erasing moves automatically one column to the character or Mid-Row Code occu- the right after each character or Mid- pying that location. (A Backspace re- Row Code is received. Receipt of a ceived when the cursor is in Column 1 Backspace will move the cursor one will be ignored.) Once the cursor column to the left, erasing the char- reaches the 32nd column position on acter or Mid-Row Code occupying that any row, all subsequent characters relocation. (A Backspace received when ceived prior to a Backspace, an End of the cursor is in Column 1 will be ig- Caption, or a Preamble Address Code, nored.) Once the cursor reaches the will replace any previous character at 32nd column position on any row, all that location. subsequent characters received prior to (iii) The Delete to End of Row com- a Preamble Address Code or Backspace mand will erase from memory any will be displayed in that column re- characters or control codes starting at placing any previous character occu- the current cursor location and in all pying that location. columns to its right on the same row. If no displayable characters remain on (ii) The Delete to End of Row com- a row after the Delete to End of Row is mand will erase from memory any acted upon, the solid space (if any) for characters or control codes starting at that element should also be erased. the current cursor location and in all (iv) If data reception is interrupted columns to its right on the same row. during caption loading by data for the If no displayable characters remain on alternate caption channel or for Text the row after the Delete to End of Row Mode, caption loading will resume at is acted upon, the solid space (if any) the same cursor position if a Resume for that element should also be erased. Caption Loading command is received (iii) If the reception of data is inter- and no Preamble Address Code is given rupted during the direct captioning by that would move the cursor. data for the alternate caption channel (v) Characters remain in non-dis- or for Text Mode, the display of cap- played memory until an End of Caption tion text will resume at the same command flips memories. The caption cursor position if a Resume Direct Cap- will be erased without being displayed tioning command is received and no upon receipt of an Erase Non-Displayed Preamble Address Code is given which Memory command, a Roll-Up Caption would move the cursor. command, or if the user switches re- (iv) Characters remain displayed ceiver channels, data channels or until one of the standard caption era- fields, or upon the loss of valid data sure techniques is applied or until a (see paragraph (j) of this section). Roll-Up Caption command is received. (vi) A pop-on caption, once displayed, An End of Caption command leaves a remains displayed until one of the paint-on caption fully intact in non- standard caption erasure techniques is displayed memory. In other words, a applied or until a Roll-Up Caption com- paint-on style caption behaves pre- mand is received. Characters within a cisely like a pop-on style caption displayed pop-on caption will be replaced by receipt of the Resume Direct which has been displayed. Captioning command and paint-on (g) Character format. Characters are style techniques (see below). to be displayed on the screen within a (3) Paint-on. Paint-on style cap- character ‘‘cell’’ which is the height tioning is initiated by receipt of a Re- and width of a single row and column. sume Direct Captioning command. The following codes define the Subsequent data are addressed imme- displayable character set. Television diately to displayed memory without receivers manufactured prior to Janu- need for an End of Caption command. ary 1, 1996 and having a character reso- (i) Preamble Address Codes can be lution of 5×7 dots, or less, may display used to move the cursor around the the allowable alternate characters in screen in random order to display cap- the character table. A statement must tions on Rows 1 to 15. Carriage Returns be in a prominent location on the box have no affect on cursor location dur- or other package in which the receiver ing direct captioning. The cursor is to be marketed, and information

787

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00797 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.119 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

must be in the owner’s manual, indi- HEX Example Alternate Description cating the receiver displays closed cap- 3B ; Semi-colon tioning in upper case only. 3C < Less than sign 3D = Equal sign CHARACTER SET TABLE 3E > Greater than sign 3F ? Question mark Special Characters 40 @ At sign 41 A Upper-case A These require two bytes for each symbol. 42 B Upper-case B Each hex code as shown will be preceded by 43 C Upper-case C a 11h for data channel 1 or by a 19h for data 44 D Upper-case D channel 2. For example: 19h 37h will place a 45 E Upper-case E musical note in data channel 2. 46 F Upper-case F 47 G Upper-case G HEX Example Alternate Description 48 H Upper-case H 49 I Upper-case I 30 ® See note 1 Registered mark symbol 4A J Upper-case J 31 ° Degree sign 4B K Upper-case K 32 1⁄2 1⁄2 4C L Upper-case L 33 ¿ Inverse query 4D M Upper-case M 34 TM See note 1 Trademark symbol 4E N Upper-case N 35 ¢ Cents sign 4F O Upper-case O 36 £ Pounds Sterling sign 50 P Upper-case P 37 M Music note 51 Q Upper-case Q 38 a` A Lower-case a with grave ac- 52 R Upper-case R cent 53 S Upper-case S 39 Transparent space 54 T Upper-case T 3A e` E Lower-case e with grave ac- 55 U Upper-case U cent 56 V Upper-case V 3B aˆ A Lower-case a with circumflex 57 W Upper-case W 3C eˆ E Lower-case e with circumflex 58 X Upper-case X 3D ˆı I Lower-case i with circumflex 59 Y Upper-case Y 3E oˆ O Lower-case o with circumflex 5A Z Upper-case Z 3F uˆ U Lower-case u with circumflex 5B [ Open bracket 1 NOTE: The registered and trademark symbols are used to 5C e´ E Lower-case e with acute ac- satisfy certain legal requirements. There are various legal cent ways in which these symbols may be drawn or displayed. For 5D ] Close bracket example, the trademark symbol may be drawn with the ‘‘T’’ 5E ´ı I Lower-case i with acute accent next to the ‘‘M’’ or over the ‘‘M’’. It is preferred that the trade- 5F o´ O Lower-case o with acute ac- mark symbol be superscripted, i.e., XYZ TM. It is left to each individual manufacturer to interpret these symbols in any way cent that meets the legal needs of the user. 60 u´ U Lower-case u with acute accent Standard characters 61 a A Lower-case a 62 b B Lower-case b HEX Example Alternate Description 63 c C Lower-case c 64 d D Lower-case d 20 Standard space 65 e E Lower-case e 21 ! Exclamation mark 66 f F Lower-case f 22 ‘‘ Quotation mark 67 g G Lower-case g 23 # Pounds (number) sign 68 h H Lower-case h 24 $ Dollar sign 69 i I Lower-case i 25 % Percentage sign 6A j J Lower-case j 26 & Ampersand 6B k K Lower-case k 27 ’ Apostrophe 6C l L Lower-case l 28 ( Open parentheses 6D m M Lower-case m 29 ) Close parentheses 6E n N Lower-case n 2A a´ A Lower-case a with acute ac- 6F o O Lower-case o cent 70 p P Lower-case p 2B + Plus sign 71 q Q Lower-case q 2C , Comma 72 r R Lower-case r 2D ¥ Minus (hyphen) sign 73 s S Lower-case s 2E . Period 74 t T Lower-case t 2F / Slash 75 u U Lower-case u 30 0 Zero 76 v V Lower-case v 31 1 One 77 w W Lower-case w 32 2 Two 78 x X Lower-case x 33 3 Three 79 y Y Lower-case y 34 4 Four 7A z Z Lower-case z 35 5 Five 7B c¸ C Lower-case c with cedilla 36 6 Six 7C ÷ Division sign 37 7 Seven 7D N˜ Upper-case N with tilde 38 8 Eight 7E n˜ N˜ Lower-case n with tilde 39 9 Nine 7F ■ Solid block 3A : Colon

788

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00798 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.119

(h) Character Attributes—(1) Trans- attribute will be displayed by causing mission of Attributes. A character may the character to blink from the display be transmitted with any or all of four at least once per second. The italic at- attributes: Color, italics, underline, tribute must be capable of being dis- and flash. All of these attributes are played by either a special italic font, or set by control codes included in the re- by the modification of the standard ceived data. An attribute will remain font by slanting. The user may be in effect until changed by another con- given the option to select other meth- trol code or until the end of the row is ods of italic display as well. The sup- reached. Each row begins with a con- port of the color attributes is optional. trol code which sets the color and un- If the color attributes are supported, derline attributes. (White non-under- they will be displayed in the color they lined is the default display attribute if have been assigned. If color attributes no Preamble Address Code is received are not supported, the display may be before the first character on an empty in color, but all color changes will be row.) Attributes are not affected by ignored. transparent spaces within a row. (i) Control codes. There are three dif- (i) All Mid-Row Codes and the Flash ferent types of control codes used to On command are spacing attributes identify the format, location, at- which appear in the display just as if a tributes, and display of characters: standard space (20h) had been received. Preamble Address Codes, Mid-Row Preamble Address Codes are non-spac- Codes, and Miscellaneous Control ing and will not alter any attributes Codes. when used to position the cursor in the (1) Each control code consists of a midst of a row of characters. pair of bytes which are always trans- (ii) The color attribute has the high- mitted together in a single field of line est priority and can only be changed by 21 and which are normally transmitted the Mid-Row Code of another color. twice in succession to help insure cor- Italics has the next highest priority. If rect reception of the control instruc- characters with both color and italics tions. The first of the control code are desired, the italics Mid-Row Code bytes is a non-printing character in the must follow the color assignment. Any range 10h to 1Fh. The second byte is al- color Mid-Row Code will turn off ways a printing character in the range italics. If the least significant bit of a 20h to 7Fh. Any such control code pair Preamble Address Code or of a color or received which has not been assigned a italics Mid-Row Code is a 1 (high), un- function is ignored. If the non-printing derlining is turned on. If that bit is a 0 (low), underlining is off. character in the pair is in the range 00h (iii) The flash attribute is trans- to 0Fh, that character alone will be ig- mitted as a Miscellaneous Control nored and the second character will be Code. The Flash On command will not treated normally. alter the status of the color, italics, or (2) If the second byte of a control underline attributes. However, any code pair does not contain odd parity color or italics Mid-Row Code will turn (see paragraph (j) of this section), then off flash. the pair is ignored. The redundant (iv) Thus, for example, if a red, transmission of the pair will be the in- italicized, underlined, flashing char- struction upon which the receiver acts. acter is desired, the attributes must be (3) If the first byte of the first trans- received in the following order: a red mission of a control code pair fails the Mid-Row or Preamble Address Code, an parity check, then that byte is inserted italics Mid-Row Code with underline into the currently active memory as a bit, and the Flash On command. The solid block character (7Fh) followed by character will then be preceded by whatever the second byte is. Again, the three spaces (two if red was assigned redundant transmission of the pair will via a Preamble Address Code). be the controlling instruction. (2) Display of attributes. The underline (4) If the first transmission of a con- attribute will be displayed by drawing trol code pair passes parity, it is acted a line beneath the character in the upon within one video frame. If the same color as the character. The flash next frame contains a perfect repeat of

789

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00799 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.119 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

the same pair, the redundant code is ig- MID-ROW CODES—Continued nored. If, however, the next frame con- Data Data tains a different but also valid control channel channel Attribute description code pair, this pair, too, will be acted 1 2 upon (and the receiver will expect a re- 11 25 19 25 Blue Underline. peat of this second pair in the next 11 26 19 26 Cyan. frame). If the first byte of the expected 11 27 19 27 Cyan Underline. redundant control code pair fails the 11 28 19 28 Red. 11 29 19 29 Red Underline. parity check and the second byte is 11 2A 19 2A Yellow. identical to the second byte in the im- 11 2B 19 2B Yellow Underline. mediately preceding pair, then the ex- 11 2C 19 2C Magenta. pected redundant code is ignored. If 11 2D 19 2D Magenta Underline. 11 2E 19 2E Italics. there are printing characters in place 11 2F 19 2F Italics Underline. of the redundant code, they will be processed normally. MISCELLANEOUS CONTROL CODES (5) There is provision for decoding a second data channel. The second data Data Data Mne- channel is encoded with the same con- channel channel Command description 1 2 monic trol codes and procedures already described. The first byte of every control 14 20 1C 20 RCL Resume caption loading. code pair indicates the data channel 14 21 1C 21 BS... Backspace. 14 22 1C 22 AOF Reserved (formerly Alarm Off). (C1/C2) to which the command applies. 14 23 1C 23 AON Reserved (formerly Alarm On). Control codes which do not match the 14 24 1C 24 DER Delete to End of Row. data channel selected by the user, and 14 25 1C 25 RU2 Roll-Up Captions–2 Rows. 14 26 1C 26 RU3 Roll-Up Captions–3 Rows. all subsequent data related to that con- 14 27 1C 27 RU4 Roll-Up Captions–4 Rows. trol code, are ignored by the receiver. 14 28 1C 28 FON Flash On. 14 29 1C 29 RDC Resume Direct Captioning. MID-ROW CODES 14 2A 1C 2A TR ... Text Restart. 14 2B 1C 2B RTD Resume Text Display. Data Data 14 2C 1C 2C EDM Erase Displayed Memory. channel channel Attribute description 14 2D 1C 2D CR... Carriage Return. 1 2 14 2E 1C 2E ENM Erase Non-Displayed Memory. 14 2F 1C 2F EOC End of Caption (Flip Memo- 11 20 19 20 White. ries). 11 21 19 21 White Underline. 17 21 1F 21 TO1 Tab Offset 1 Column. 11 22 19 22 Green. 17 22 1F 22 TO2 Tab Offset 2 Columns. 11 23 19 23 Green Underline. 17 23 1F 23 TO3 Tab Offset 3 Columns. 11 24 19 24 Blue.

PREAMBLE ADDRESS CODES

Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

First byte of code pair: Data Channel 1..... 11 11 12 12 15 15 16 16 17 17 10 13 13 14 14 Data Channel 2..... 19 19 1A 1A 1D 1D 1E 1E 1F 1F 18 1B 1B 1C 1C Second byte of code pair: White ...... 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 40 60 40 60 White Underline..... 41 61 41 61 41 61 41 61 41 61 41 41 61 41 61 Green ...... 42 62 42 62 42 62 42 62 42 62 42 42 62 42 62 Green Underline.... 43 63 43 63 43 63 43 63 43 63 43 43 63 43 63 Blue ...... 44 64 44 64 44 64 44 64 44 64 44 44 64 44 64 Blue Underline...... 45 65 45 65 45 65 45 65 45 65 45 45 65 45 65 Cyan ...... 46 66 46 66 46 66 46 66 46 66 46 46 66 46 66 Cyan Underline..... 47 67 47 67 47 67 47 67 47 67 47 47 67 47 67 Red ...... 48 68 48 68 48 68 48 68 48 68 48 48 68 48 68 Red Underline...... 49 69 49 69 49 69 49 69 49 69 49 49 69 49 69 Yellow ...... 4A 6A 4A 6A 4A 6A 4A 6A 4A 6A 4A 4A 6A 4A 6A Yellow Underline... 4B 6B 4B 6B 4B 6B 4B 6B 4B 6B 4B 4B 68 4B 6B Magenta ...... 4C 6C 4C 6C 4C 6C 4C 6C 4C 6C 4C 4C 6C 4C 6C Magenta Underline 4D 6D 4D 6D 4D 6D 4D 6D 4D 6D 4D 4D 6D 4D 6D White Italics...... 4E 6E 4E 6E 4E 6E 4E 6E 4E 6E 4E 4E 6E 4E 6E White Italics Under- line ...... 4F 6F 4F 6F 4F 6F 4F 6F 4F 6F 4F 4F 6F 4F 6F Indent 0...... 50 70 50 70 50 70 50 70 50 70 50 50 70 50 70 Indent 0 Underline 51 71 51 71 51 71 51 71 51 71 51 51 71 51 71 Indent 4...... 52 72 52 72 52 72 52 72 52 72 52 52 72 52 72

790

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00800 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.119

PREAMBLE ADDRESS CODES—Continued

Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Indent 4 Underline 53 73 53 73 53 73 53 73 53 73 53 53 73 53 73 Indent 8...... 54 74 54 74 54 74 54 74 54 74 54 54 74 54 74 Indent 8 Underline 55 75 55 75 55 75 55 75 55 75 55 55 75 55 75 Indent 12...... 56 76 56 76 56 76 56 76 56 76 56 56 76 56 76 Indent 12 Underline 57 77 57 77 57 77 57 77 57 77 57 57 77 57 77 Indent 16...... 58 78 58 78 58 78 58 78 58 78 58 58 78 58 78 Indent 16 Underline 59 79 59 79 59 79 59 79 59 79 59 59 79 59 79 Indent 20...... 5A 7A 5A 7A 5A 7A 5A 7A 5A 7A 5A 5A 7A 5A 7A Indent 20 Underline 5B 7B 5B 7B 5B 7B 5B 7B 5B 7B 5B 5B 7B 5B 7B Indent 24...... 5C 7C 5C 7C 5C 7C 5C 7C 5C 7C 5C 5C 7C 5C 7C Indent 24 Underline 5D 7D 5D 7D 5D 7D 5D 7D 5D 7D 5D 5D 7D 5D 7D Indent 28...... 5E 7E 5E 7E 5E 7E 5E 7E 5E 7E 5E 5E 7E 5E 7E Indent 28 Underline 5F 7F 5F 7F 5F 7F 5F 7F 5F 7F 5F 5F 7F 5F 7F

NOTE: All indent codes (second byte equals 50h–5fh, 70th–7fh) assign white as the color attribute.

(j) Data rejection. The receiver should encryption and copy protection, can provide an effective procedure to verify alter the television signal so that some data. A receiver will reject data if the methods of finding line 21 will not data is invalid, or if the data is di- work. In particular, counting of lines rected to the data channel or field not or timing from the start of the vertical selected by the user. Invalid data is blanking interval may cause problems. any data that fails to pass a check for Caption decoding circuitry must func- odd parity, or which, having passed the tion properly when receiving signals parity check, is assigned no function. from cable security systems that were (1) If a print character fails to pass a designed and marketed prior to April 5, check for parity, a solid block (7Fh) 1991. Further information concerning should be displayed in place of the such systems is available from the Na- failed character. In addition, valid data tional Cable Television Association, can be corrupted in many ways and Inc., Washington, DC, and from the may not be suitable for display. For ex- Electronic Industries Association, ample, repeated fields, skipped fields Washington, DC. and altered field sequences are all pos- (m) Labelling and consumer informa- sible from consumer video equipment tion requirements. The box or other and might present meaningless cap- package in which the individual tele- tions. vision receiver is to be marketed shall (2) The receiver will ignore data re- carry a statement in a prominent loca- jected due to being directed to a tion, visible to the buyer before pur- deselected field or channel. However, this will not cause the display to be chase, which reads as follows: disabled. This television receiver provides display of (k) Automatic display enable/disable. television closed captioning in accordance The receiver shall provide an auto- with § 15.119 of the FCC rules. matic enable/disable capability to prevent the display of invalid or incom- Receivers that do not support color at- plete data, when the user selects the tributes or text mode, as well as receiv- Caption Mode. The display should auto- ers that display only upper-case char- matically become enable after the re- acters pursuant to paragraph (g) of this ceiver verifies the data as described in section, must include with the state- paragraph (j) of this section. The dis- ment, and in the owner’s manual, lan- play will be automatically disabled guage indicating that those features when there is a sustained detection of are not supported. invalid data. The display will be re-en- (n) Glossary of terms. The following abled when the data verification proc- terms are used to describe caption de- ess has been satisfied once again. coder specifications: (l) Compatibility with Cable Security (1) Base row: The bottom row of a Systems. Certain cable television secu- roll-up display. The cursor always re- rity techniques, such as signal mains on the base row. Rows of text

791

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00801 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.119 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

roll upwards into the contiguous rows rather than through codes transmitted immediately above the base row. on line 21 which unconditionally erase (2) Box: The area surrounding the ac- the display. The receiver may disable tive character display. In Text Mode, the display because the user selects an the box is the entire screen area de- alternate mode, e.g., TV Mode, or be- fined for display, whether or not cause no valid line 21 data is present. displayable characters appear. In Cap- (8) Display enable: To allow the dis- tion Mode, the box is dynamically re- play of captions or text when they are defined by each caption and each ele- transmitted on line 21 and received as ment of displayable characters within valid data. For display to be enabled, a caption. The box (or boxes, in the the user must have selected Caption case of a multiple-element caption) in- Mode or Text Mode, and valid data for cludes all the cells of the displayed the selected mode must be present on characters, the non-transparent spaces line 21. between them, and one cell at the be- (9) Element: In a pop-on or paint-on ginning and end of each row within a style caption, each contiguous area of caption element in those decoders that cells containing displayable characters use a solid space to improve legibility. and non-transparent spaces between (3) Caption window: The invisible rec- those characters. A single caption may tangle which defines the top and bot- have multiple elements. An element is tom limits of a roll-up caption. The not necessarily a perfect rectangle, but window can be 2 to 4 rows high. The may include rows of differing widths. lowest row of the window is called the (10) Erase Display: In Caption Mode, base row. to clear the screen of all characters (4) Cell: The discrete screen area in (and accompanying background) in re- which each displayable character or sponse to codes transmitted on line 21. space may appear. A cell is one row (The caption service provider can ac- high and one column wide. complish the erasure either by sending (5) Column: One of 32 vertical divi- an Erase Displayed Memory command sions of the screen, each of equal or by sending an Erase Non-Displayed width, extending approximately across Memory command followed by an End the full width of the safe caption area of Caption command, effectively mak- as defined in paragraph (n)(12) of this ing a blank caption ‘‘appear’’.) Display section. Two additional columns, one can also be erased by the receiver when at the left of the screen and one at the the caption memory erasure conditions right, may be defined for the appear- are met, such as the user changing TV ance of a box in those decoders which channels. use a solid space to improve legibility, (11) Row: One of 15 horizontal divi- but no displayable characters may ap- sions of the screen, extending across pear in those additional columns. For the full height of the safe caption area reference, columns may be numbered 0 as defined in paragraph (n)(12) of this to 33, with columns 1 to 32 reserved for section. displayable characters. (12) Safe caption area: The area of the (6) Displayable character: Any letter, television picture within which cap- number or symbol which is defined for tioning and text shall be displayed to on-screen display, plus the 20h space. ensure visibility of the information on (7) Display disable: To turn off the dis- the majority of home television receiv- play of captions or text (and accom- ers. The safe caption area is specified panying background) at the receiver, as shown in the following figure:

792

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00802 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.120

The dimensions of the above figure (15) Transparent space: Transmitted shall be as follows: as a special character, it is a one-column-wide space behind which program Percent of Label Dimensions television pic- video is always visible (except when a ture height transparent space immediately pre- A Television picture height ...... 100 .0 cedes or follows a displayable char- B Television picture width ...... 133 .33 acter and solid box is needed to make C Height of safe caption area ...... 80 .0 D Width of safe caption area ...... 106 .67 that character legible). E Vertical position of safe caption 10 .0 area. [56 FR 27201, June 13, 1991, as amended at 57 F Horizontal position of safe caption 13 .33 FR 19094, May 4, 1992; 58 FR 44893, Aug. 25, area. 1993]

(13) Special characters: Displayable § 15.120 Program blocking technology characters (except for ‘‘transparent requirements for television receiv- space’’) which require a two-byte se- ers. quence of one non-printing and one (a) Effective July 1, 1999, manufactur- printing character. The non-printing ers of television broadcast receivers as byte varies depending on the data defined in section 15.3(w) of this chap- channel. Regular characters require ter, including personal computer sys- unique one-byte codes which are the tems meeting that definition, must en- same in either data channel. (14) Text: When written with an sure that one-half of their product upper-case ‘‘T’’, refers to the Text models with picture screens 33 cm (13 Mode. When written with a lower-case in) or larger in diameter shipped in ‘‘t’’, refers to any combination of interstate commerce or manufactured displayable characters. in the United States comply with the

793

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00803 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR EC03JN91.009 § 15.120 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

provisions of paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) ing is received that meets the pre-de- of this section. termined user requirements. Digital television receivers shall be able to re- NOTE: This paragraph places no restrictions on the shipping or sale of television respond to changes in the content advi- ceivers that were manufactured before July sory rating system. 1999. (e) All television receivers as described in paragraph (a) of this section (b) Effective January 1, 2000, all TV shall block programming as follows: broadcast receivers as defined in (1) Channel Blocking. Channel Block- § 15.3(w), including personal computer ing should occur as soon as a program systems meeting that definition, with rating packet with the appropriate picture screens 33 cm (13 in) or larger, Content Advisory or MPAA rating measured diagonally, or with displays level is received. Program blocking is in the 16:9 aspect ratio that are 19.8 cm described as a receiver performing all (7.8 in) or greater in height and digital of the following: television receivers without an associated display device shipped in inter- • Muting the program audio. state commerce or manufactured in the • Rendering the video black or otherwise indecipherable. United States shall comply with the • provisions of paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) Eliminating program-related captions. of this section. (2) Default State. The default state of (c) Transmission format. (1) Analog a receiver (i.e., as provided to the con- television program rating information sumer) should not block unrated pro- shall be transmitted on line 21 of field grams. However, it is permissible to in- 2 of the vertical blanking interval of clude features that allow the user to television signals, in accordance with reprogram the receiver to block pro- § 73.682(a)(22) of this chapter. grams that are not rated. (2) Digital television program rating (3) Picture-In-Picture (PIP). If a re- information shall be transmitted in ceiver has the ability to decode pro- digital television signals in accordance gram-related rating information for with § 73.682(d) of this chapter. the Picture-In-Picture (PIP) video sig- (d) Operation. (1) Analog television nal, then it should block the PIP chan- receivers will receive program ratings nel in the same manner as the main transmitted pursuant to EIA–744: channel. If the receiver does not have ‘‘Transport of Content Advisory Infor- the ability to decode PIP program-re- mation Using Extended Data Service lated rating information, then it (XDS)’’ (incorporated by reference, see should block or otherwise disable the § 15.38) and EIA–608: ‘‘Recommended PIP if the viewer has enabled program Practice for Line 21 Data Service’’ (in- blocking. corporated by reference, see § 15.38). (4) Selection of Ratings. Each tele- Blocking of programs shall occur when vision receiver, in accordance with user a program rating is received that input, shall block programming based meets the pre-determined user require- on the age based ratings, the content ments. based ratings, or a combination of the (2) Digital television receivers shall two. react in a similar manner as analog (i) If the user chooses to block pro- televisions when programmed to block gramming according to its age based specific rating categories. Effective rating level, the receiver must have the March 15, 2006, digital television re- ability to automatically block pro- ceivers will receive program rating grams with a more restrictive age descriptors transmitted pursuant to in- based rating. For example, if all shows dustry standard EIA/CEA–766–A ‘‘U.S. with an age-based rating of TV-PG and Canadian Region Rating Tables have been selected for blocking, the (RRT) and Content Advisory user should be able to automatically Descriptors for Transport of Content block programs with the more restric- Advisory Information using ATSC A/ tive ratings of TV–14 and TV-MA. 65–A Program and System Information (ii) If the user chooses to block pro- Protocol (PSIP),’’ 2001 (incorporated by gramming according to a combination reference, see § 15.38). Blocking of proof age based and content based ratings grams shall occur when a program rat- the receiver must have the ability to

794

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00804 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.121

automatically block programming bands that are 38 dB or lower based with a more restrictive age rating but upon a 12 dB SINAD measurement, a similar content rating. For example, which is considered the threshold if all shows rated TV-PG-V have been where a signal can be clearly discerned selected for blocking, the user should from any interference that may be be able to block automatically shows present. with the more restrictive ratings of (c) Scanning receivers and frequency TV–14–V and TV-MA-V. converters designed or marketed for (iii) The user should have the capa- use with scanning receivers, are not bility of overriding the automatic subject to the requirements of para- blocking described in paragraphs graphs (a) and (b) of this section pro- (e)(4)(i) and (4)(ii) of this section. vided that they are manufactured exclusively for, and marketed exclusively [63 FR 20133, Apr. 23, 1998, as amended at 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR 2849, Jan. 21, to, entities described in 18 U.S.C. 2004; 69 FR 59534, Oct. 4, 2004; 73 FR 5682, Jan. 2512(2), or are marketed exclusively as 30, 2008; 74 FR 63079, Dec. 2, 2009] test equipment pursuant to § 15.3(dd). (d) Modification of a scanning re- § 15.121 Scanning receivers and fre- ceiver to receive transmissions from quency converters used with scan- Cellular Radiotelephone Service fre- ning receivers. quency bands will be considered to con- (a) Except as provided in paragraph stitute manufacture of such equip- (c) of this section, scanning receivers ment. This includes any individual, in- and frequency converters designed or dividuals, entity or organization that marketed for use with scanning receiv- modifies one or more scanners. Any ers, shall: modification to a scanning receiver to (1) Be incapable of operating (tun- receive transmissions from the Cellular ing), or readily being altered by the Radiotelephone Service frequency user to operate, within the frequency bands voids the certification of the bands allocated to the Cellular Radio- scanning receiver, regardless of the telephone Service in part 22 of this date of manufacture of the original chapter (cellular telephone bands). unit. In addition, the provisions of Scanning receivers capable of ‘‘readily § 15.23 shall not be interpreted as per- being altered by the user’’ include, but mitting modification of a scanning re- are not limited to, those for which the ceiver to receiver Cellular Radio- ability to receive transmissions in the telephone Service transmissions. cellular telephone bands can be added (e) Scanning receivers and frequency by clipping the leads of, or installing, a converters designed for use with scan- simple component such as a diode, re- ning receivers shall not be assembled sistor or jumper wire; replacing a plug- from kits or marketed in kit form unin semiconductor chip; or programming less they comply with the require- a semiconductor chip using special ac- ments in paragraph (a) through (c) of cess codes or an external device, such this section. as a personal computer. Scanning re- (f) Scanning receivers shall have a ceivers, and frequency converters de- label permanently affixed to the prod- signed for use with scanning receivers, uct, and this label shall be readily visi- also shall be incapable of converting ble to the purchaser at the time of pur- digital cellular communication trans- chase. The label shall read as follows: missions to analog voice audio. WARNING: MODIFICATION OF THIS (2) Be designed so that the tuning, DEVICE TO RECEIVE CELLULAR RA- control and filtering circuitry is inac- DIOTELEPHONE SERVICE SIGNALS cessible. The design must be such that IS PROHIBITED UNDER FCC RULES any attempts to modify the equipment AND FEDERAL LAW. to receive transmissions from the Cel- (1) ‘‘Permanently affixed’’ means lular Radiotelephone Service likely that the label is etched, engraved, will render the receiver inoperable. stamped, silkscreened, indelible print- (b) Except as provided in paragraph ed or otherwise permanently marked (c) of this section, scanning receivers on a permanently attached part of the shall reject any signals from the Cel- equipment or on a nameplate of metal, lular Radiotelephone Service frequency plastic or other material fastened to

795

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00805 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.122 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

the equipment by welding, riveting, or mitted television signals to be dis- permanent adhesive. The label shall be played on analog receivers shall pass designed to last the expected lifetime available analog caption information of the equipment in the environment in to the attached receiver in a form rec- which the equipment may be operated ognizable by that receiver’s built-in and must not be readily detachable. caption decoder circuitry. The label shall not be a stick-on, paper label. NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(2): This paragraph (2) When the device is so small that it places no restrictions on the shipping or sale of DTV converter boxes that were manufac- is not practicable to place the warning tured before July 1, 2002. label on it, the information required by this paragraph shall be placed in a (b) Digital television receivers and prominent location in the instruction tuners must be capable of decoding manual or pamphlet supplied to the closed captioning information that is user and shall also be placed on the delivered pursuant to EIA–708–B: ‘‘Dig- container in which the device is mar- ital Television (DTV) Closed Cap- keted. However, the FCC identifier tioning’’ (incorporated by reference, see must be displayed on the device. § 15.38). [64 FR 22561, Apr. 27, 1999, as amended at 66 (c) Services. (1) Decoders must be ca- FR 32582, June 15, 2001] pable of decoding and processing data for the six standard services, Caption § 15.122 Closed caption decoder re- Service #1 through Caption Service #6. quirements for digital television re- (2) Decoders that rely on Program ceivers and converter boxes. and System Information Protocol data (a)(1) Effective July 1, 2002, all digital to implement closed captioning func- television receivers with picture tions must be capable of decoding and screens in the 4:3 aspect ratio with pic- processing the Caption Service Direc- ture screens measuring 13 inches or tory data. Such decoders must be capa- larger diagonally, all digital television ble of decoding all Caption Channel receivers with picture screens in the Block Headers consisting of Standard 16:9 aspect ratio measuring 7.8 inches Service Headers, Extended Service or larger vertically and all separately Block Headers, and Null Block headers. sold DTV tuners shipped in interstate However, decoding of the data is re- commerce or manufactured in the quired only for Standard Service United States shall comply with the Blocks (Service IDs <-6), and then only provisions of this section. if the characters for the corresponding NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(1): This paragraph language are supported. The decoders places no restrictions on the shipping or sale must be able to display the directory of digital television receivers that were man- for services 1 through 6. ufactured before July 1, 2002. (d) Code space organization. (1) Decod- (2) Effective July 1, 2002, DTV con- ers must support Code Space C0, G0, C1, verter boxes that allow digitally trans- and G1 in their entirety.

796

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00806 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.122

(2) The following characters within TABLE 2—G2 CHARACTER SUBSTITUTION code space G2 must be supported: TABLE—Continued (i) Transparent space (TSP). (ii) Non-breaking transparent space G2 Character Substitute with (NBTSP). Open double quote G0 double quote (‘‘), char code 0×22 (iii) Solid block ( ). (‘‘), G2 char code 0×33. TM (iv) Trademark symbol ( ). Close double quote G0 double quote (’’), char code 0×22 (v) Latin-1 characters Sˇ , ), sˇ, *, Y¨ . (’’), G2 char code (3) The substitutions in Table 2 are to 0×34. Bold bullet (•), G2 G1 bullet (•), char code 0×B7 be made if a decoder does not support char code 0×35. the remaining G2 characters. Elipsis (. . .), G2 char G0 underscore (l), char code 0×5F code 0×25. TABLE 2—G2 CHARACTER SUBSTITUTION TABLE One-eighth (1⁄8), G2 G0 percent sign (%), char code 0×25 char code 0×76. G2 Character Substitute with Three-eighths (3⁄8), G2 G0 percent sign (%), char code 0×25 char code 0×77. Open single quote (‘), G0 single quote (‘), char code 0×27 Five-eighths (5⁄8), G2 G0 percent sign (%), char code 0×25 G2 char code 0×31. char code 0×78. Close single quote (’), G0 single quote (’), char code 0×27 Seven-eighths (7⁄8), G0 percent sign (%), char code 0×25 G2 char code 0×32. G2 char code 0×79.

797

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00807 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR ER29SE00.000 § 15.122 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

TABLE 2—G2 CHARACTER SUBSTITUTION (4) Support for code spaces C2, C3, TABLE—Continued and G3 is optional. All unsupported graphic symbols in the G3 code space G2 Character Substitute with are to be substituted with the G0 un- Vertical border (|), G2 G0 stroke (|), char code 0×7C derscore character (l), char code 0×5F. char code 0×7A. Upper-right border (⎤), G0 dash (-), char code 0×2D (e) Screen coordinates. Table 3 speci- G2 char code 0×7B. fies the screen coordinate resolutions Lower-left border (⎣), G0 dash (-), char code 0×2D and limits for anchor point positioning G2 char code 0×7C. Horizontal border (—), G0 dash (-), char code 0×2D in 4:3 and 16:9 display formats, and the G2 char code 0×7D. number of characters per row. Lower-right border (⎦), G0 dash (-), char code 0×2D G2 char code 0×7E. Upper-left border (⎡), G0 dash (-), char code 0×2D G2 char code 0×7F.

TABLE 3—SCREEN COORDINATE RESOLUTIONS AND LIMITS

Maximum Maximum Screen aspect ratio Maximum anchor position Minimum anchor position res- displayed characters resolution olution rows per row

4:3 ...... 75v×160h ...... 15v×32h ...... 4 32 16:9 ...... 75v×210h ...... 15v×42h ...... 4 42 Other ...... 75v×(5×H) ...... 15v×H* ...... 4 1

1H = 32 × (the width of the screen in relation to a 4:3 display). For example, the 16:9 format is 1⁄3 wider than a 4:3 display; thus, H = 32 * 4⁄3 = 42.667, or 42.

(1) This means that the minimum (4) If the resulting size of any window grid resolution for a 4:3 aspect ratio in- is larger than the safe title area for the strument is 15 vertical positions × 32 corresponding display’s aspect ratio, horizontal positions. This minimum then this window will be completely grid resolution for 16:9 ratio instru- disregarded. ment is 15 vertical positions × 42 hori- (f) Caption windows. (1) Decoders need zontal positions. These minimum grid to display no more than 4 rows of cap- sizes are to cover the entire safe-title tions on the screen at any given time, area of the corresponding screen. regardless of the number of windows (2) The minimum coordinates equate displayed. This implies that no more to a 1⁄5 reduction in the maximum hori- than 4 windows can be displayed at any zontal and vertical grid resolution co- given time (with each having only one ordinates. Caption providers are to use caption row). However, decoders should the maximum coordinate system val- maintain storage to support a min- ues when specifying anchor point posi- imum total of 8 rows of captions. This tions. Decoders using the minimum storage is needed for the worst-case resolution are to divide the provided support of a displayed window with 4 horizontal and vertical screen coordi- rows of captioning and a non-displayed nates by 5 to derive the equivalent window which is buffering the incom- minimum coordinates. ing rows for the next 4-row caption. As (3) Any caption targeted for both 4:3 implied above, the maximum number and 16:9 instruments is limited to 32 of windows that may be displayed at contiguous characters per row. If a cap- any one time by a minimum decoder tion is received by a 4:3 instrument implementation is 4. If more than 4 that is targeted for a 16:9 display only, windows are defined in the caption or requires a window width greater stream, the decoder may disregard the than 32 characters, then the caption youngest and lowest priority window may be completely disregarded by the decoder. 16:9 instruments should be definition(s). Caption providers must able to process and display captions in- be aware of this limitation, and either tended for 4:3 displays, providing all restrict the total number of windows other minimum recommendations are used or accept that some windows will met. not be displayed.

798

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00808 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.122

(2) Decoders do not need to support set) should not be considered as poten- overlapped windows. If a window over- tial line breaks. laps another window, the overlapped (v) If a single word exceeds the length window need not be displayed by the of a row, the word should be placed at decoder. the start of a new row, broken at the (3) At a minimum, decoders will as- character following the last character sume that all windows have rows and that fits on the row, and continued columns ‘‘locked’’. This implies that if with further breaks if needed. a decoder implements the SMALL pen- (g) Window text painting. (1) All de- size, then word-‘‘un’’wrapping, when coders should implement ‘‘left’’, shrinking captions, need not be imple- ‘‘right’’, and ‘‘center’’ caption-text jus- mented. Also, if a decoder implements tification. Implementation of ‘‘full’’ the LARGE pen size, then word wrap- justification is optional. If ‘‘full’’ jus- ping (when enlarging captions) need tification is not implemented, fully not be implemented. justified captions should be treated as (4) Whenever possible, the receiver though they are ‘‘left’’ justified. should render embedded carriage re- (i) For ‘‘left’’ justification, decoders turns as line breaks, since these car- should display any portion of a re- riage returns indicate an important as- ceived row of text when it is received. pect of the caption’s formatting as de- For ‘‘center’’, ‘‘right’’, and ‘‘full’’ jus- termined by the service provider. How- tification, decoders may display any ever, it may sometimes be necessary portion of a received row of text when for the receiver to ignore embedded it is received, or may delay display of line breaks. For example, if a caption a received row of text until reception is to appear in a larger font, and if its of a row completion indicator. A row window’s rows and/or columns are un- completion indicator is defined as re- locked, the rows of text may need to ceipt of a CR, ETX or any other com- become longer or shorter to fit within the allocated space. Such automatic mand, except SetPenColor, reformatting of a caption is known as SetPenAttributes, or SetPenLocation ‘‘word wrap.’’ If decoders support word- where the pen relocation is within the wrapping, it must be implemented as same row. follows: (ii) Receipt of a character for a dis- (i) The receiver should follow stand- played row which already contains text ard typographic practice when imple- with ‘‘center’’, ‘‘right’’ or ‘‘full’’ jus- menting word wrap. Potential breaking tification will cause the row to be points (word-wrapping points) are indi- cleared prior to the display of the cated by the space character (20h) and newly received character and any sub- by the hyphen character (2Dh). sequent characters. Receipt of a jus- (ii) If a row is to be broken at a tification command which changes the space, the receiver should remove the last received justification for a given space from the caption display. If a row window will cause the window to be is to be broken after a hyphen, the hy- cleared. phen should be retained. (2) At a minimum, decoders must (iii) If an embedded return is to be re- support LEFTlTOlRIGHT printing. moved, it should usually be replaced (3) At a minimum, decoders must with a space. However, if the character support BOTTOMlTOlTOP scrolling. to the left of the embedded return is a For windows sharing the same hori- hyphen, the embedded return should be zontal scan lines on the display, removed but NOT replaced with a scrolling may be disabled. space. (4) At a minimum, decoders must (iv) This specification does not in- support the same recommended prac- clude optional hyphens, nor does it pro- tices for scroll rate as is provided for vide for any form of automatic hyphen- NTSC closed-captioning. ation. No non-breaking hyphen is de- (5) At a minimum, decoders must fined. The non-breaking space (A0h in support the same recommended prac- the G1 code set) and the non-breaking tices for smooth scrolling as is pro- transparent space (21h in the G2 code vided for NTSC closed-captioning.

799

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00809 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.122 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(6) At a minimum, decoders must im- SOLID), and borderless transparent plement the ‘‘snap’’ window display ef- windows (i.e., border type = NONE, fill fect. If the window ‘‘fade’’ and ‘‘wipe’’ opacity = TRANSPARENT). effects are not implemented, then the (i) Predefined window and pen styles. decoder will ‘‘snap’’ all windows when Predefined Window Style and Pen they are to be displayed, and the ‘‘ef- Style ID’s may be provided in the fect speed’’ parameter is ignored. DefineWindow command. At a min- (h) Window colors and borders. At a imum, decoders should implement minimum, decoders must implement Predefined Window Attribute Style 1 borderless windows with solid, black and Predefined Pen Attribute Style 1, backgrounds (i.e., border type = NONE, as shown in Table 4 and Table 5, respec- fill color = (0,0,0), fill opacity = tively.

800

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00810 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.122 Usage NTSC Style* Usage PopUp Captions Centered PopUp Captions RollUp Captions Centered RollUp Captions tions w/o Black Back- ground tions w/o Black Back- ground color Edge color Border opacity type Backgrnd Solid ...... n/a ...... Default Border None ..... n/a ...... PopUp Cap- None ..... n/a ...... RollUp Cap- color Black. ity parent. parent. Backgrnd Fill opac- Solid ...... None ..... n/a ...... NTSC Style Solid ...... None ..... n/a ...... NTSC Style Solid ...... None ..... n/a ...... NTSC Style Solid ...... None ..... n/a ...... NTSC Style Solid ...... None ..... n/a ...... Ticker Tape

S opacity Foregrnd

Solid ...... (0,0,0) Black. Black. Black. Black. Black. S Fill color ID’ ID’ TYLE S color White. TYLE S Foregrnd Effect speed EN P INDOW W Effect direction REDEFINED REDEFINED 5—P 4—P effect Display ABLE T ABLE T wrap Word No .... Snap ...... n/a ...... No .... n/a ...... Snap ...... (0,0,0) n/a ...... n/a ...... No n/a ...... Snap Trans- ...... n/a ...... n/aYes ...... (0,0,0) Snap ...... n/a ...... Yes ... n/a ...... Snap ...... (0,0,0) n/a ...... n/a ...... Yes n/a ...... Snap Trans- ...... n/a ...... n/a ...... (0,0,0) Scroll top. top. top. top. top. top. direction Right-to-left No .... Snap ...... n/a ...... n/a ...... (0,0,0) tion tom. Print direc- Pen size Font style Offset Italics Underline Edge type Justify style ID Predefined ID # Style 1 ...... Left ...... Left-to-right Bottom-to- 2 ...... Left ...... Left-to-right Bottom-to- 3 ...... Cntr ...... Left-to-right Bottom-to- 4 ...... Left ...... Left-to-right Bottom-to- 5 ...... Left ...... Left-to-right Bottom-to- 6 ...... Cntr ...... Left-to-right Bottom-to- 7 ...... Left ...... Top-to-bot- 1 ...... Stndr ...... 0 ...... Normal .... No .... No ...... None ...... (2,2,2)

801

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00811 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.122 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition) Usage Style* Mono w/ Serif Style* Prop w/ Serif Style* Mono w/ o Serif Style* Prop w/o Serif Serif, Bor- dered Text, No BG Serif, Bor- dered Text, No BG Mono w/o Prop. w/o color Edge Black. Black. (0,0,0) (0,0,0) parent. parent. opacity Backgrnd Solid ...... n/a ...... NTSC Solid ...... n/a ...... NTSC Solid ...... n/a ...... NTSC Solid ...... n/a ...... NTSC color White. Black. Black. Black. Backgrnd opacity Foregrnd Solid ...... (0,0,0) Solid ...... (0,0,0) Solid ...... (0,0,0) Solid ...... n/a ...... Trans- Solid ...... n/a ...... Trans- —Continued S color White. White. White. White. White. ID’ Foregrnd TYLE S EN P REDEFINED 5—P ABLE T Pen size Font style Offset Italics Underline Edge type style ID *‘‘NTSC Style’’—White Text on Black Background Predefined 2 ...... Stndr ...... 1 ...... Normal3 ...... No Stndr ...... No 2 ...... Normal None4 ...... No (2,2,2) Stndr ...... Solid No 3 ...... (0,0,0) Normal None5 ...... No (2,2,2) Stndr ...... No 4 ...... Normal None6 ...... No (2,2,2) Stndr ...... No 3 ...... Normal None ...... No (2,2,2) ....7 ...... No ...... Stndr ...... Unifrm .... 4 ...... (2,2,2) Normal .... No .... No ...... Unifrm .... (2,2,2)

802

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00812 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.122

(j) Pen size. (1) Decoders must support choose among the eight fonts. The de- the standard, large, and small pen sizes coder must display the font chosen by and must allow the caption provider to the caption provider unless the viewer choose a pen size and allow the viewer chooses a different font. to choose an alternative size. The (l) Character offsetting. Decoders need STANDARD pen size should be imple- not implement the character offsetting mented such that the height of the (i.e., subscript and superscript) pen at- tallest character in any implemented tributes. font is no taller than 1⁄15 of the height (m) Pen styles. At a minimum, decod- of the safe-title area, and the width of ers must implement normal, italic, and the widest character is no wider than underline pen styles. 1⁄32 of the width of the safe-title area (n) Foreground color and opacity. (1) for 4:3 displays and 1⁄42 of the safe-title area width for 16:9 displays. At a minimum, decoders must imple- (2) The LARGE pen size should be im- ment transparent, translucent, solid plemented such that the width of the and flashing character foreground type widest character in any implemented attributes. font is no wider than 1⁄32 of the safe- (2) At a minimum, decoders must im- title area for 16:9 displays. This rec- plement the following character fore- ommendation allows for captions to ground colors: white, black, red, green, grow to a LARGE pen size without hav- blue, yellow, magenta and cyan. ing to reformat the caption since no (3) Caption providers may specify the caption will have more than 32 char- color/opacity. Decoders must include acters per row. the ability for consumers to choose (k) Font styles. (1) Decoders must sup- among the color/opacity options. The port the eight fonts listed below. Cap- decoder must display the color/opacity tion providers may specify 1 of these 8 chosen by the caption provider unless font styles to be used to write caption the viewer chooses otherwise. text. The styles specified in the ‘‘font (o) Background color and opacity. (1) style’’ parameter of the Decoders must implement the fol- SetPenAttributes command are num- lowing background colors: white, bered from 0 through 7. The following is a list of the 8 required font styles. black, red, green, blue, yellow, ma- For information purposes only, each genta and cyan. It is recommended font style references one or more pop- that this background is extended be- ular fonts which embody the character- yond the character foreground to a de- istics of the style: gree that the foreground is separated (i) 0—Default (undefined) from the underlying video by a suffi- (ii) 1—Monospaced with serifs (simi- cient number of background pixels to lar to Courier) insure the foreground is separated from (iii) 2—Proportionally spaced with the background. serifs (similar to Times New Roman) (2) Decoders must implement trans- (iv) 3—Monospaced without serifs parent, translucent, solid and flashing (similar to Helvetica Monospaced) background type attributes. Caption (v) 4—Proportionally spaced without providers may specify the color/opac- serifs (similar to Arial and Swiss) ity. Decoders must include the ability (vi) 5—Casual font type (similar to for consumers to choose among the Dom and Impress) color/opacity options. The decoder (vii) 6—Cursive font type (similar to must display the color/opacity chosen Coronet and Marigold) by the caption provider unless the (viii) 7—Small capitals (similar to viewer chooses otherwise. Engravers Gothic) (p) Character edges. Decoders must (2) Font styles may be implemented in any typeface which the decoder implement separate edge color and manufacturer deems to be a readable type attribute control. rendition of the font style, and need (q) Color representation. (1) At a not be in the exact typefaces given in minimum, decoders must support the 8 the example above. Decoders must in- colors listed in Table 6. clude the ability for consumers to

803

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00813 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.122 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

TABLE 6—MINIMUM COLOR LIST TABLE (A) For RGB values with all elements non-zero and different—e.g., (1,2,3), Color Red Green Blue (3,2,1), and (2,1,3), the 1 value will be Black ...... 0 0 0 changed to 0, the 2 value will remain White ...... 2 2 2 unchanged, and the 3 value will be Red ...... 2 0 0 changed to 2. Green ...... 0 2 0 Blue ...... 0 0 2 (B) For RGB values with all elements Yellow ...... 2 2 0 non-zero and with two common ele- Magenta ...... 2 0 2 ments—e.g. (3,1,3), (2,1,2), and (2,2,3), if Cyan ...... 0 2 2 the common elements are 3 and the uncommon one is 1, then the 1 elements is (2)(i) When a decoder supporting this changed to 0; e.g. (3,1,3) → (3,0,3). If the Minimum Color List receives an RGB common elements are 1 and the uncom- value not in the list, it will map the re- mon element is 3, then the 1 elements ceived value to one of the values in the are changed to 0, and the 3 element is list via the following algorithm: changed to 2; e.g. (1,3,1) → (0,2,0). In all (A) All one (1) values are to be other cases, the uncommon element is changed to 0. changed to the common value; e.g., (B) All two (2) values are to remain (2,2,3) → (2,2,2), (1,2,1) → (1,1,1), and unchanged. (3,2,3) → (3,3,3). (C) All three (3) values are to be (ii) All decoders not supporting ei- changed to 2. ther one of the two color lists described (ii) For example, the RGB value above, must support the full 64 possible (1,2,3) will be mapped to (0,2,2), (3,3,3) RGB color value combinations. will be mapped to (2,2,2) and (1,1,1) will (r) Character rendition considerations. be mapped to (0,0,0). In NTSC Closed Captioning, decoders (3) Table 7 is an alternative minimum were required to insert leading and color list table supporting 22 colors. trailing spaces on each caption row. There were two reasons for this re- TABLE 7—ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM COLOR LIST quirement: TABLE (1) To provide a buffer so that the Color Red Green Blue first and last characters of a caption row do not fall outside the safe title Black ...... 0 0 0 Gray ...... 1 1 1 area, and White ...... 2 2 2 (2) To provide a black border on each Bright White...... 3 3 3 side of a character so that the ‘‘white’’ Dark Red...... 1 0 0 leading pixels of the first character on Red ...... 2 0 0 Bright Red ...... 3 0 0 a row and the trailing ‘‘white’’ pixels of Dark Green ...... 0 1 0 the last character on a row do not Green ...... 0 2 0 bleed into the underlying video. Bright Green...... 0 3 0 Dark Blue ...... 0 0 1 (i) Since caption windows are re- Blue ...... 0 0 2 quired to reside in the safe title area of Bright Blue ...... 0 0 3 the DTV screen, reason 1 (above) is not Dark Yellow ...... 1 1 0 applicable to DTVCC captions. Yellow ...... 2 2 0 Bright Yellow ...... 3 3 0 (ii) The attributes available in the Dark Magenta ...... 1 0 1 SetPenAttributes command for char- Magenta ...... 2 0 2 acter rendition (e.g., character back- Bright Magenta ...... 3 0 3 ground and edge attributes) provide un- Dark Cyan...... 0 1 1 Cyan ...... 0 2 2 limited flexibility to the caption pro- Bright Cyan ...... 0 3 3 vider when describing caption text in an ideal decoder implementation. How- (i) When a decoder supporting the Al- ever, manufacturers need not imple- ternative Minimum Color List in Table ment all pen attributes. Thus it is rec- 7 receives an RGB value not in the list ommended that no matter what the (i.e., an RGB value whose non-zero ele- level of implementation, decoder man- ments are not the same value), it will ufacturers should take into account map the received value to one of the the readability of all caption text values in the list via the following al- against a variety of all video back- gorithm: grounds, and should implement some

804

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00814 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.123

automatic character delineation when corporated by reference, see § 15.38), the individual control of character provided, however, that with respect to foreground, background and edge is not Table B.11 of that standard, the phase supported. noise requirement shall be –86 dB/Hz in- (s) Service synchronization. Service cluding both in-the-clear channels and Input Buffers must be at least 128 bytes channels that are subject to condi- in size. Caption providers must keep tional access. this lower limit in mind when fol- (3) Allows navigation of channels lowing Delay commands with other based on channel information (virtual commands and window text. In other channel map and source names) pro- words, no more than 128 bytes of vided through the cable system in com- DTVCC commands and text should be pliance with ANSI/SCTE 65 2002 (for- transmitted (encoded) before a pending merly DVS 234): ‘‘Service Information Delay command’s delay interval ex- Delivered Out-of-Band for Digital Cable pires. Television’’ (incorporated by reference, (t) Settings. Decoders must include an see § 15.38), and/or PSIP-enabled naviga- option that permits a viewer to choose tion (ANSI/SCTE 54 2003 (formerly DVS a setting that will display captions as 241): ‘‘Digital Video Service Multiplex intended by the caption provider (a de- and Transport System Standard for fault). Decoders must also include an Cable Television’’ (incorporated by ref- option that allows a viewer’s chosen erence, see § 15.38)). settings to remain until the viewer chooses to alter these settings, includ- (4) Includes the POD-Host Interface ing periods when the television is specified in SCTE 28 2003 (formerly turned off. DVS 295): ‘‘Host-POD Interface Stand- ard’’ (incorporated by reference, see [65 FR 58471, Sept. 29, 2000, as amended at 69 § 15.38), and SCTE 41 2003 (formerly FR 2849, Jan. 21, 2004] DVS 301): ‘‘POD Copy Protection Sys- tem’’ (incorporated by reference, see § 15.123 Labeling of digital cable ready products. § 15.38), or implementation of a more advanced POD-Host Interface based on (a) The requirements of this section successor standards. Support for Inter- shall apply to unidirectional digital net protocol flows is not required. cable products. Unidirectional digital (5) Responds to emergency alerts cable products are one-way devices that are transmitted in compliance that accept a Point of Deployment with ANSI/SCTE 54 2003 (formerly DVS module (POD) and which include, but are not limited to televisions, set-top- 241): ‘‘Digital Video Service Multiplex boxes and recording devices connected and Transport System Standard for to digital cable systems. Cable Television’’ (incorporated by ref- Unidirectional digital cable products erence, see § 15.38). do not include interactive two-way dig- (6) In addition to the requirements of ital television products. paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this (b) A unidirectional digital cable section, a unidirectional digital cable product may not be labeled with or television may not be labeled or mar- marketed using the term ‘‘digital cable keted as digital cable ready or with ready,’’ or other terminology that de- other terminology as described in para- scribes the device as ‘‘cable ready’’ or graph (b) of this section, unless it in- ‘‘cable compatible,’’ or otherwise indi- cludes a DTV broadcast tuner as set cates that the device accepts a POD or forth in § 15.117(i) and employs at least conveys the impression that the device one specified interface in accordance is compatible with digital cable service with the following schedule: unless it implements at a minimum (i) For 480p grade unidirectional dig- the following features: ital cable televisions, either a DVI/ (1) Tunes NTSC analog channels HDCP, HDMI/HDCP, or 480p Y,Pb,Pr transmitted in-the-clear. interface: (2) Tunes digital channels that are (A) Models with screen sizes 36 inches transmitted in compliance with SCTE and above: 50% of a manufacturer’s or 40 2003 (formerly DVS 313): ‘‘Digital importer’s models manufactured or im- Cable Network Interface Standard’’ (in- ported after July 1, 2004; 100% of such

805

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00815 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.123 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

models manufactured or imported after with respect to the standards ref- July 1, 2005. erenced in paragraph (b) of this section (B) Models with screen sizes 32 to 35 concerning the procedures set forth in inches: 50% of a manufacturer’s or im- Uni-Dir-PICS-I01-030903: ‘‘Uni-Direc- porter’s models manufactured or im- tional Receiving Device: Conformance ported after July 1, 2005; 100% of such Checklist: PICS Proforma’’ (incor- models manufactured or imported after porated by reference, see § 15.38). July 1, 2006. (3) Subsequent to the testing of its (ii) For 720p/1080i grade initial unidirectional digital cable unidirectional digital cable televisions, product model, a manufacturer or im- either a DVI/HDCP or HDMI/HDCP porter is not required to have other interface: models of unidirectional digital cable (A) Models with screen sizes 36 inches and above: 50% of a manufacturer’s or products tested at a qualified test fa- importer’s models manufactured or im- cility for compliance with the proce- ported after July 1, 2004; 100% of such dures of Uni-Dir-PICS-I01-030903: ‘‘Uni- models manufactured or imported after Directional Receiving Device: Con- July 1, 2005. formance Checklist: PICS Proforma’’ (B) Models with screen sizes 25 to 35 (incorporated by reference, see § 15.38). inches: 50% of a manufacturer’s or im- However, the manufacturer or importer porter’s models manufactured or im- shall ensure that all subsequent models ported after July 1, 2005; 100% of such of unidirectional digital cable products models manufactured or imported after comply with the procedures in the Uni- July l, 2006. Dir-PICS-I01-030903: ‘‘Uni-Directional (C) Models with screen sizes 13 to 24 Receiving Device: Conformance Check- inches: 100% of a manufacturer’s or im- list: PICS Proforma’’ (incorporated by porter’s models manufactured or im- reference, see § 15.38) and all other ap- ported after July 1, 2007. plicable rules and standards. The man- (c) Before a manufacturer’s or im- ufacturer or importer shall maintain porter’s first unidirectional digital records indicating such compliance in cable product may be labeled or mar- accordance with the verification proce- keted as digital cable ready or with dure requirements in part 2, subpart J other terminology as described in para- of this chapter. The manufacturer or graph (b) of this section, the manufac- importer shall further submit docu- turer or importer shall verify the de- mentation verifying compliance with vice as follows: the procedures in the Uni-Dir-PICS-I01- (1) The manufacturer or importer shall have a sample of its first model of 030903: ‘‘Uni-Directional Receiving De- a unidirectional digital cable product vice: Conformance Checklist: PICS tested to show compliance with the Proforma’’ (incorporated by reference, procedures set forth in Uni-Dir-PICS- see § 15.38) to a facility representing I01-030903: ‘‘Uni-Directional Receiving cable television system operators serv- Device: Conformance Checklist: PICS ing a majority of the cable television Proforma’’ (incorporated by reference, subscribers in the United States. see § 15.38) at a qualified test facility. (d) Manufacturers and importers The manufacturer or importer shall shall provide in appropriate post-sale have any modifications to the product material that describes the features to correct failures of the procedures in and functionality of the product, such Uni-Dir-PICS-I01-030903: ‘‘Uni-Direc- as the owner’s guide, the following lan- tional Receiving Device: Conformance guage: ‘‘This digital television is capa- Checklist: PICS Proforma’’ (incor- ble of receiving analog basic, digital porated by reference, see § 15.38) re- basic and digital premium cable tele- tested at a qualified test facility. vision programming by direct connec- (2) A qualified test facility is a facil- tion to a cable system providing such ity representing cable television sys- programming. A security card provided tem operators serving a majority of the by your cable operator is required to cable television subscribers in the view encrypted digital programming. United States or an independent laboratory with personnel knowledgeable

806

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00816 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.201

Certain advanced and interactive dig- (3) Explain clearly what effect, if ital cable services such as video-on-de- any, the DTV transition will have on mand, a cable operator’s enhanced pro- the use of the receiver or related de- gram guide and data-enhanced tele- vice, including any limitations or re- vision services may require the use of a quirements associated with connecting set-top box. For more information call a related device to a DTV receiver. your local cable operator.’’ (c) This notice requirement applies to all responsible parties, as defined in [68 FR 66733, Nov. 28, 2003] § 2.909 of this chapter. § 15.124 DTV transition notices by [73 FR 28732, May 19, 2008, as amended at 74 manufacturers of televisions and FR 8878, Feb. 27, 2009] related devices. (a) Television receivers and related Subpart C—Intentional Radiators devices manufactured between April 1, 2009, and June 30, 2009, must include no- § 15.201 Equipment authorization requirement. tices about the digital television (DTV) transition. Related devices covered by (a) Intentional radiators operated as this requirement: All television broad- carrier current systems, devices oper- cast receivers as defined in § 15.3(w); TV ated under the provisions of §§ 15.211, interface devices as defined in § 15.3(y); 15.213, and 15.221, and devices operating devices that record and/or display sig- below 490 kHz in which all emissions nals received from television broadcast are at least 40 dB below the limits in receivers; and set-top boxes available § 15.209 shall be verified pursuant to the for sale at retail that receive video pro- procedures in Subpart J of part 2 of gramming provided by multi-channel this chapter prior to marketing. video programming distributors. (b) Except as otherwise exempted in paragraph (c) of this section and in (b) The notices required under para- § 15.23 of this part, all intentional radi- graph (a) of this section must: ators operating under the provisions of (1) Be in clear and conspicuous print; this part shall be certificated by the (2) Convey at least the following in- Commission pursuant to the proce- formation about the DTV transition: dures in subpart J of part 2 of this (i) The nationwide switch to digital chapter prior to marketing. television broadcasting will be com- (c) For devices such as perimeter pro- plete on June 12, 2009, but your local tection systems which, in accordance television stations may switch sooner. with § 15.31(d), are required to be meas- After the switch, analog-only tele- ured at the installation site, each ap- vision sets that receive TV program- plication for certification must be ac- ming through an antenna will need a companied by a statement indicating converter box to continue to receive that the system has been tested at over-the-air TV. Watch your local sta- three installations and found to com- tions to find out when they will turn ply at each installation. Until such off their analog signal and switch to time as certification is granted, a digital-only broadcasting. Analog-only given installation of a system that was TVs should continue to work as before measured for the submission for cer- to receive low power, Class A or trans- tification will be considered to be in lator television stations and with cable compliance with the provisions of this and satellite TV services, gaming con- chapter, including the marketing regu- soles, VCRs, DVD players, and similar lations in subpart I of part 2 of this products. chapter, if tests at that installation (ii) Information about the DTV tran- show the system to be in compliance sition is available from your local tele- with the relevant technical require- vision stations, http://www.DTV.gov, or ments. Similarly, where measurements 1–888–CALL–FCC (TTY 1–888–TELL– must be performed on site for equip- FCC), and from http://www.dtv2009.gov ment subject to verification, a given or 1–888–DTV–2009 (TTY 1–877–530–2634) installation that has been verified to for information about subsidized cou- demonstrate compliance with the ap- pons for digital-to-analog converter plicable standards will be considered to boxes; and be in compliance with the provisions of

807

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00817 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.202 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

this chapter, including the marketing than that furnished by the responsible regulations in subpart I of part 2 of party shall be used with the device. this chapter. The use of a permanently attached an- (d) For perimeter protection systems tenna or of an antenna that uses a operating in the frequency bands allo- unique coupling to the intentional ra- cated to television broadcast stations diator shall be considered sufficient to operating under part 73 of this chapter, comply with the provisions of this sec- the holder of the grant of certification tion. The manufacturer may design the must test each installation prior to ini- unit so that a broken antenna can be tiation of normal operation to verify replaced by the user, but the use of a compliance with the technical stand- standard antenna jack or electrical ards and must maintain a list of all in- connector is prohibited. This require- stallations and records of measurement does not apply to carrier current ments. For perimeter protection sys- devices or to devices operated under tems operating outside of the fre- the provisions of § 15.211, § 15.213, quency bands allocated to television § 15.217, § 15.219, or § 15.221. Further, this broadcast stations, upon receipt of a requirement does not apply to inten- grant of certification, further testing tional radiators that must be profes- of the same or similar type of system sionally installed, such as perimeter or installation is not required. protection systems and some field dis- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 turbance sensors, or to other inten- FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003] tional radiators which, in accordance with § 15.31(d), must be measured at the § 15.202 Certified operating frequency installation site. However, the installer range. shall be responsible for ensuring that Client devices that operate in a mas- the proper antenna is employed so that ter/client network may be certified if the limits in this part are not exceed- they have the capability of operating ed. outside permissible part 15 frequency [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 bands, provided they operate on only FR 28762, July 13, 1990] permissible part 15 frequencies under the control of the master device with § 15.204 External radio frequency which they communicate. Master de- power amplifiers and antenna vices marketed within the United modifications. States must be limited to operation on (a) Except as otherwise described in permissible part 15 frequencies. Client paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section, devices that can also act as master de- no person shall use, manufacture, sell vices must meet the requirements of a or lease, offer for sale or lease (includ- master device. For the purposes of this ing advertising for sale or lease), or im- section, a master device is defined as a port, ship, or distribute for the purpose device operating in a mode in which it of selling or leasing, any external radio has the capability to transmit without frequency power amplifier or amplifier receiving an enabling signal. In this kit intended for use with a part 15 in- mode it is able to select a channel and tentional radiator. initiate a network by sending enabling (b) A transmission system consisting signals to other devices. A network al- of an intentional radiator, an external ways has at least one device operating radio frequency power amplifier, and in master mode. A client device is de- an antenna, may be authorized, mar- fined as a device operating in a mode in keted and used under this part. Except which the transmissions of the device as described otherwise in this section, are under control of the master. A de- when a transmission system is author- vice in client mode is not able to ini- ized as a system, it must always be tiate a network. marketed as a complete system and [70 FR 23040, May 4, 2005] must always be used in the configuration in which it was authorized. § 15.203 Antenna requirement. (c) An intentional radiator may be An intentional radiator shall be de- operated only with the antenna with signed to ensure that no antenna other which it is authorized. If an antenna is

808

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00818 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.205

marketed with the intentional radi- figuration with which it was approved ator, it shall be of a type which is au- and not as a separate product. thorized with the intentional radiator. (1) An external radio frequency power An intentional radiator may be author- amplifier may be marketed for indi- ized with multiple antenna types. vidual sale provided it is intended for (1) The antenna type, as used in this use in conjunction with a transmitter paragraph, refers to antennas that that operates in the 902–928 MHz, 2400– have similar in-band and out-of-band 2483.5 MHz, and 5725–5850 MHz bands radiation patterns. pursuant to § 15.247 of this part or a (2) Compliance testing shall be per- transmitter that operates in the 5.725– formed using the highest gain antenna 5.825 GHz band pursuant to § 15.407 of for each type of antenna to be certified this part. The amplifier must be of a with the intentional radiator. During design such that it can only be con- this testing, the intentional radiator nected as part of a system in which it shall be operated at its maximum available output power level. has been previously authorized. (The (3) Manufacturers shall supply a list use of a non-standard connector or a of acceptable antenna types with the form of electronic system identifica- application for equipment authorization is acceptable.) The output power tion of the intentional radiator. of such an amplifier must not exceed (4) Any antenna that is of the same the maximum permitted output power type and of equal or less directional of its associated transmitter. gain as an antenna that is authorized (2) The outside packaging and user with the intentional radiator may be manual for external radio frequency marketed with, and used with, that in- power amplifiers sold in accordance tentional radiator. No retesting of this with paragraph (d)(1) of this section system configuration is required. The must include notification that the am- marketing or use of a system configu- plifier can be used only in a system ration that employs an antenna of a which it has obtained authorization. different type, or that operates at a Such a notice must identify the au- higher gain, than the antenna author- thorized system by FCC Identifier. ized with the intentional radiator is not permitted unless the procedures [69 FR 54034, Sept. 7, 2004] specified in § 2.1043 of this chapter are followed. § 15.205 Restricted bands of operation. (d) Except as described in this para- (a) Except as shown in paragraph (d) graph, an external radio frequency of this section, only spurious emissions power amplifier or amplifier kit shall are permitted in any of the frequency be marketed only with the system con- bands listed below:

MHz MHz MHz GHz

0.090–0.110 ...... 16.42–16.423 399.9–410 4.5–5.15 1 0.495–0.505 ...... 16.69475–16.69525 608–614 5.35–5.46 2.1735–2.1905 ...... 16.80425–16.80475 960–1240 7.25–7.75 4.125–4.128 ...... 25.5–25.67 1300–1427 8.025–8.5 4.17725–4.17775 ...... 37.5–38.25 1435–1626.5 9.0–9.2 4.20725–4.20775 ...... 73–74.6 1645.5–1646.5 9.3–9.5 6.215–6.218 ...... 74.8–75.2 1660–1710 10.6–12.7 6.26775–6.26825 ...... 108–121.94 1718.8–1722.2 13.25–13.4 6.31175–6.31225 ...... 123–138 2200–2300 14.47–14.5 8.291–8.294 ...... 149.9–150.05 2310–2390 15.35–16.2 8.362–8.366 ...... 156.52475–156.52525 2483.5–2500 17.7–21.4 8.37625–8.38675 ...... 156.7–156.9 2690–2900 22.01–23.12 8.41425–8.41475 ...... 162.0125–167.17 3260–3267 23.6–24.0 12.29–12.293 ...... 167.72–173.2 3332–3339 31.2–31.8 12.51975–12.52025 ...... 240–285 3345.8–3358 36.43–36.5 12.57675–12.57725 ...... 322–335.4 3600–4400 (2) 13.36–13.41. 1 Until February 1, 1999, this restricted band shall be 0.490–0.510 MHz. 2 Above 38.6

809

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00819 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.207 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(b) Except as provided in paragraphs (8) Devices operated in the 24.075– (d) and (e) of this section, the field 24.175 GHz band under § 15.245 are ex- strength of emissions appearing within empt from complying with the require- these frequency bands shall not exceed ments of this section for the 48.15–48.35 the limits shown in § 15.209. At fre- GHz and 72.225–72.525 GHz bands only, quencies equal to or less than 1000 and shall not exceed the limits speci- MHz, compliance with the limits in fied in § 15.245(b). § 15.209 shall be demonstrated using (9) Devices operated in the 24.0–24.25 measurement instrumentation employ- GHz band under § 15.249 are exempt ing a CISPR quasi-peak detector. from complying with the requirements Above 1000 MHz, compliance with the of this section for the 48.0–48.5 GHz and emission limits in § 15.209 shall be dem- 72.0–72.75 GHz bands only, and shall not onstrated based on the average value of exceed the limits specified in § 15.249(a). the measured emissions. The provisions (e) Harmonic emissions appearing in in § 15.35 apply to these measurements. the restricted bands above 17.7 GHz (c) Except as provided in paragraphs from field disturbance sensors operating under the provisions of § 15.245 (d) and (e) of this section, regardless of shall not exceed the limits specified in the field strength limits specified else- § 15.245(b). where in this subpart, the provisions of this section apply to emissions from [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 any intentional radiator. FR 46791, Nov. 7, 1990; 56 FR 6288, Feb. 15, (d) The following devices are exempt 1991; 57 FR 13048, Apr. 15, 1992; 58 FR 33774, June 21, 1993; 60 FR 28068, May 30, 1995; 61 FR from the requirements of this section: 14503, Apr. 2, 1996; 62 FR 4655, Jan. 31, 1997; 62 (1) Swept frequency field disturbance FR 58658, Oct. 30, 1997; 67 FR 34855, May 16, sensors operating between 1.705 and 37 2002; 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR 3265, Jan. MHz provided their emissions only 23, 2004; 69 FR 72031, Dec. 10, 2004] sweep through the bands listed in paragraph (a) of this section, the sweep is § 15.207 Conducted limits. never stopped with the fundamental (a) Except as shown in paragraphs (b) emission within the bands listed in and (c) of this section, for an inten- paragraph (a) of this section, and the tional radiator that is designed to be fundamental emission is outside of the connected to the public utility (AC) bands listed in paragraph (a) of this power line, the radio frequency voltage section more than 99% of the time the that is conducted back onto the AC device is actively transmitting, with- power line on any frequency or fre- out compensation for duty cycle. quencies, within the band 150 kHz to 30 (2) Transmitters used to detect bur- MHz, shall not exceed the limits in the ied electronic markers at 101.4 kHz following table, as measured using a 50 which are employed by telephone com- μH/50 ohms line impedance stabiliza- panies. tion network (LISN). Compliance with (3) Cable locating equipment oper- the provisions of this paragraph shall ated pursuant to § 15.213. be based on the measurement of the (4) Any equipment operated under radio frequency voltage between each the provisions of §§ 15.253, 15.255 or power line and ground at the power ter- 15.257. minal. The lower limit applies at the (5) Biomedical telemetry devices op- boundary between the frequency erating under the provisions of § 15.242 ranges. of this part are not subject to the re- μ Frequency of emis- Conducted limit (dB V) stricted band 608–614 MHz but are sub- sion (MHz) ject to compliance within the other re- Quasi-peak Average stricted bands. 0.15–0.5 ...... 66 to 56* ...... 56 to 46* (6) Transmitters operating under the 0.5–5 ...... 56 ...... 46 5–30 ...... 60 ...... 50 provisions of subparts D or F of this part. *Decreases with the logarithm of the frequency. (7) Devices operated pursuant to (b) The limit shown in paragraph (a) § 15.225 are exempt from complying of this section shall not apply to car- with this section for the 13.36–13.41 MHz rier current systems operating as in- band only. tentional radiators on frequencies

810

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00820 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.209

below 30 MHz. In lieu thereof, these Measure- Field strength ment dis- carrier current systems shall be sub- Frequency (MHz) (microvolts/meter) tance ject to the following standards: (meters)

(1) For carrier current system con- Above 960 ...... 500 3 taining their fundamental emission ** Except as provided in paragraph (g), fundamental emis- within the frequency band 535–1705 kHz sions from intentional radiators operating under this section and intended to be received using a shall not be located in the frequency bands 54–72 MHz, 76– 88 MHz, 174–216 MHz or 470–806 MHz. However, operation standard AM broadcast receiver: no within these frequency bands is permItted under other sec- limit on conducted emissions. tions of this part, e.g., §§ 15.231 and 15.241. (2) For all other carrier current sys- (b) In the emission table above, the tems: 1000 μV within the frequency tighter limit applies at the band edges. band 535–1705 kHz, as measured using a (c) The level of any unwanted emis- 50 μH/50 ohms LISN. sions from an intentional radiator op- (3) Carrier current systems operating erating under these general provisions below 30 MHz are also subject to the ra- shall not exceed the level of the funda- diated emission limits in § 15.205, mental emission. For intentional radi- § 15.209, § 15.221, § 15.223, or § 15.227, as ap- ators which operate under the provi- propriate. sions of other sections within this part (c) Measurements to demonstrate and which are required to reduce their compliance with the conducted limits unwanted emissions to the limits speci- are not required for devices which only fied in this table, the limits in this employ battery power for operation table are based on the frequency of the and which do not operate from the AC unwanted emission and not the funda- power lines or contain provisions for mental frequency. However, the level operation while connected to the AC of any unwanted emissions shall not power lines. Devices that include, or exceed the level of the fundamental make provisions for, the use of battery frequency. chargers which permit operating while (d) The emission limits shown in the charging, AC adapters or battery elimi- above table are based on measurements nators or that connect to the AC power employing a CISPR quasi-peak detec- lines indirectly, obtainig their power tor except for the frequency bands 9–90 through another device which is con- kHz, 110–490 kHz and above 1000 MHz. nected to the AC power lines, shall be Radiated emission limits in these three tested to demonstrate compliance with bands are based on measurements em- the conducted limits. ploying an average detector. (e) The provisions in §§ 15.31, 15.33, [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 56 and 15.35 for measuring emissions at FR 373, Jan. 4, 1991; 57 FR 33448, July 29, 1992; distances other than the distances 58 FR 51249, Oct. 1, 1993; 67 FR 45671, July 10, specified in the above table, deter- 2002] mining the frequency range over which § 15.209 Radiated emission limits; gen- radiated emissions are to be measured, eral requirements. and limiting peak emissions apply to all devices operated under this part. (a) Except as provided elsewhere in (f) In accordance with § 15.33(a), in this subpart, the emissions from an in- some cases the emissions from an intentional radiator shall not exceed the tentional radiator must be measured to field strength levels specified in the beyond the tenth harmonic of the high- following table: est fundamental frequency designed to Measure- be emitted by the intentional radiator Field strength ment dis- because of the incorporation of a dig- Frequency (MHz) (microvolts/meter) tance (meters) ital device. If measurements above the tenth harmonic are so required, the ra- 0.009–0.490 ...... 2400/F(kHz) 300 diated emissions above the tenth har- 0.490–1.705 ...... 24000/F(kHz) 30 monic shall comply with the general 1.705–30.0 ...... 30 30 30–88 ...... 100 ** 3 radiated emission limits applicable to 88–216 ...... 150 ** 3 the incorporated digital device, as 216–960 ...... 200 ** 3 shown in § 15.109 and as based on the

811

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00821 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.211 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

frequency of the emission being meas- § 15.209 refer to the distance from the ured, or, except for emissions con- plane of reference which fits the entire tained in the restricted frequency perimeter of each above ground open- bands shown in § 15.205, the limit on ing. spurious emissions specified for the in- (d) The conducted limits in § 15.207 tentional radiator, whichever is the apply to the radiofrequency voltage on higher limit. Emissions which must be the public utility power lines outside of measured above the tenth harmonic of the tunnel. the highest fundamental frequency designed to be emitted by the intentional § 15.212 Modular transmitters. radiator and which fall within the restricted bands shall comply with the (a) Single modular transmitters con- general radiated emission limits in sist of a completely self-contained ra- § 15.109 that are applicable to the incor- diofrequency transmitter device that is porated digital device. typically incorporated into another (g) Perimeter protection systems product, host or device. Split modular may operate in the 54–72 MHz and 76–88 transmitters consist of two compo- MHz bands under the provisions of this nents: a radio front end with antenna section. The use of such perimeter pro- (or radio devices) and a transmitter tection systems is limited to indus- control element (or specific hardware trial, business and commercial applica- on which the software that controls the tions. radio operation resides). All single or [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32339, Aug. split modular transmitters are ap- 7, 1989; 55 FR 18340, May 2, 1990; 62 FR 58658, proved with an antenna. All of the fol- Oct. 30, 1997] lowing requirements apply, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this sec- § 15.211 Tunnel radio systems. tion. An intentional radiator utilized as (1) Single modular transmitters must part of a tunnel radio system may op- meet the following requirements to ob- erate on any frequency provided it tain a modular transmitter approval. meets all of the following conditions: (i) The radio elements of the modular (a) Operation of a tunnel radio sys- transmitter must have their own tem (intentional radiator and all con- shielding. The physical crystal and necting wires) shall be contained solely tuning capacitors may be located ex- within a tunnel, mine or other struc- ternal to the shielded radio elements. ture that provides attenuation to the (ii) The modular transmitter must radiated signal due to the presence of have buffered modulation/data inputs naturally surrounding earth and/or (if such inputs are provided) to ensure water. that the module will comply with part (b) Any intentional or unintentional 15 requirements under conditions of ex- radiator external to the tunnel, mine cessive data rates or over-modulation. or other structure, as described in (iii) The modular transmitter must paragraph (a) of this section, shall be have its own power supply regulation. subject to the other applicable regulations contained within this part. (iv) The modular transmitter must (c) The total electromagnetic field comply with the antenna and trans- from a tunnel radio system on any fre- mission system requirements of quency or frequencies appearing out- §§ 15.203, 15.204(b) and 15.204(c). The an- side of the tunnel, mine or other struc- tenna must either be permanently at- ture described in paragraph (a) of this tached or employ a ‘‘unique’’ antenna section, shall not exceed the limits coupler (at all connections between the shown in § 15.209 when measured at the module and the antenna, including the specified distance from the surrounding cable). The ‘‘professional installation’’ structure, including openings. Par- provision of § 15.203 is not applicable to ticular attention shall be paid to the modules but can apply to limited mod- emissions from any opening in the ular approvals under paragraph (b) of structure to the outside environment. this section. When measurements are made from the (v) The modular transmitter must be openings, the distances shown in tested in a stand-alone configuration,

812

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00822 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.212

i.e., the module must not be inside an- label referring to the enclosed module. other device during testing for compli- This exterior label can use wording ance with part 15 requirements. Unless such as the following: ‘‘Contains FCC the transmitter module will be battery certified transmitter module(s).’’ Any powered, it must comply with the AC similar wording that expresses the line conducted requirements found in same meaning may be used. The user § 15.207. AC or DC power lines and data manual must include instructions on input/output lines connected to the how to access the electronic display. A module must not contain ferrites, un- copy of these instructions must be in- less they will be marketed with the cluded in the application for equipment module (see § 15.27(a)). The length of authorization. these lines shall be the length typical (vii) The modular transmitter must of actual use or, if that length is un- comply with any specific rules or oper- known, at least 10 centimeters to in- ating requirements that ordinarily sure that there is no coupling between apply to a complete transmitter and the case of the module and supporting the manufacturer must provide ade- equipment. Any accessories, periph- quate instructions along with the mod- erals, or support equipment connected ule to explain any such requirements. to the module during testing shall be A copy of these instructions must be unmodified and commercially available included in the application for equip- (see § 15.31(i)). ment authorization. (vi) The modular transmitter must be (viii) The modular transmitter must equipped with either a permanently af- comply with any applicable RF expo- fixed label or must be capable of elec- sure requirements in its final configu- tronically displaying its FCC identi- ration. fication number. (2) Split modular transmitters must (A) If using a permanently affixed meet the requirements in paragraph label, the modular transmitter must be (a)(1) of this section, excluding para- labeled with its own FCC identification graphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(v), and the number, and, if the FCC identification following additional requirements to number is not visible when the module obtain a modular transmitter approval. is installed inside another device, then (i) Only the radio front end must be the outside of the device into which the shielded. The physical crystal and tun- module is installed must also display a ing capacitors may be located external label referring to the enclosed module. to the shielded radio elements. The This exterior label can use wording interface between the split sections of such as the following: ‘‘Contains Trans- the modular system must be digital mitter Module FCC ID: XYZMODEL1’’ with a minimum signaling amplitude or ‘‘Contains FCC ID: XYZMODEL1.’’ of 150 mV peak-to-peak. Any similar wording that expresses the (ii) Control information and other same meaning may be used. The Grant- data may be exchanged between the ee may either provide such a label, an transmitter control elements and radio example of which must be included in front end. the application for equipment author- (iii) The sections of a split modular ization, or, must provide adequate in- transmitter must be tested installed in structions along with the module a host device(s) similar to that which which explain this requirement. In the is representative of the platform(s) in- latter case, a copy of these instructions tended for use. must be included in the application for (iv) Manufacturers must ensure that equipment authorization. only transmitter control elements and (B) If the modular transmitter uses radio front end components that have an electronic display of the FCC identi- been approved together are capable of fication number, the information must operating together. The transmitter be readily accessible and visible on the module must not operate unless it has modular transmitter or on the device verified that the installed transmitter in which it is installed. If the module is control elements and radio front end installed inside another device, then have been authorized together. Manu- the outside of the device into which the facturers may use means including, but module is installed must display a not limited to, coding in hardware and

813

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00823 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.213 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

electronic signatures in software to the portable handset must carry the meet these requirements, and must de- same FCC identifier. The application scribe the methods in their application shall include a fee for certification of for equipment authorization. each type of transmitter and for cer- (b) A limited modular approval may tification, if appropriate, for each type be granted for single or split modular of receiver included in the system. transmitters that do not comply with (b) A cordless telephone that is in- all of the above requirements, e.g., tended to be connected to the public shielding, minimum signaling ampli- switched telephone network shall also tude, buffered modulation/data inputs, comply with the applicable regulations or power supply regulation, if the man- in part 68 of this chapter. A separate ufacturer can demonstrate by alter- procedure for approval under part 68 is native means in the application for required for such terminal equipment. equipment authorization that the mod- (c) The label required under subpart ular transmitter meets all the applica- A of this part shall also contain the ble part 15 requirements under the op- following statement: ‘‘Privacy of com- erating conditions in which the trans- munications may not be ensured when mitter will be used. Limited modular using this phone.’’ approval also may be granted in those (d) Cordless telephones shall incor- instances where compliance with RF porate circuitry which makes use of a exposure rules is demonstrated only for digital security code to provide protec- particular product configurations. The tion against unintentional access to applicant for certification must state the public switched telephone network how control of the end product into by the base unit and unintentional which the module will be installed will ringing by the handset. These func- be maintained such that full compli- tions shall operate such that each ac- ance of the end product is always en- cess of the telephone network or ring- sured. ing of the handset is preceded by the [72 FR 28893, May 23, 2007] transmission of a code word. Access to the telephone network shall occur only § 15.213 Cable locating equipment. if the code transmitted by the handset An intentional radiator used as cable matches code set in the base unit. locating equipment, as defined in Similarly, ringing of the handset shall § 15.3(d), may be operated on any fre- occur only if the code transmitted by quency within the band 9–490 kHz, sub- the base unit matches the code set in ject to the following limits: Within the the handset. The security code required frequency band 9 kHz, up to, but not in- by this section may also be employed cluding, 45 kHz, the peak output power to perform other communications func- from the cable locating equipment tions, such as providing telephone bill- shall not exceed 10 watts; and, within ing information. This security code the frequency band 45 kHz to 490 kHz, system is to operate in accordance the peak output power from the cable with the following provisions. locating equipment shall not exceed (1) There must be provision for at one watt. If provisions are made for least 256 possible discrete digital codes. connection of the cable locating equip- Factory-set codes must be continu- ment to the AC power lines, the con- ously varied over at least 256 possible ducted limits in § 15.207 also apply to codes as each telephone is manufac- this equipment. tured. The codes may be varied either randomly, sequentially, or using an- § 15.214 Cordless telephones. other systematic procedure. (a) For equipment authorization, a (2) Manufacturers must use one of single application form, FCC Form 731, the following approaches for facili- may be filed for a cordless telephone tating variation in the geographic dis- system, provided the application clear- tribution of individual security codes: ly identifies and provides data for all (i) Provide a means for the user to parts of the system to show compliance readily select from among at least 256 with the applicable technical require- possible discrete digital codes. The ments. When a single application form cordless telephone shall be either in a is submitted, both the base station and non-operable mode after manufacture

814

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00824 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.216

until the user selects a security code or ment operates, is contained within the the manufacturer must continuously frequency band designated in the rule vary the initial security code as each section under which the equipment is telephone is produced. operated. The requirement to contain (ii) Provide a fixed code that is con- the designated bandwidth of the emis- tinuously varied among at least 256 dis- sion within the specified frequency crete digital codes as each telephone is band includes the effects from fre- manufactured. quency sweeping, frequency hopping (iii) Provide a means for the cordless and other modulation techniques that telephone to automatically select a dif- may be employed as well as the fre- ferent code from among at least 256 quency stability of the transmitter possible discrete digital codes each over expected variations in tempera- time it is activated. ture and supply voltage. If a frequency (iv) It is permissible to provide com- stability is not specified in the regula- binations of fixed, automatic, and user- tions, it is recommended that the fun- selectable coding provided the above damental emission be kept within at criteria are met. least the central 80% of the permitted (3) A statement of the means and pro- band in order to minimize the possi- cedures used to achieve the required bility of out-of-band operation. protection shall be provided in any application for equipment authorization [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 62 of a cordless telephone. FR 45333, Aug. 27, 1997; 67 FR 34855, May 16, 2002; 69 FR 3265, Jan. 23, 2004; 70 FR 6774, Feb. [56 FR 3785, Jan. 31, 1991, as amended at 63 9, 2005] FR 36603, July 7, 1998; 66 FR 7580, Jan. 24, 2001] § 15.216 Disclosure requirements for wireless microphones and other low RADIATED EMISSION LIMITS, ADDITIONAL power auxiliary stations capable of PROVISIONS operating in the core TV bands. § 15.215 Additional provisions to the (a) Any person who manufactures, general radiated emission limita- sells, leases, or offers for sale or lease, tions. low power auxiliary stations capable of (a) The regulations in §§ 15.217 operating in the core TV bands (chan- through 15.257 provide alternatives to nels 2–51, excluding channel 37) is sub- the general radiated emission limits ject to the following disclosure require- for intentional radiators operating in ments: (1) Such persons must display specified frequency bands. Unless oth- the consumer disclosure text, as speci- erwise stated, there are no restrictions fied by the Wireless Telecommuni- as to the types of operation permitted cations Bureau and the Consumer and under these sections. Governmental Affairs Bureau, at the (b) In most cases, unwanted emis- point of sale or lease of each such low sions outside of the frequency bands power auxiliary station. The text must shown in these alternative provisions be displayed in a clear, conspicuous, must be attenuated to the emission and readily legible manner. One way to limits shown in § 15.209. In no case shall fulfill the requirement in this section the level of the unwanted emissions is to display the consumer disclosure from an intentional radiator operating text in a prominent manner on the under these additional provisions ex- product box by using a label (either ceed the field strength of the funda- printed onto the box or otherwise af- mental emission. fixed to the box), a sticker, or other (c) Intentional radiators operating means. Another way to fulfill this re- under the alternative provisions to the quirement is to display the text imme- general emission limits, as contained diately adjacent to each low power in §§ 15.217 through 15.257 and in Sub- auxiliary station offered for sale or part E of this part, must be designed to lease and clearly associated with the ensure that the 20 dB bandwidth of the model to which it pertains. emission, or whatever bandwidth may (2) If such persons offer such low otherwise be specified in the specific power auxiliary stations via direct rule section under which the equip- mail, catalog, or electronic means,

815

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00825 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.217 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

they shall prominently display the con- compliance with the 20 dB attenuation sumer disclosure text in close prox- specification may be based on measure- imity to the images and descriptions of ments at the intentional radiator’s an- each such low power auxiliary station. tenna output terminal unless the in- The text should be in a size large tentional radiator uses a permanently enough to be clear, conspicuous, and attached antenna, in which case com- readily legible, consistent with the di- pliance shall be demonstrated by meas- mensions of the advertisement or de- uring the radiated emissions. scription. (3) If such persons have Web sites per- § 15.219 Operation in the band 510– taining to these low power auxiliary 1705 kHz. stations, the consumer disclosure text (a) The total input power to the final must be displayed there in a clear, con- radio frequency stage (exclusive of fila- spicuous, and readily legible manner ment or heater power) shall not exceed (even in the event such persons do not 100 milliwatts. sell low power auxiliary stations directly to the public). (b) The total length of the trans- (b) The consumer disclosure text de- mission line, antenna and ground lead scribed in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- (if used) shall not exceed 3 meters. tion is set out in an appendix to this (c) All emissions below 510 kHz or section. above 1705 kHz shall be attenuated at least 20 dB below the level of the APPENDIX TO § 15.216—CONSUMER ALERT unmodulated carrier. Determination of compliance with the 20 dB attenuation Consumer Alert specification may be based on measure- Most users do not need a license to ments at the intentional radiator’s an- operate this wireless microphone sys- tenna output terminal unless the in- tem. Nevertheless, operating this tentional radiator uses a permanently microphone system without a license is attached antenna, in which case com- subject to certain restrictions: The sys- pliance shall be deomonstrated by tem may not cause harmful inter- measuring the radiated emissions. ference; it must operate at a low power level (not in excess of 50 milliwatts); § 15.221 Operation in the band 525– and it has no protection from inter- 1705 kHz. ference received from any other device. (a) Carrier current systems and Purchasers should also be aware that transmitters employing a leaky co- the FCC is currently evaluating use of axial cable as the radiating antenna wireless microphone systems, and may operate in the band 525–1705 kHz these rules are subject to change. For provided the field strength levels of the more information, call the FCC at 1– radiated emissions do not exceed 15 uV/ 888–CALL–FCC (TTY: 1–888–TELL–FCC) m, as measured at a distance of 47,715/ or visit the FCC’s wireless microphone (frequency in kHz) meters (equivalent Web site at http://www.fcc.gov/cgb/ to Lambda/2Pi) from the electric power wirelessmicrophones. line or the coaxial cable, respectively. [75 FR 3638, 3640, Jan. 22, 2010] The field strength levels of emissions outside this band shall not exceed the § 15.217 Operation in the band 160–190 general radiated emission limits in kHz. § 15.209. (a) The total input power to the final (b) As an alternative to the provi- radio frequency stage (exclusive of fila- sions in paragraph (a) of this section, ment or heater power) shall not exceed intentional radiators used for the oper- one watt. ation of an AM broadcast station on a (b) The total length of the trans- college or university campus or on the mission line, antenna, and ground lead campus of any other education institu- (if used) shall not exceed 15 meters. tion may comply with the following: (c) All emissions below 160 kHz or (1) On the campus, the field strength above 190 kHz shall be attenuated at of emissions appearing outside of this least 20 dB below the level of the frequency band shall not exceed the unmodulated carrier. Determination of general radiated emission limits shown

816

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00826 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.225

in § 15.209 as measured from the radi- meters, whichever is the higher level. ating source. There is no limit on the For the purposes of this section, band- field strength of emissions appearing width is determined at the points 6 dB within this frequency band, except that down from the modulated carrier. The the provisions of § 15.5 continue to com- emission limits in this paragraph are ply. based on measurement instrumenta- (2) At the perimeter of the campus, tion employing an average detector. the field strength of any emissions, in- The provisions in § 15.35(b) for limiting cluding those within the frequency peak emissions apply. band 525–1705 kHz, shall not exceed the general radiated emission in § 15.209. (b) The field strength of emissions (3) The conducted limits specified in outside of the band 1.705–10.0 MHz shall § 15.207 apply to the radio frequency not exceed the general radiated emis- voltage on the public utility power sion limits in § 15.209. lines outside of the campus. Due to the large number of radio frequency de- § 15.225 Operation within the band vices which may be used on the cam- 13.110–14.010 MHz. pus, contributing to the conducted (a) The field strength of any emis- emissions, as an alternative to meas- sions within the band 13.553–13.567 MHz uring conducted emissions outside of shall not exceed 15,848 microvolts/ the campus, it is acceptable to dem- meter at 30 meters. onstrate compliance with this provi- (b) Within the bands 13.410–13.553 MHz sion by measuring each individual in- and 13.567–13.710 MHz, the field strength tentional radiator employed in the sys- of any emissions shall not exceed 334 tem at the point where it connects to microvolts/meter at 30 meters. the AC power lines. (c) A grant of equipment authoriza- (c) Within the bands 13.110–13.410 MHz tion is not required for intentional ra- and 13.710–14.010 MHz the field strength diators operated under the provisions of any emissions shall not exceed 106 of this section. In lieu thereof, the in- microvolts/meter at 30 meters. tentional radiator shall be verified for (d) The field strength of any emis- compliance with the regulations in ac- sions appearing outside of the 13.110– cordance with subpart J of part 2 of 14.010 MHz band shall not exceed the this chapter. This data shall be kept on general radiated emission limits in file at the location of the studio, office § 15.209. or control room associated with the (e) The frequency tolerance of the transmitting equipment. In some cases, carrier signal shall be maintained this may correspond to the location of within ±0.01% of the operating fre- the transmitting equipment. quency over a temperature variation of (d) For the band 535–1705 kHz, the fre- ¥20 degrees to +50 degrees C at normal quency of operation shall be chosen supply voltage, and for a variation in such that operation is not within the the primary supply voltage from 85% protected field strength contours of li- to 115% of the rated supply voltage at censed AM stations. a temperature of 20 degrees C. For bat- [56 FR 373, Jan. 4, 1991] tery operated equipment, the equipment tests shall be performed using a § 15.223 Operation in the band 1.705–10 new battery. MHz. (f) In the case of radio frequency pow- (a) The field strength of any emission ered tags designed to operate with a de- within the band 1.705–10.0 MHz shall vice authorized under this section, the not exceed 100 microvolts/meter at a tag may be approved with the device or distance of 30 meters. However, if the be considered as a separate device sub- bandwidth of the emission is less than ject to its own authorization. Powered 10% of the center frequency, the field tags approved with a device under a strength shall not exceed 15 microvolts/ single application shall be labeled with meter or (the bandwidth of the device the same identification number as the in kHz) divided by (the center fre- device. quency of the device in MHz) microvolts/meter at a distance of 30 [68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003]

817

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00827 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.227 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

§ 15.227 Operation within the band MHz. Except as shown in paragraph (e) 26.96–27.28 MHz. of this section, the intentional radiator (a) The field strength of any emission is restricted to the transmission of a within this band shall not exceed 10,000 control signal such as those used with microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The alarm systems, door openers, remote emission limit in this paragraph is switches, etc. Continuous trans- based on measurement instrumenta- missions, voice, video and the radio tion employing an average detector. control of toys are not permitted. Data The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting is permitted to be sent with a control peak emissions apply. signal. The following conditions shall (b) The field strength of any emis- be met to comply with the provisions sions which appear outside of this band for this periodic operation: shall not exceed the general radiated (1) A manually operated transmitter emission limits in § 15.209. shall employ a switch that will auto- § 15.229 Operation within the band matically deactivate the transmitter 40.66–40.70 MHz. within not more than 5 seconds of (a) Unless operating pursuant to the being released. provisions in § 15.231, the field strength (2) A transmitter activated automati- of any emissions within this band shall cally shall cease transmission within 5 not exceed 1,000 microvolts/meter at 3 seconds after activation. meters. (3) Periodic transmissions at regular (b) As an alternative to the limit in predetermined intervals are not per- paragraph (a) of this section, perimeter mitted. However, polling or supervision protection systems may demonstrate transmissions, including data, to deter- compliance with the following: the mine system integrity of transmitters field strength of any emissions within used in security or safety applications this band shall not exceed 500 are allowed if the total duration of microvolts/meter at 3 meters, as deter- transmissions does not exceed more mined using measurement instrumen- than two seconds per hour for each tations employing an average detector. transmitter. There is no limit on the The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting number of individual transmissions, peak emissions apply where compliance of these devices is demonstrated provided the total transmission time under this alternative emission limit. does not exceed two seconds per hour. (c) The field strength of any emis- (4) Intentional radiators which are sions appearing outside of this band employed for radio control purposes shall not exceed the general radiated during emergencies involving fire, se- emission limits in § 15.209. curity, and safety of life, when acti- (d) The frequency tolerance of the vated to signal an alarm, may operate carrier signal shall be maintained during the pendency of the alarm con- within ±0.01% of the operating fre- dition quency over a temperature variation of (5) Transmission of set-up informa- ¥20 degrees to +50 degrees C at normal tion for security systems may exceed supply voltage, and for a variation in the transmission duration limits in the primary supply voltage from 85% paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this sec- to 115% of the rated supply voltage at tion, provided such transmissions are a temperature of 20 degrees C. For bat- under the control of a professional in- tery operated equipment, the equip- staller and do not exceed ten seconds ment tests shall be performed using a new battery. after a manually operated switch is released or a transmitter is activated [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 automatically. Such set-up informa- FR 33910, Aug. 20, 1990] tion may include data. § 15.231 Periodic operation in the band (b) In addition to the provisions of 40.66–40.70 MHz and above 70 MHz. § 15.205, the field strength of emissions (a) The provisions of this section are from intentional radiators operated restricted to periodic operation within under this section shall not exceed the the band 40.66–40.70 MHz and above 70 following:

818

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00828 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.233

fined within the band edges and the fre- Funda- Field strength of funda- Field strength of mental frequency tolerance of the carrier shall be quency mental (microvolts/ spurious emissions (MHz) meter) (microvolts/meter) ±0.01%. This frequency tolerance shall be maintained for a temperature vari- 40.66– 2,250 ...... 225 ¥ 40.70. ation of 20 degrees to +50 degrees C at 70–130 ...... 1,250 ...... 125 normal supply voltage, and for a vari- 130–174 .... 1 1,250 to 3,750 ...... 1 125 to 375 ation in the primary supply voltage 174–260 .... 3,750 ...... 375 from 85% to 115% of the rated supply 260–470 .... 1 3,750 to 12,500 ...... 1 375 to 1,250 Above 470 12,500 ...... 1,250 voltage at a temperature of 20 degrees C. For battery operated equipment, the 1 Linear interpolations. equipment tests shall be performed (1) The above field strength limits using a new battery. are specified at a distance of 3 meters. (e) Intentional radiators may operate The tighter limits apply at the band at a periodic rate exceeding that speci- edges. fied in paragraph (a) of this section and (2) Intentional radiators operating may be employed for any type of oper- under the provisions of this section ation, including operation prohibited shall demonstrate compliance with the in paragraph (a) of this section, pro- limits on the field strength of emis- vided the intentional radiator complies sions, as shown in the above table, with the provisions of paragraphs (b) based on the average value of the meas- through (d) of this section, except the ured emissions. As an alternative, com- field strength table in paragraph (b) of pliance with the limits in the above this section is replaced by the fol- table may be based on the use of meas- lowing: urement instrumentation with a Funda- CISPR quasi-peak detector. The spe- Field strength of fun- Field strength of spu- mental fre- damental (microvolts/ rious emission cific method of measurement employed quency (MHz) meter) (microvolts/meter) shall be specified in the application for equipment authorization. If average 40.66– 1,000 ...... 100 emission measurements are employed, 40.70. 70–130 ...... 500 ...... 50 the provisions in § 15.35 for averaging 130–174 .... 500 to 1,500 1 ...... 50 to 150 1 pulsed emissions and for limiting peak 174–260 .... 1,500 ...... 150 emissions apply. Further, compliance 260–470 .... 1,500 to 5,000 1 ...... 150 to 500 1 Above 470 5,000 ...... 500 with the provisions of § 15.205 shall be demonstrated using the measurement 1 Linear interpolations. instrumentation specified in that sec- In addition, devices operated under the tion. provisions of this paragraph shall be (3) The limits on the field strength of provided with a means for automati- the spurious emissions in the above cally limiting operation so that the du- table are based on the fundamental fre- ration of each transmission shall not quency of the intentional radiator. be greater than one second and the si- Spurious emissions shall be attenuated lent period between transmissions shall to the average (or, alternatively, be at least 30 times the duration of the CISPR quasi-peak) limits shown in this transmission but in no case less than 10 table or to the general limits shown in seconds. § 15.209, whichever limit permits a higher field strength. [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. 7, 1989, as amended at 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, (c) The bandwidth of the emission 2003; 69 FR 71383, Dec. 9, 2004] shall be no wider than 0.25% of the center frequency for devices operating § 15.233 Operation within the bands above 70 MHz and below 900 MHz. For 43.71–44.49 MHz, 46.60–46.98 MHz, devices operating above 900 MHz, the 48.75–49.51 MHz and 49.66–50.0 emission shall be no wider than 0.5% of MHz. the center frequency. Bandwidth is de- (a) The provisions shown in this sec- termined at the points 20 dB down from tion are restricted to cordless tele- the modulated carrier. phones. (d) For devices operating within the (b) An intentional radiator used as frequency band 40.66–40.70 MHz, the part of a cordless telephone system bandwidth of the emission shall be con- shall operate centered on one or more

819

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00829 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.233 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

of the following frequency pairs, sub- (c) The field strength of the funda- ject to the following conditions: mental emission shall not exceed 10,000 (1) Frequencies shall be paired as microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The shown below, except that channel pair- emission limit in this paragraph is ing for channels one through fifteen based on measurement instrumenta- may be accomplished by pairing any of tion employing an average detector. the fifteen base transmitter fre- The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting quencies with any of the fifteen peak emissions apply. handset transmitter frequencies. (d) The fundamental emission shall (2) Cordless telephones operating on be confined within a 20 kHz band and channels one through fifteen must: shall be centered on a carrier frequency (i) Incorporate an automatic channel shown above, as adjusted by the fre- selection mechanism that will prevent quency tolerance of the transmitter at establishment of a link on any occu- the time testing is performed. Modula- pied frequency; and tion products outside of this 20 kHz (ii) The box or an instruction manual band shall be attenuated at least 26 dB which is included within the box which below the level of the unmodulated the individual cordless telephone is to carrier or to the general limits in be marketed shall contain information § 15.209, whichever permits the higher indicating that some cordless tele- emission levels. Emissions on any fre- phones operate at frequencies that may quency more than 20 kHz removed from cause interference to nearby TVs and the center frequency shall consist sole- VCRs; to minimize or prevent such in- ly of unwanted emissions and shall not terference, the base of the cordless exceed the general radiated emission telephone should not be placed near or limits in § 15.209. Tests to determine on top of a TV or VCR; and, if inter- compliance with these requirements ference is experienced, moving the shall be performed using an appro- cordless telephone farther away from priate input signal as prescribed in the TV or VCR will often reduce or § 2.989 of this chapter. eliminate the interference. A state- (e) All emissions exceeding 20 ment describing the means and proce- microvolts/meter at 3 meters are to be dures used to achieve automatic chan- reported in the application for certifi- nel selection shall be provided in any cation. application for equipment authoriza- (f) If the device provides for the con- tion of a cordless telephone operating nection of external accessories, includ- on channels one through fifteen. ing external electrical input signals, the device must be tested with the ac- Base trans- Handset trans- Channel mitter (MHz) mitter (MHz) cessories attached. The emission tests shall be performed with the device and 1 ...... 43.720 48.760 accessories configured in a manner 2 ...... 43.740 48.840 which tends to produce the maximum 3 ...... 43.820 48.860 4 ...... 43.840 48.920 level of emissions within the range of 5 ...... 43.920 49.020 variations that can be expected under 6 ...... 43.960 49.080 normal operating conditions. 7 ...... 44.120 49.100 8 ...... 44.160 49.160 (g) The frequency tolerance of the 9 ...... 44.180 49.200 carrier signal shall be maintained 10 ...... 44.200 49.240 within ±0.01% of the operating fre- 11 ...... 44.320 49.280 quency. The tolerance shall be main- 12 ...... 44.360 49.360 13 ...... 44.400 49.400 tained for a temperature variation of 14 ...... 44.460 49.460 ¥20 degrees C to +50 degrees C at nor- 15 ...... 44.480 49.500 mal supply voltage, and for variation 16 ...... 46.610 49.670 17 ...... 46.630 49.845 in the primary voltage from 85% to 18 ...... 46.670 49.860 115% of the rated supply voltage at a 19 ...... 46.710 49.770 temperature of 20 degrees C. For bat- 20 ...... 46.730 49.875 tery operated equipment, the equip- 21 ...... 46.770 49.830 22 ...... 46.830 49.890 ment tests shall be performed using a 23 ...... 46.870 49.930 new battery. 24 ...... 46.930 49.990 (h) For cordless telephones that do 25 ...... 46.970 49.970 not comply with § 15.214(d) of this part,

820

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00830 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.239

the box or other package in which the (2) The total input power to the de- individual cordless telephone is to be vice measured at the battery or the marketed shall carry a statement in a power line terminals shall not exceed prominent location, visible to the 100 milliwatts under any condition of buyer before purchase, which reads as modulation. follows: (3) The antenna shall be a single element, one meter or less in length, per- NOTICE: The base units of some cordless manently mounted on the enclosure telephones may respond to other nearby containing the device. units or to radio noise resulting in telephone calls being dialed through this unit without (4) Emissions outside of this band your knowledge and possibly calls being shall be attenuated at least 20 dB below misbilled. In order to protect against such the level of the unmodulated carrier. occurrences, this cordless telephone is pro- (5) The regulations contained in vided with the following features: (to be § 15.23 of this part apply to intentional completed by the responsible party). radiators constructed under the provi- An application for certification of a sions of this paragraph. cordless telephone shall specify the (d) Cordless telephones are not per- complete text of the statement that mitted to operate under the provisions will be carried on the package and indi- of this section. cate where, specifically, it will be lo- § 15.237 Operation in the bands 72.0– cated on the carton. 73.0 MHz, 74.6–74.8 MHz and 75.2– [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. 76.0 MHz. 7, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 3785, Jan. 31, (a) The intentional radiator shall be 1991; 56 FR 5659, Feb. 12, 1991; 60 FR 21985, restricted to use as an auditory assist- May 4, 1995] ance device. (b) Emissions from the intentional § 15.235 Operation within the band radiator shall be confined within a 49.82–49.90 MHz. band 200 kHz wide centered on the op- (a) The field strength of any emission erating frequency. The 200 kHz band within this band shall not exceed 10,000 shall lie wholly within the above speci- microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The fied frequency ranges. emission limit in this paragraph is (c) The field strength of any emis- based on measurement instrumenta- sions within the permitted 200 kHz tion employing an average detector. band shall not exceed 80 millivolts/ The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting meter at 3 meters. The field strength of peak emissions apply. any emissions radiated on any fre- (b) The field strength of any emis- quency outside of the specified 200 kHz sions appearing between the band edges band shall not exceed 1500 microvolts/ and up to 10 kHz above and below the meter at 3 meters. The emission limits band edges shall be attenuated at least in this paragraph are based on meas- 26 dB below the level of the urement instrumentation employing unmodulated carrier or to the general an average detector. The provisions in limits in § 15.209, whichever permits the § 15.35 for limiting peak emissions higher emission levels. The field apply. strength of any emissions removed by [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 57 more than 10 kHz from the band edges FR 13048, Apr. 15, 1992] shall not exceed the general radiated emission limits in § 15.209. All signals § 15.239 Operation in the band 88–108 exceeding 20 microvolts/meter at 3 me- MHz. ters shall be reported in the applica- (a) Emissions from the intentional tion for certification. radiator shall be confined within a (c) For a home-built intentional radi- band 200 kHz wide centered on the op- ator, as defined in § 15.23(a), operating erating frequency. The 200 kHz band within the band 49.82–49.90 MHz, the shall lie wholly within the frequency following standards may be employed: range of 88–108 MHz. (1) The RF carrier and modulation (b) The field strength of any emis- products shall be maintained within sions within the permitted 200 kHz the band 49.82–49.90 MHz. band shall not exceed 250 microvolts/

821

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00831 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.240 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

meter at 3 meters. The emission limit frequency band shall not exceed 55,000 in this paragraph is based on measure- microvolts per meter measured at a ment instrumentation employing an distance of 3 meters. Additionally, de- average detector. The provisions in vices authorized under these provisions § 15.35 for limiting peak emissions shall be provided with a means for apply. automatically limiting operation so (c) The field strength of any emis- that the duration of each transmission sions radiated on any frequency out- shall not be greater than 60 seconds side of the specified 200 kHz band shall and be only permitted to reinitiate an not exceed the general radiated emis- interrogation in the case of a trans- sion limits in § 15.209. mission error. Absent such a trans- (d) A custom built telemetry inten- mission error, the silent period be- tional radiator operating in the fre- tween transmissions shall not be less quency band 88–108 MHz and used for than 10 seconds. experimentation by an educational in- (c) The field strength of emissions ra- stitute need not be certified provided diated on any frequency outside of the the device complies with the standards specified band shall not exceed the gen- in this part and the educational insti- eral radiated emission limits in § 15.209. tution notifies the Engineer in Charge (d) In the case of radio frequency of the local FCC office, in writing, in powered tags designed to operate with advance of operation, providing the fol- a device authorized under this section, lowing information: the tag may be approved with the de- (1) The dates and places where the device or be considered as a separate device will be operated; vice subject to its own authorization. (2) The purpose for which the device Powered tags approved with a device will be used; under a single application shall be la- (3) A description of the device, in- beled with the same identification cluding the operating frequency, RF number as the device. power output, and antenna; and, (e) To prevent interference to Fed- (4) A statement that the device com- eral Government radar systems, oper- plies with the technical provisions of ation under the provisions of this sec- this part. tion is not permitted within 40 kilo- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. meters of the following locations: 7, 1989] DoD Radar Site Latitude Longitude

§ 15.240 Operation in the band 433.5– Beale Air Force Base ...... 39°08′10″ N 121°21′04″ W 434.5 MHz. Cape Cod Air Force Station 41°45′07″ N 070°32′17″ W Clear Air Force Station ...... 64°55′16″ N 143°05′02″ W (a) Operation under the provisions of Cavalier Air Force Station .. 48°43′12″ N 097°54′00″ W this section is restricted to devices Eglin Air Force Base ...... 30°43′12″ N 086°12′36″ W that use radio frequency energy to identify the contents of commercial (f) As a condition of the grant, the shipping containers. Operations must grantee of an equipment authorization be limited to commercial and indus- for a device operating under the provi- trial areas such as ports, rail terminals sions of this section shall provide infor- and warehouses. Two-way operation is mation to the user concerning compli- permitted to interrogate and to load ance with the operational restrictions data into devices. Devices operated in paragraphs (a) and (e) of this sec- pursuant to the provisions of this section. As a further condition, the grant- tion shall not be used for voice commu- ee shall provide information on the lo- nications. cations where the devices are installed (b) The field strength of any emis- to the FCC Office of Engineering and sions radiated within the specified fre- Technology, which shall provide this quency band shall not exceed 11,000 information to the Federal Govern- microvolts per meter measured at a ment through the National Tele- distance of 3 meters. The emission communications and Information Ad- limit in this paragraph is based on ministration. The user of the device measurement instrumentation employ- shall be responsible for submitting up- ing an average detector. The peak level dated information in the event the op- of any emissions within the specified erating location or other information

822

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00832 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.242

changes after the initial registration. mental entities and agencies for their The grantee shall notify the user of own medical activities. this requirement. The information pro- (2) This authority to operate does not vided by the grantee or user to the extend to mobile vehicles, such as am- Commission shall include the name, bulances, even if those vehicles are as- address, telephone number and e-mail sociated with a health care facility. address of the user, the address and ge- (b) The fundamental emissions from ographic coordinates of the operating a biomedical telemetry device oper- location, and the FCC identification ating under the provisions of this sec- number of the device. The material tion shall be contained within a single shall be submitted to the following ad- television broadcast channel, as de- dress: fined in part 73 of this chapter, under Experimental Licensing Branch, all conditions of operation and shall lie OET, Federal Communications Com- wholly within the frequency ranges of mission, 445 12th Street, SW., Wash- 174–216 MHz and 470–668 MHz. ington, DC 20554, ATTN: RFID Reg- (c) The field strength of the funda- istration. mental emissions shall not exceed 200 [69 FR 29464, May 24, 2004] mV/m, as measured at a distance of 3 meters using a quasi-peak detector. § 15.241 Operation in the band 174–216 Manufacturers should note that a MHz. quasi-peak detector function indicates (a) Operation under the provisions of field strength per 120 kHz of bandwidth this section is restricted to biomedical ±20 kHz. Accordingly, the total signal telemetry devices. level over the band of operation may be (b) Emissions from the device shall higher than 200 mV/m. The field be confined within a 200 kHz band strength of emissions radiated on any which shall lie wholly within the fre- frequency outside of the television quency range of 174–216 MHz. broadcast channel within which the (c) The field strength of any emis- fundamental is contained shall not ex- sions radiated within the specified 200 ceed the general limits in § 15.209. kHz band shall not exceed 1500 (d) The user and the installer of a microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The field biomedical telemetry device operating strength of emissions radiated on any within the frequency range 174–216 frequency outside of the specified 200 MHz, 470–608 MHz or 614–668 MHz shall kHz band shall not exceed 150 ensure that the following minimum microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The separation distances are maintained emission limits in this paragraph are between the biomedical telemetry de- based on measurement instrumenta- vice and the authorized radio services tion employing an average detector. operating on the same frequencies: The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting (1) At least 10.3 km outside of the peak emissions apply. Grade B field strength contour (56 dBuV/m) of a TV broadcast station or § 15.242 Operation in the bands 174– an associated TV booster station oper- 216 MHz and 470–668 MHz. ating within the band 174–216 MHz. (a) The marketing and operation of (2) At least 5.5 km outside of the intentional radiators under the provi- Grade B field strength contour (64 sions of this section is restricted to dBuV/m) of a TV broadcast station or biomedical telemetry devices employed an associated TV booster station oper- solely on the premises of health care ating within the bands 470–608 MHz or facilities. 614–668 MHz. (1) A health care facility includes (3) At least 5.1 km outside of the 68 hospitals and other establishments dBuV/m field strength contour of a low that offer services, facilities, and beds power TV or a TV translator station for use beyond 24 hours in rendering operating within the band 174–216 MHz. medical treatment and institutions and (4) At least 3.1 km outside of the 74 organizations regularly engaged in pro- dBuV/m field strength contour of a low viding medical services through clin- power TV or a TV translator station ics, public health facilities, and similar operating within the bands 470–608 MHz establishments, including govern- or 614–668 MHz.

823

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00833 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.243 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(5) Whatever distance is necessary to during the implementation of the dig- protect other authorized users within ital television services. The operating these bands. frequencies of the part 15 devices may (e) The user and the installer of a need to be changed, as necessary and in biomedical telemetry device operating accordance with the permissive change within the frequency range 608–614 MHz requirements of this chapter, to accom- and that will be located within 32 km modate changes in the operating fre- of the very long baseline array (VLBA) quencies of the authorized services. stations or within 80 km of any of the (h) The manufacturers, installers and other radio astronomy observatories users of biomedical telemetry devices noted in footnote US 311 of Section are cautioned that the operation of 2.106 of this chapter must coordinate this equipment could result in harmful with, and obtain the written concur- interference to other nearby medical rence of, the director of the affected devices. radio astronomy observatory before [62 FR 58658, Oct. 30, 1997] the equipment can be installed or operated. The National Science Foundation § 15.243 Operation in the band 890–940 point of contact for coordination is: MHz. Spectrum Manager, Division of Astro- (a) Operation under the provisions of nomical Sciences, NSF Rm 1045, 4201 this section is restricted to devices Wilson Blvd., Arlington, VA 22230; tel: that use radio frequency energy to (703) 306–1823. measure the characteristics of a mate- (f) Biomedical telemetry devices rial. Devices operated pursuant to the must not cause harmful interference to provisions of this section shall not be licensed TV broadcast stations or to used for voice communications or the other authorized radio services, such as transmission of any other type of mes- operations on the broadcast fre- sage. quencies under subparts G and H of (b) The field strength of any emis- part 74 of this chapter, land mobile sta- sions radiated within the specified fre- tions operating under part 90 of this quency band shall not exceed 500 chapter in the 470–512 MHz band, and microvolts/meter at 30 meters. The radio astronomy operation in the 608– emission limit in this paragraph is 614 MHz band. (See § 15.5.) If harmful in- based on measurement instrumenta- terference occurs, the interference tion employing an average detector. must either be corrected or the device The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting must immediately cease operation on peak emissions apply. the occupied frequency. Further, the (c) The field strength of emissions ra- operator of the biomedical telemetry diated on any frequency outside of the device must accept whatever level of specified band shall not exceed the gen- interference is received from other eral radiated emission limits in § 15.209. radio operations. The operator, i.e., the (d) The device shall be self-contained health care facility, is responsible for with no external or readily accessible resolving any interference that occurs controls which may be adjusted to per- subsequent to the installation of these mit operation in a manner inconsistent devices. with the provisions in this section. Any (g) The manufacturers, installers, antenna that may be used with the de- and users of biomedical telemetry device shall be permanently attached vices are reminded that they must en- thereto and shall not be readily modifi- sure that biomedical telemetry trans- able by the user. mitters operating under the provisions of this section avoid operating in close § 15.245 Operation within the bands proximity to authorized services using 902–928 MHz, 2435–2465 MHz, 5785– this spectrum. Sufficient separation 5815 MHz, 10500–10550 MHz, and distance, necessary to avoid causing or 24075–24175 MHz. receiving harmful interference, must (a) Operation under the provisions of be maintained from co-channel oper- this section is limited to intentional ations. These parties are reminded that radiators used as field disturbance sen- the frequencies of the authorized serv- sors, excluding perimeter protection ices are subject to change, especially systems.

824

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00834 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.247

(b) The field strength of emissions least 50 dB below the level of the funda- from intentional radiators operated mental or to the general radiated emis- within these frequency bands shall sion limits in § 15.209, whichever is the comply with the following: lesser attenuation. (4) The emission limits shown above Field Field strength of strength of are based on measurement instrumen- Fundamental frequency (MHz) fundamental harmonics tation employing an average detector. (millivolts/ (millivolts/ meter) meter) The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting peak emissions apply. 902–928 ...... 500 1.6 2435–2465 ...... 500 1.6 [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 5785–5815 ...... 500 1.6 FR 46792, Nov. 7, 1990; 61 FR 42558, Aug. 16, 10500–10550 ...... 2500 25.0 1996; 68 FR 68547, Dec. 9, 2003] 24075–24175 ...... 2500 25.0 § 15.247 Operation within the bands (1) Regardless of the limits shown in 902–928 MHz, 2400–2483.5 MHz, and the above table, harmonic emissions in 5725–5850 MHz. the restricted bands below 17.7 GHz, as (a) Operation under the provisions of specified in § 15.205, shall not exceed the this Section is limited to frequency field strength limits shown in § 15.209. hopping and digitally modulated inten- Harmonic emissions in the restricted tional radiators that comply with the bands at and above 17.7 GHz shall not following provisions: exceed the following field strength lim- (1) Frequency hopping systems shall its: have hopping channel carrier fre- (i) For the second and third quencies separated by a minimum of 25 harmonics of field disturbance sensors kHz or the 20 dB bandwidth of the hop- operating in the 24075–24175 MHz band ping channel, whichever is greater. Al- and for other field disturbance sensors ternatively, frequency hopping systems designed for use only within a building operating in the 2400–2483.5 MHz band or to open building doors, 25.0 mV/m. may have hopping channel carrier fre- (ii) For all other field disturbance quencies that are separated by 25 kHz sensors, 7.5 mV/m. or two-thirds of the 20 dB bandwidth of (iii) Field disturbance sensors de- the hopping channel, whichever is signed to be used in motor vehicles or greater, provided the systems operate aircraft must include features to pre- with an output power no greater than vent continuous operation unless their 125 mW. The system shall hop to chan- emissions in the restricted bands, other nel frequencies that are selected at the than the second and third harmonics system hopping rate from a pseudo ran- from devices operating in the 24075– domly ordered list of hopping fre- 24175 MHz band, fully comply with the quencies. Each frequency must be used limits given in § 15.209. Continuous op- equally on the average by each trans- eration of field disturbance sensors de- mitter. The system receivers shall have signed to be used in farm equipment, input bandwidths that match the hop- vehicles such as fork lifts that are in- ping channel bandwidths of their cor- tended primarily for use indoors or for responding transmitters and shall shift very specialized operations, or railroad frequencies in synchronization with locomotives, railroad cars and other the transmitted signals. equipment which travels on fixed (i) For frequency hopping systems op- tracks is permitted. A field disturbance erating in the 902–928 MHz band: if the sensor will be considered not to be op- 20 dB bandwidth of the hopping channel erating in a continuous mode if its op- is less than 250 kHz, the system shall eration is limited to specific activities use at least 50 hopping frequencies and of limited duration (e.g., putting a ve- the average time of occupancy on any hicle into reverse gear, activating a frequency shall not be greater than 0.4 turn signal, etc.). seconds within a 20 second period; if (2) Field strength limits are specified the 20 dB bandwidth of the hopping at a distance of 3 meters. channel is 250 kHz or greater, the sys- (3) Emissions radiated outside of the tem shall use at least 25 hopping fre- specified frequency bands, except for quencies and the average time of occu- harmonics, shall be attenuated by at pancy on any frequency shall not be

825

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00835 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.247 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

greater than 0.4 seconds within a 10 all symbols in the signaling alphabet second period. The maximum allowed when the transmitter is operating at 20 dB bandwidth of the hopping channel its maximum power control level. is 500 kHz. Power must be summed across all an- (ii) Frequency hopping systems oper- tennas and antenna elements. The av- ating in the 5725–5850 MHz band shall erage must not include any time inter- use at least 75 hopping frequencies. The vals during which the transmitter is off maximum 20 dB bandwidth of the hop- or is transmitting at a reduced power ping channel is 1 MHz. The average level. If multiple modes of operation time of occupancy on any frequency are possible (e.g., alternative modula- shall not be greater than 0.4 seconds tion methods), the maximum conducted within a 30 second period. output power is the highest total trans- (iii) Frequency hopping systems in mit power occurring in any mode. the 2400–2483.5 MHz band shall use at (4) The conducted output power limit least 15 channels. The average time of specified in paragraph (b) of this sec- occupancy on any channel shall not be tion is based on the use of antennas greater than 0.4 seconds within a pe- with directional gains that do not ex- riod of 0.4 seconds multiplied by the ceed 6 dBi. Except as shown in para- number of hopping channels employed. graph (c) of this section, if transmit- Frequency hopping systems may avoid ting antennas of directional gain great- or suppress transmissions on a par- er than 6 dBi are used, the conducted ticular hopping frequency provided output power from the intentional ra- that a minimum of 15 channels are diator shall be reduced below the stat- used. ed values in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), (2) Systems using digital modulation and (b)(3) of this section, as appro- techniques may operate in the 902–928 priate, by the amount in dB that the MHz, 2400–2483.5 MHz, and 5725–5850 directional gain of the antenna exceeds MHz bands. The minimum 6 dB band- 6 dBi. width shall be at least 500 kHz. (i) Systems operating in the 2400– (b) The maximum peak conducted 2483.5 MHz band that are used exclu- output power of the intentional radi- sively for fixed, point-to-point operator shall not exceed the following: ations may employ transmitting an- (1) For frequency hopping systems tennas with directional gain greater operating in the 2400–2483.5 MHz band than 6 dBi provided the maximum peak employing at least 75 non-overlapping output power of the intentional radi- hopping channels, and all frequency ator is reduced by 1 dB for every 3 dB hopping systems in the 5725–5850 MHz that the directional gain of the an- band: 1 watt. For all other frequency tenna exceeds 6 dBi. hopping systems in the 2400–2483.5 MHz (ii) Systems operating in the 5725– band: 0.125 watts. 5850 MHz band that are used exclu- (2) For frequency hopping systems sively for fixed, point-to-point oper- operating in the 902–928 MHz band: 1 ations may employ transmitting an- watt for systems employing at least 50 tennas with directional gain greater hopping channels; and, 0.25 watts for than 6 dBi without any corresponding systems employing less than 50 hop- reduction in transmitter peak output ping channels, but at least 25 hopping power. channels, as permitted under para- (iii) Fixed, point-to-point operation, graph (a)(1)(i) of this section. as used in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (3) For systems using digital modula- (b)(3)(ii) of this section, excludes the tion in the 902–928 MHz, 2400–2483.5 use of point-to-multipoint systems, MHz, and 5725–5850 MHz bands: 1 Watt. omnidirectional applications, and mul- As an alternative to a peak power tiple co-located intentional radiators measurement, compliance with the one transmitting the same information. Watt limit can be based on a measure- The operator of the spread spectrum ment of the maximum conducted out- intentional radiator or, if the equip- put power. Maximum Conducted Out- ment is professionally installed, the input Power is defined as the total trans- staller is responsible for ensuring that mit power delivered to all antennas the system is used exclusively for and antenna elements averaged across fixed, point-to-point operations. The

826

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00836 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.247

instruction manual furnished with the rectional beams but does not do emit intentional radiator shall contain lan- multiple directional beams simulta- guage in the installation instructions neously, the total output power con- informing the operator and the in- ducted to the array or arrays that com- staller of this responsibility. prise the device, i.e., the sum of the (c) Operation with directional an- power supplied to all antennas, antenna gains greater than 6 dBi. tenna elements, staves, etc. and (1) Fixed point-to-point operation: summed across all carriers or fre- (i) Systems operating in the 2400– quency channels, shall not exceed the 2483.5 MHz band that are used exclu- limit specified in paragraph (b)(1) or sively for fixed, point-to-point oper- (b)(3) of this section, as applicable. ations may employ transmitting an- However, the total conducted output tennas with directional gain greater power shall be reduced by 1 dB below than 6 dBi provided the maximum con- the specified limits for each 3 dB that ducted output power of the intentional the directional gain of the antenna/an- radiator is reduced by 1 dB for every 3 tenna array exceeds 6 dBi. The direc- dB that the directional gain of the an- tional antenna gain shall be computed tenna exceeds 6 dBi. as follows: (ii) Systems operating in the 5725– (A) The directional gain shall be cal- 5850 MHz band that are used exclu- culated as the sum of 10 log (number of sively for fixed, point-to-point oper- array elements or staves) plus the di- ations may employ transmitting an- rectional gain of the element or stave tennas with directional gain greater having the highest gain. than 6 dBi without any corresponding (B) A lower value for the directional reduction in transmitter conducted gain than that calculated in paragraph output power. (c)(2)(ii)(A) of this section will be ac- (iii) Fixed, point-to-point operation, cepted if sufficient evidence is pre- as used in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and sented, e.g., due to shading of the array (c)(1)(ii) of this section, excludes the or coherence loss in the beamforming. use of point-to-multipoint systems, (iii) If a transmitter employs an an- omnidirectional applications, and mul- tenna that operates simultaneously on tiple co-located intentional radiators multiple directional beams using the transmitting the same information. same or different frequency channels, The operator of the spread spectrum or the power supplied to each emission digitally modulated intentional radi- beam is subject to the power limit ator or, if the equipment is profes- specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this sionally installed, the installer is re- section. If transmitted beams overlap, sponsible for ensuring that the system the power shall be reduced to ensure is used exclusively for fixed, point-to- that their aggregate power does not ex- point operations. The instruction man- ceed the limit specified in paragraph ual furnished with the intentional radi- (c)(2)(ii) of this section. In addition, ator shall contain language in the in- the aggregate power transmitted si- stallation instructions informing the multaneously on all beams shall not operator and the installer of this re- exceed the limit specified in paragraph sponsibility. (c)(2)(ii) of this section by more than 8 (2) In addition to the provisions in dB. paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(3), (b)(4) and (iv) Transmitters that emit a single (c)(1)(i) of this section, transmitters directional beam shall operate under operating in the 2400–2483.5 MHz band the provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of that emit multiple directional beams, this section. simultaneously or sequentially, for the (d) In any 100 kHz bandwidth outside purpose of directing signals to indi- the frequency band in which the spread vidual receivers or to groups of receiv- spectrum or digitally modulated inten- ers provided the emissions comply with tional radiator is operating, the radio the following: frequency power that is produced by (i) Different information must be the intentional radiator shall be at transmitted to each receiver. least 20 dB below that in the 100 kHz (ii) If the transmitter employs an an- bandwidth within the band that con- tenna system that emits multiple di- tains the highest level of the desired

827

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00837 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.249 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

power, based on either an RF con- mission bursts must comply with the ducted or a radiated measurement, pro- definition of a frequency hopping sys- vided the transmitter demonstrates tem and must distribute its trans- compliance with the peak conducted missions over the minimum number of power limits. If the transmitter com- hopping channels specified in this sec- plies with the conducted power limits tion. based on the use of RMS averaging (h) The incorporation of intelligence over a time interval, as permitted within a frequency hopping spread under paragraph (b)(3) of this section, spectrum system that permits the sys- the attenuation required under this tem to recognize other users within the paragraph shall be 30 dB instead of 20 spectrum band so that it individually dB. Attenuation below the general lim- and independently chooses and adapts its specified in § 15.209(a) is not required. In addition, radiated emissions its hopsets to avoid hopping on occu- which fall in the restricted bands, as pied channels is permitted. The coordi- defined in § 15.205(a), must also comply nation of frequency hopping systems in with the radiated emission limits spec- any other manner for the express pur- ified in § 15.209(a) (see § 15.205(c)). pose of avoiding the simultaneous oc- (e) For digitally modulated systems, cupancy of individual hopping fre- the power spectral density conducted quencies by multiple transmitters is from the intentional radiator to the not permitted. antenna shall not be greater than 8 NOTE: Spread spectrum systems are shar- dBm in any 3 kHz band during any time ing these bands on a noninterference basis interval of continuous transmission. with systems supporting critical Govern- This power spectral density shall be de- ment requirements that have been allocated termined in accordance with the provi- the usage of these bands, secondary only to sions of paragraph (b) of this section. ISM equipment operated under the provi- The same method of determining the sions of part 18 of this chapter. Many of conducted output power shall be used these Government systems are airborne to determine the power spectral den- radiolocation systems that emit a high EIRP sity. which can cause interference to other users. (f) For the purposes of this section, Also, investigations of the effect of spread hybrid systems are those that employ a spectrum interference to U. S. Government combination of both frequency hopping operations in the 902–928 MHz band may re- and digital modulation techniques. The quire a future decrease in the power limits allowed for spread spectrum operation. frequency hopping operation of the hybrid system, with the direct sequence (i) Systems operating under the pro- or digital modulation operation turned visions of this section shall be operated off, shall have an average time of occu- in a manner that ensures that the pub- pancy on any frequency not to exceed lic is not exposed to radio frequency 0.4 seconds within a time period in sec- energy levels in excess of the Commis- onds equal to the number of hopping sion’s guidelines. See § 1.1307(b)(1) of frequencies employed multiplied by 0.4. this chapter. The digital modulation operation of [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 the hybrid system, with the frequency FR 28762, July 13, 1990; 62 FR 26242, May 13, hopping operation turned off, shall 1997; 65 FR 57561, Sept. 25, 2000; 67 FR 42734, comply with the power density require- June 25, 2002; 69 FR 54035, Sept. 7, 2004; 72 FR ments of paragraph (d) of this section. 5632, Feb. 7, 2007] (g) Frequency hopping spread spectrum systems are not required to em- § 15.249 Operation within the bands ploy all available hopping channels 902–928 MHz, 2400–2483.5 MHz, during each transmission. However, the 5725–5875 MHZ, and 24.0–24.25 GHz. system, consisting of both the trans- (a) Except as provided in paragraph mitter and the receiver, must be de- (b) of this section, the field strength of signed to comply with all of the regula- emissions from intentional radiators tions in this section should the trans- operated within these frequency bands mitter be presented with a continuous shall comply with the following: data (or information) stream. In addition, a system employing short trans-

828

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00838 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.250

Field Field strength of any emission shall not ex- strength of strength of ceed the maximum permitted average Fundamental frequency fundamental harmonics (millivolts/ (microvolts/ limits specified above by more than 20 meter) meter) dB under any condition of modulation. 902–928 MHz ...... 50 500 For point-to-point operation under 2400–2483.5 MHz ...... 50 500 paragraph (b) of this section, the peak 5725–5875 MHz ...... 50 500 field strength shall not exceed 2500 24.0–24.25 GHz ...... 250 2500 millivolts/meter at 3 meters along the (b) Fixed, point-to-point operation as antenna azimuth. referred to in this paragraph shall be (f) Parties considering the manufac- limited to systems employing a fixed ture, importation, marketing or oper- transmitter transmitting to a fixed re- ation of equipment under this section mote location. Point-to-multipoint should also note the requirement in systems, omnidirectional applications, § 15.37(d). and multiple co-located intentional ra- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 diators transmitting the same informa- FR 25095, June 20, 1990; 67 FR 1625, Jan. 14, tion are not allowed. Fixed, point-to- 2002] point operation is permitted in the 24.05–24.25 GHz band subject to the fol- § 15.250 Operation of wideband sys- lowing conditions: tems within the band 5925–7250 (1) The field strength of emissions in MHz. this band shall not exceed 2500 (a) The ¥10 dB bandwidth of a device millivolts/meter. operating under the provisions of this (2) The frequency tolerance of the section must be contained within the carrier signal shall be maintained 5925–7250 MHz band under all conditions within ±0.001% of the operating fre- of operation including the effects from quency over a temperature variation of stepped frequency, frequency hopping -20 degrees to +50 degrees C at normal or other modulation techniques that supply voltage, and for a variation in may be employed as well as the fre- the primary supply voltage from 85% quency stability of the transmitter to 115% of the rated supply voltage at over expected variations in tempera- a temperature of 20 degrees C. For bat- ture and supply voltage. tery operated equipment, the equip- (b) The ¥10 dB bandwidth of the fun- ment tests shall be performed using a damental emission shall be at least 50 new battery. MHz. For transmitters that employ fre- (3) Antenna gain must be at least 33 quency hopping, stepped frequency or dBi. Alternatively, the main lobe similar modulation types, measure- beamwidth must not exceed 3.5 degrees. ment of the ¥10 dB minimum band- The beamwidth limit shall apply to width specified in this paragraph shall both the azimuth and elevation planes. be made with the frequency hop or step At antenna gains over 33 dBi or function disabled and with the trans- beamwidths narrower than 3.5 degrees, mitter operating continuously at a fun- power must be reduced to ensure that damental frequency following the pro- the field strength does not exceed 2500 visions of § 15.31(m). millivolts/meter. (c) Operation on board an aircraft or (c) Field strength limits are specified a satellite is prohibited. Devices oper- at a distance of 3 meters. ating under this section may not be (d) Emissions radiated outside of the employed for the operation of toys. Ex- specified frequency bands, except for cept for operation onboard a ship or a harmonics, shall be attenuated by at terrestrial transportation vehicle, the least 50 dB below the level of the funda- use of a fixed outdoor infrastructure is mental or to the general radiated emis- prohibited. A fixed infrastructure in- sion limits in § 15.209, whichever is the cludes antennas mounted on outdoor lesser attenuation. structures, e.g., antennas mounted on (e) As shown in § 15.35(b), for fre- the outside of a building or on a tele- quencies above 1000 MHz, the field phone pole. strength limits in paragraphs (a) and (d) Emissions from a transmitter op- (b) of this section are based on average erating under this section shall not ex- limits. However, the peak field ceed the following equivalent

829

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00839 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.250 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

isotropically radiated power (EIRP) due solely to emissions from digital density levels: circuitry contained within the trans- (1) The radiated emissions above 960 mitter and the emissions are not in- MHz from a device operating under the tended to be radiated from the trans- provisions of this section shall not ex- mitter’s antenna. Emissions from asso- ceed the following RMS average limits ciated digital devices, as defined in based on measurements using a 1 MHz § 15.3(k), e.g., emissions from digital resolution bandwidth: circuitry used to control additional functions or capabilities other than the EIRP in Frequency in MHz dBm operation of the transmitter, are subject to the limits contained in subpart ¥ 960–1610 ...... 75.3 B of this part. Emissisons from these 1610–1990 ...... ¥63.3 1990–3100 ...... ¥61.3 digital circuits shall not be employed 3100–5925 ...... ¥51.3 in determining the ¥10 dB bandwidth 5925–7250 ...... ¥41.3 of the fundamental emission or the fre- 7250–10600 ...... ¥51.3 Above 10600 ...... ¥61.3 quency at which the highest emission level occurs. (2) In addition to the radiated emis- (e) Measurement procedures: sion limits specified in the table in (1) All emissions at and below 960 paragraph (d)(1) of this section, trans- MHz are based on measurements em- mitters operating under the provisions ploying a CISPR quasi-peak detector. of this section shall not exceed the fol- Unless otherwise specified, all RMS av- lowing RMS average limits when meas- erage emission levels specified in this ured using a resolution bandwidth of section are to be measured utilizing a 1 no less than 1 kHz: MHz resolution bandwidth with a one millisecond dwell over each 1 MHz seg- EIRP in Frequency in MHz dBm ment. The frequency span of the analyzer should equal the number of sam- 1164–1240 ...... ¥85.3 pling bins times 1 MHz and the sweep 1559–1610 ...... ¥85.3 rate of the analyzer should equal the (3) There is a limit on the peak level number of sampling bins times one of the emissions contained within a 50 millisecond. The provision in § 15.35(c) MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- that allows emissions to be averaged quency at which the highest radiated over a 100 millisecond period does not emission occurs and this 50 MHz band- apply to devices operating under this width must be contained within the section. The video bandwidth of the 5925–7250 MHz band. The peak EIRP measurement instrument shall not be limit is 20 log (RBW/50) dBm where less than the resolution bandwidth and RBW is the resolution bandwidth in trace averaging shall not be employed. megahertz that is employed by the The RMS average emission measure- measurement instrument. RBW shall ment is to be repeated over multiple not be lower than 1 MHz or greater sweeps with the analyzer set for max- than 50 MHz. The video bandwidth of imum hold until the amplitude sta- the measurement instrument shall not bilizes. be less than RBW. If RBW is greater (2) The peak emission measurement than 3 MHz, the application for certifi- is to be repeated over multiple sweeps cation filed with the Commission shall with the analyzer set for maximum contain a detailed description of the hold until the amplitude stabilizes. test procedure, calibration of the test (3) For transmitters that employ fre- setup, and the instrumentation em- quency hopping, stepped frequency or ployed in the testing. similar modulation types, the peak (4) Radiated emissions at or below 960 emission level measurement, the meas- MHz shall not exceed the emission lev- urement of the RMS average emission els in § 15.209. levels, and the measurement to deter- (5) Emissions from digital circuitry mine the frequency at which the high- used to enable the operation of the est level emission occurs shall be made transmitter may comply with the lim- with the frequency hop or step function its in § 15.209 provided it can be clearly active. Gated signals may be measured demonstrated that those emissions are with the gating active. The provisions

830

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00840 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.252

of § 15.31(c) continue to apply to trans- (f) In addition to the labelling re- mitters that employ swept frequency quirements in § 15.19(a), the label at- modulation. tached to the AVIS transmitter shall (4) The ¥10 dB bandwidth is based on contain a third statement regarding measurement using a peak detector, a 1 operational conditions, as follows: MHz resolution bandwidth, and a video * * * and, (3) during use this device (the bandwidth greater than or equal to the antenna) may not be pointed within ±** de- resolution bandwidth. grees of the horizontal plane. (5) Alternative measurement procedures may be considered by the Com- The double asterisks in condition three mission. (**) shall be replaced by the responsible party with the angular pointing re- [70 FR 6774, Feb. 9, 2005] striction necessary to meet the hori- § 15.251 Operation within the bands zontal emission limit specified in para- 2.9–3.26 GHz, 3.267–3.332 GHz, 3.339– graph (b). 3.3458 GHz, and 3.358–3.6 GHz. (g) In addition to the information required in subpart J of part 2, the appli- (a) Operation under the provisions of cation for certification shall contain: this section is limited to automatic vehicle identification systems (AVIS) (1) Measurements of field strength which use swept frequency techniques per MHz along with the intermediate for the purpose of automatically iden- frequency of the spectrum analyzer or tifying transportation vehicles. equivalent measuring receiver; (b) The field strength anywhere with- (2) The angular separation between in the frequency range swept by the the direction at which maximum field signal shall not exceed 3000 microvolts/ strength occurs and the direction at meter/MHz at 3 meters in any direc- which the field strength is reduced to tion. Further, an AVIS, when in its op- 400 microvolts/meter/MHz at 3 meters; erating position, shall not produce a (3) A photograph of the spectrum an- field strength greater than 400 alyzer display showing the entire swept microvolts/meter/MHz at 3 meters in frequency signal and a calibrated scale any direction within ±10 degrees of the for the vertical and horizontal axes; horizontal plane. In addition to the the spectrum analyzer settings that provisions of § 15.205, the field strength were used shall be labelled on the pho- of radiated emissions outside the fre- tograph; and, quency range swept by the signal shall (4) The results of the frequency be limited to a maximum of 100 search for spurious and sideband emis- microvolts/meter/MHz at 3 meters, sions from 30 MHz to 20 GHz, exclusive measured from 30 MHz to 20 GHz for of the swept frequency band, with the the complete system. The emission measuring instrument as close as pos- limits in this paragraph are based on sible to the unit under test. measurement instrumentation employ- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. ing an average detector. The provisions 7, 1989] in § 15.35 for limiting peak emissions apply. § 15.252 Operation of wideband vehic- (c) The minimum sweep repetition ular radar systems within the rate of the signal shall not be lower bands 16.2–17.7 GHz and 23.12–29.0 than 4000 sweeps per second, and the GHz. maximum sweep repetition rate of the (a) Operation under this section is signal shall not exceed 50,000 sweeps limited to field disturbance sensors per second. that are mounted in terrestrial trans- (d) An AVIS shall employ a horn an- portation vehicles. Terrestrial use is tenna or other comparable directional limited to earth surface-based, non- antenna for signal emission. aviation applications. Operation within (e) Provision shall be made so that the 16.2–17.7 GHz band is limited to signal emission from the AVIS shall field disturbance sensors that are used occur only when the vehicle to be iden- only for back-up assistance and that tified is within the radiated field of the operate only when the vehicle is en- system. gaged in reverse.

831

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00841 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.252 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(1) The ¥10 dB bandwidth of the fun- Frequency in MHz EIRP in damental emission shall be located dBm within the 16.2–17.7 GHz band or within Above 17,700 ...... ¥61.3 the 23.12–29.0 GHz band, exclusive of the 23.6–24.0 GHz restricted band, as ap- (2) For transmitters operating in the propriate, under all conditions of oper- 23.12–29.0 GHz band, the RMS average ation including the effects from radiated emissions above 960 MHz from stepped frequency, frequency hopping a device operating under the provisions or other modulation techniques that of this section shall not exceed the fol- may be employed as well as the fre- lowing EIRP limits based on measure- quency stability of the transmitter ments using a 1 MHz resolution band- over expected variations in tempera- width: ture and supply voltage. (2) The ¥10 dB bandwidth of the fun- EIRP in Frequency in MHz dBm damental emission shall be 10 MHz or greater. For transmitters that employ 960–1610 ...... ¥75.3 frequency hopping, stepped frequency 1610–23,120 ...... ¥61.3 23,120–23,600 ...... ¥41.3 or similar modulation types, measure- 23,600–24,000 ...... ¥61.3 ment of the ¥10 dB minimum band- 24,000–29,000 ...... ¥41.3 width specified in this paragraph shall Above 29,000 ...... —61.3 be made with the frequency hop or step function disabled and with the trans- (3) In addition to the radiated emis- mitter operating continuously at a fun- sion limits specified in the tables in damental frequency following the pro- paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this sec- visions of § 15.31(m). tion, transmitters operating under the (3) For systems operating in the provisions of this section shall not ex- 23.12–29.0 GHz band, the frequencies at ceed the following RMS average EIRP which the highest average emission limits when measured using a resolu- level and at which the highest peak tion bandwidth of no less than 1 kHz: level emission appear shall be greater EIRP in than 24.075 GHz. Frequency in MHz dBm (4) These devices shall operate only 1164–1240 ...... ¥85.3 when the vehicle is operating, e.g., the 1559–1610 ...... ¥85.3 engine is running. Operation shall occur only upon specific activation, (4) There is a limit on the peak level such as upon starting the vehicle, of the emissions contained within a 50 changing gears, or engaging a turn sig- MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- nal. The operation of these devices quency at which the highest radiated shall be related to the proper func- emission occurs and this 50 MHz band- tioning of the transportation vehicle, width must be contained within the e.g., collision avoidance. 16.2–17.7 GHz band or the 24.05–29.0 GHz (b) Emissions from a transmitter op- band, as appropriate. The peak EIRP erating under this section shall not ex- limit is 20 log (RBW/50) dBm where ceed the following equivalent RBW is the resolution bandwidth in isotropically radiated power (EIRP) MHz employed by the measurement in- density levels: strument. RBW shall not be lower than (1) For transmitters operating in the 1 MHz or greater than 50 MHz. Further, 16.2–17.7 GHz band, the RMS average RBW shall not be greater than the ¥10 radiated emissions above 960 MHz from dB bandwidth of the device under test. a device operating under the provisions For transmitters that employ fre- of this section shall not exceed the fol- quency hopping, stepped frequency or lowing EIRP limits based on measure- similar modulation types, measurements using a 1 MHz resolution band- ment of the ¥10 dB minimum bandwidth: width specified in this paragraph shall be made with the frequency hop or step EIRP in Frequency in MHz dBm function disabled and with the transmitter operating continuously at a fun- 960–1610 ...... ¥75.3 1610–16,200 ...... ¥61.3 damental frequency. The video band- 16,200–17,700 ...... ¥41.3 width of the measurement instrument

832

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00842 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.253

shall not be less than RBW. The limit sweeps with the analyzer set for max- on peak emissions applies to the 50 imum hold until the amplitude sta- MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- bilizes. quency at which the highest level radi- (2) The peak emission measurement ated emission occurs. If RBW is greater is to be repeated over multiple sweeps than 3 MHz, the application for certifi- with the analyzer set for maximum cation shall contain a detailed descrip- hold until the amplitude stabilizes. tion of the test procedure, the instru- (3) For transmitters that employ fre- mentation employed in the testing, and quency hopping, stepped frequency or the calibration of the test setup. similar modulation types, the peak (5) Radiated emissions at or below 960 emission level measurement, the meas- MHz shall not exceed the emission lev- urement of the RMS average emission els in § 15.209. levels, the measurement to determine (6) Emissions from digital circuitry the center frequency, and the measure- used to enable the operation of the ment to determine the frequency at transmitter may comply with the lim- which the highest level emission occurs its in § 15.209 provided it can be clearly shall be made with the frequency hop demonstrated that those emissions are or step function active. Gated signals due solely to emissions from digital may be measured with the gating ac- circuitry contained within the trans- tive. The provisions of § 15.31(c) con- mitter and the emissions are not in- tinue to apply to transmitters that em- tended to be radiated from the trans- ploy swept frequency modulation. mitter’s antenna. Emissions from asso- (4) The ¥10 dB bandwidth is based on ciated digital devices, as defined in measurement using a peak detector, a 1 § 15.3(k) , e.g., emissions from digital MHz resolution bandwidth, and a video circuitry used to control additional bandwidth greater than or equal to the functions or capabilities other than the resolution bandwidth. operation of the transmitter, are sub- (5) Alternative measurement proce- ject to the limits contained in subpart dures may be considered by the Com- B of this part. Emissions from these mission. digital circuits shall not be employed in determining the ¥10 dB bandwidth [70 FR 6775, Feb. 9, 2005] of the fundamental emission or the frequency at which the highest emission § 15.253 Operation within the bands 46.7–46.9 GHz and 76.0–77.0 GHz. level occurs. (c) Measurement procedures: (a) Operation within the bands 46.7– (1) All emissions at and below 960 46.9 GHz and 76.0–77.0 GHz is restricted MHz are based on measurements em- to vehicle-mounted field disturbance ploying a CISPR quasi-peak detector. sensors used as vehicle radar systems. Unless otherwise specified, all RMS av- The transmission of additional infor- erage emission levels specified in this mation, such as data, is permitted pro- section are to be measured utilizing a 1 vided the primary mode of operation is MHz resolution bandwidth with a one as a vehicle-mounted field disturbance millisecond dwell over each 1 MHz seg- sensor. Operation under the provisions ment. The frequency span of the ana- of this section is not permitted on air- lyzer should equal the number of sam- craft or satellites. pling bins times 1 MHz and the sweep (b) The radiated emission limits rate of the analyzer should equal the within the bands 46.7–46.9 GHz and 76.0– number of sampling bins times one 77.0 GHz are as follows: millisecond. The provision in § 15.35(c) (1) If the vehicle is not in motion, the that allows emissions to be averaged power density of any emission within over a 100 millisecond period does not the bands specified in this section shall apply to devices operating under this not exceed 200 nW/cm 2 at a distance of section. The video bandwidth of the 3 meters from the exterior surface of measurement instrument shall not be the radiating structure. less than the resolution bandwidth and (2) For forward-looking vehicle- trace averaging shall not be employed. mounted field disturbance sensors, if The RMS average emission measure- the vehicle is in motion the power den- ment is to be repeated over multiple sity of any emission within the bands

833

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00843 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.255 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

specified in this section shall not ex- 115% of rated input voltage, unless jus- ceed 60 μW/cm 2 at a distance of 3 me- tification is presented to demonstrate ters from the exterior surface of the ra- otherwise. diating structure. (f) Regardless of the power density (3) For side-looking or rear-looking levels permitted under this section, de- vehicle-mounted field disturbance sen- vices operating under the provisions of sors, if the vehicle is in motion the this section are subject to the radio- power density of any emission within frequency radiation exposure require- the bands specified in this section shall ments specified in §§ 1.1307(b), 2.1091 and not exceed 30 μW/cm 2 at a distance of 3 2.1093 of this chapter, as appropriate. meters from the exterior surface of the Applications for equipment authoriza- radiating structure. tion of devices operating under this (c) The power density of any emis- section must contain a statement con- sions outside the operating band shall firming compliance with these require- consist solely of spurious emissions ments for both fundamental emissions and shall not exceed the following: and unwanted emissions. Technical in- (1) Radiated emissions below 40 GHz formation showing the basis for this shall not exceed the general limits in statement must be submitted to the § 15.209. Commission upon request. (2) Radiated emissions outside the [61 FR 14503, Apr. 2, 1996, as amended at 61 operating band and between 40 GHz and FR 41018, Aug. 7, 1996; 63 FR 42279, Aug. 7, 200 GHz shall not exceed the following: 1998] (i) For vehicle-mounted field disturbance sensors operating in the band 46.7– § 15.255 Operation within the band 57– 46.9 GHz: 2 pW/cm2 at a distance of 3 64 GHz. meters from the exterior surface of the (a) Operation under the provisions of radiating structure. this section is not permitted for the (ii) For forward-looking vehicle- following products: mounted field disturbance sensors op- (1) Equipment used on aircraft or sat- erating in the band 76–77 GHz: 600 pW/ ellites. cm2 at a distance of 3 meters from the (2) Field disturbance sensors, includ- exterior surface of the radiating struc- ing vehicle radar systems, unless the ture. field disturbance sensors are employed (iii) For side-looking or rear-looking for fixed operation. For the purposes of vehicle-mounted field disturbance sen- this section, the reference to fixed op- sors operating in the band 76–77 GHz: eration includes field disturbance sen- 300 pW/cm2 at a distance of 3 meters sors installed in fixed equipment, even from the exterior surface of the radi- if the sensor itself moves within the ating structure. equipment. (3) For radiated emissions above 200 (b) Within the 57–64 GHz band, emis- GHz from field disturbance sensors op- sion levels shall not exceed the fol- erating in the 76–77 GHz band: the lowing: power density of any emission shall not (1) For products other than fixed field exceed 1000 pW/cm2 at a distance of 3 disturbance sensors, the average power meters from the exterior surface of the density of any emission, measured dur- radiating structure. ing the transmit interval, shall not ex- (4) For field disturbance sensors oper- ceed 9 μW/cm2, as measured 3 meters ating in the 76–77 GHz band, the spec- from the radiating structure, and the trum shall be investigated up to 231 peak power density of any emission GHz. shall not exceed 18 μW/cm2, as meas- (d) The provisions in § 15.35 limiting ured 3 meters from the radiating struc- peak emissions apply. ture. (e) Fundamental emissions must be (2) For fixed field disturbance sensors contained within the frequency bands that occupy 500 MHz or less of band- specified in this section during all con- width and that are contained wholly ditions of operation. Equipment is pre- within the frequency band 61.0–61.5 sumed to operate over the temperature GHz, the average power density of any range ¥20 to +50 degrees celsius with emission, measured during the trans- an input voltage variation of 85% to mit interval, shall not exceed 9 μW/cm2,

834

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00844 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.255

as measured 3 meters from the radi- pursuant to authorizations issued under part ating structure, and the peak power 5 of this chapter. density of any emission shall not ex- (e) Except as specified elsewhere in μ 2 ceed 18 W/cm , as measured 3 meters this paragraph (e), the total peak from the radiating structure. In addi- transmitter output power shall not ex- tion, the average power density of any ceed 500 mW. emission outside of the 61–61.5 GHz (1) Transmitters with an emission band, measured during the transmit interval, but still within the 57–64 GHz bandwidth of less than 100 MHz must band, shall not exceed 9 nW/cm2, as limit their peak transmitter output measured 3 meters from the radiating power to the product of 500 mW times structure, and the peak power density their emission bandwidth divided by of any emission shall not exceed 18 nW/ 100 MHz. For the purposes of this para- cm2, as measured three meters from graph (e)(1), emission bandwidth is de- the radiating structure. fined as the instantaneous frequency (3) For fixed field disturbance sensors range occupied by a steady state radi- other than those operating under the ated signal with modulation, outside provisions of paragraph (b)(2) of this which the radiated power spectral den- section, the peak transmitter output sity never exceeds 6 dB below the max- power shall not exceed 0.1 mW and the imum radiated power spectral density peak power density shall not exceed 9 in the band, as measured with a 100 kHz nW/cm2 at a distance of 3 meters. resolution bandwidth spectrum ana- (4) Peak power density shall be meas- lyzer. The center frequency must be ured with an RF detector that has a de- stationary during the measurement in- tection bandwidth that encompasses terval, even if not stationary during the 57–64 GHz band and has a video normal operation (e.g. for frequency bandwidth of at least 10 MHz, or using hopping devices). an equivalent measurement method. (2) Peak transmitter output power (5) The average emission levels shall shall be measured with an RF detector be calculated, based on the measured that has a detection bandwidth that peak levels, over the actual time pe- encompasses the 57–64 GHz band and riod during which transmission occurs. that has a video bandwidth of at least (c) Limits on spurious emissions: 10 MHz, or using an equivalent meas- (1) The power density of any emis- urement method. sions outside the 57–64 GHz band shall (3) For purposes of demonstrating consist solely of spurious emissions. compliance with this paragraph (e), (2) Radiated emissions below 40 GHz corrections to the transmitter output shall not exceed the general limits in power may be made due to the antenna § 15.209. and circuit loss. (3) Between 40 GHz and 200 GHz, the level of these emissions shall not ex- (f) Fundamental emissions must be ceed 90 pW/cm2 at a distance of 3 me- contained within the frequency bands ters. specified in this section during all con- (4) The levels of the spurious emis- ditions of operation. Equipment is pre- sions shall not exceed the level of the sumed to operate over the temperature fundamental emission. range ¥20 to +50 degrees celsius with (d) Only spurious emissions and an input voltage variation of 85% to transmissions related to a publicly-ac- 115% of rated input voltage, unless jus- cessible coordination channel, whose tification is presented to demonstrate purpose is to coordinate operation be- otherwise. tween diverse transmitters with a view (g) Regardless of the power density towards reducing the probability of in- levels permitted under this section, de- terference throughout the 57–64 GHz vices operating under the provisions of band, are permitted in the 57–57.05 GHz this section are subject to the radio- band. frequency radiation exposure requirements specified in §§ 1.1307(b), 2.1091 and NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (d): The 57–57.05 GHz is reserved exclusively for a publicly-accessible 2.1093 of this chapter, as appropriate. coordination channel. The development of Applications for equipment authoriza- standards for this channel shall be performed tion of devices operating under this

835

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00845 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.257 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

section must contain a statement con- formation to assist in contacting the firming compliance with these require- operator. ments for both fundamental emissions [63 FR 42279, Aug. 7, 1998, as amended at 66 and unwanted emissions. Technical in- FR 7409, Jan. 23, 2001; 68 FR 68547, Dec. 9, formation showing the basis for this 2003] statement must be submitted to the Commission upon request. § 15.257 Operation within the band 92– 95 GHz. (h) Any transmitter that has received the necessary FCC equipment author- (a) Operation of devices under the ization under the rules of this chapter provisions of this section is limited to may be mounted in a group installa- indoor use; tion for simultaneous operation with (1) Devices operating under the provi- one or more other transmitter(s) that sions of this section, by the nature of their design, must be capable of oper- have received the necessary FCC equip- ation only indoors. The necessity to ment authorization, without any addi- operate with a fixed indoor infrastruc- tional equipment authorization. How- ture, e.g., a transmitter that must be ever, no transmitter operating under connected to the AC power lines, may the provisions of this section may be be considered sufficient to demonstrate equipped with external phase-locking this. inputs that permit beam-forming ar- (2) The use of outdoor mounted an- rays to be realized. tennas, e.g., antennas mounted on the (i) For all transmissions that ema- outside of a building or on a telephone nate from inside of a building, within pole, or any other outdoors infrastruc- any one second interval of signal trans- ture is prohibited. mission, each transmitter with a peak (3) The emissions from equipment op- output power equal to or greater than erated under this section shall not be 0.1 mW or a peak power density equal intentionally directed outside of the to or greater than 3 nW/cm2, as meas- building in which the equipment is lo- ured 3 meters from the radiating struc- cated, such as through a window or a ture, must transmit a transmitter doorway. identification at least once. Each ap- (4) Devices operating under the provi- plication for equipment authorization sions of this section shall bear the fol- for equipment that will be used inside lowing or similar statement in a conspicuous location on the device or in of a building must declare that the the instruction manual supplied with equipment contains the required trans- the device: ‘‘This equipment may only mitter identification feature and must be operated indoors. Operation out- specify a method whereby interested doors is in violation of 47 U.S.C. 301 and parties can obtain sufficient informa- could subject the operator to serious tion, at no cost, to enable them to fully legal penalties.’’ detect and decode this transmitter (b) Operation under the provisions of identification information. Upon the this section is not permitted on air- completion of decoding, the trans- craft or satellites. mitter identification data block must (c) Within the 92–95 GHz bands, the provide the following fields: emission levels shall not exceed the (1) FCC Identifier, which shall be pro- following: grammed at the factory. (1) The average power density of any (2) Manufacturer’s serial number, emission, measured during the trans- which shall be programmed at the fac- mit interval, shall not exceed 9 uW/sq. tory. cm, as measured at 3 meters from the (3) Provision for at least 24 bytes of radiating structure, and the peak data relevant to the specific device, power density of any emission shall not exceed 18 uW/sq. cm, as measured 3 me- which shall be field programmable. The ters from the radiating structure. grantee must implement a method that (2) Peak power density shall be meas- makes it possible for users to specify ured with an RF detector that has a de- and update this data. The rec- tection bandwidth that encompasses ommended content of this field is in- the band being used and has a video

836

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00846 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.303

bandwidth of at least 10 MHz, or uses the provisions of this section may be an equivalent measurement method. equipped with external phase-locking (3) The average emission limits shall inputs that permit beam-forming ar- be calculated based on the measured rays to be realized. peak levels, over the actual time pe- [69 FR 3265, Jan. 23, 2004] riod during which transmission occurs. (d) Limits on spurious emissions: (1) The power density of any emis- Subpart D—Unlicensed Personal sions outside the band being used shall Communications Service Devices consist solely of spurious emissions. (2) Radiated emissions below 40 GHz SOURCE: 58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993, unless shall not exceed the general limits in otherwise noted. § 15.209. (3) Between 40 GHz and 200 GHz, the § 15.301 Scope. level of these emissions shall not ex- This subpart sets out the regulations ceed 90 pW/cm 2 at a distance of 3 me- for unlicensed personal communica- ters. tions services (PCS) devices operating (4) The levels of the spurious emis- in the 1920–1930 MHz band. sions shall not exceed the level of the fundamental emission. [69 FR 77949, Dec. 29, 2004] (e) The total peak transmitter output § 15.303 Definitions. power shall not exceed 500 mW. (f) Fundamental emissions must be (a) Asynchronous devices. Devices that contained within the frequency bands transmit RF energy at irregular time specified in this section during all con- intervals, as typified by local area net- ditions of operation. Equipment is pre- work data systems. sumed to operate over the temperature (b) Coordinatable PCS device. PCS de- range ¥20 to +50 degrees Celsius with vices whose geographical area of oper- an input voltage variation of 85% to ation is sufficiently controlled either 115% of rated input voltage, unless jus- by necessity of operation with a fixed tification is presented to demonstrate infrastructure or by disabling mecha- otherwise. nisms to allow adequate coordination (g) Regardless of the maximum EIRP of their locations relative to incum- and maximum power density levels bent fixed microwave facilities. permitted under this section, devices (c) Emission bandwidth. For purposes operating under the provisions of this of this subpart the emission bandwidth section are subject to the radio- shall be determined by measuring the frequency radiation exposure require- width of the signal between two points, ments specified in 47 CFR 1.1307(b), one below the carrier center frequency 2.1091, and 2.1093, as appropriate. Appli- and one above the carrier center fre- cations for equipment authorization of quency, that are 26 dB down relative to devices operating under this section the maximum level of the modulated must contain a statement confirming carrier. Compliance with the emissions compliance with these requirements limits is based on the use of measure- for both fundamental emissions and ment instrumentation employing a unwanted emissions. Technical infor- peak detector function with an instru- mation showing the basis for this ment resolutions bandwidth approxi- statement must be submitted to the mately equal to 1.0 percent of the emis- Commission upon request. sion bandwidth of the device under (h) Any transmitter that has received measurement. the necessary FCC equipment author- (d) Isochronous devices. Devices that ization under the rules of this chapter transmit at a regular interval, typified may be mounted in a group installa- by time-division voice systems. tion for simultaneous operation with (e) Noncoordinatable PCS device. A one or more other transmitter(s) that PCS device that is capable of randomly have received the necessary FCC equip- roaming and operating in geographic ment authorization, without any addi- areas containing incumbent microwave tional equipment authorization. How- facilities such that operation of the ever, no transmitter operating under PCS device will potentially cause

837

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00847 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.305 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

harmful interference to the incumbent vate Operational-Fixed Microwave microwave facilities. Service (OFS) operating under part 101 (f) Peak transmit power. The peak of this chapter to unlicensed PCS oper- power output as measured over an in- ations, terval of time equal to the frame rate (b) Each application for certification or transmission burst of the device of equipment operating under the pro- under all conditions of modulation. visions of this subpart must be accom- Usually this parameter is measured as panied by an affidavit from UTAM, Inc. a conducted emission by direct connec- certifying that the applicant is a par- tion of a calibrated test instrument to ticipating member of UTAM, Inc. In the equipment under test. If the device the event a grantee fails to fulfill the cannot be connected directly, alter- obligations attendant to participation native techniques acceptable to the in UTAM, Inc., the Commission may Commission may be used. invoke administrative sanctions as (g) Personal Communications Services necessary to preclude continued mar- (PCS) Devices [Unlicensed]. Intentional keting and installation of devices cov- radiators operating in the frequency ered by the grant of certification, in- band 1920–1930 MHz that provide a wide cluding but not limited to revoking array of mobile and ancillary fixed certification. communication services to individuals (c) An application for certification of and businesses. a PCS device that is deemed by UTAM, (h) Spectrum window. An amount of Inc. to be noncoordinatable will not be spectrum equal to the intended emis- accepted until the Commission an- sion bandwidth in which operation is nounces that a need for coordination desired. no longer exists. (i) Sub-band. For purposes of this subpart the term sub-band refers to the (d) A coordinatable PCS device is re- spectrum allocated for isochronous or quired to incorporate means that en- asynchronous transmission. sure that it cannot be activated until (j) Thermal noise power. The noise its location has been coordinated by power in watts defined by the formula UTAM, Inc. The application for certifi- N=kTB where N is the noise power in cation shall contain an explanation of watts, K is Boltzmann’s constant, T is all measures taken to prevent unau- the absolute temperature in degrees thorized operation. This explanation Kelvin (e.g., 295 °K) and B is the emis- shall include all procedural safeguards, sion bandwidth of the device in hertz. such as the mandatory use of licensed (k) Time window. An interval of time technicians to install the equipment, in which transmission is desired. and a complete description of all technical features controlling activation of [58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993, as amended at 59 the device. FR 32852, June 24, 1994; 60 FR 13073, Mar. 10, 1995; 69 FR 62620, Oct. 27, 2004; 69 FR 77949, (e) A coordinatable PCS device shall Dec. 29, 2004] incorporate an automatic mechanism for disabling operation in the event it § 15.305 Equipment authorization re- is moved outside the geographic area quirement. where its operation has been coordi- PCS devices operating under this nated by UTAM, Inc. The application subpart shall be certified by the Com- for certification shall contain a full de- mission under the procedures in sub- scription of the safeguards against un- part J of part 2 of this chapter before authorized relocation and must satisfy marketing. The application for certifi- the Commission that the safeguards cation must contain sufficient infor- cannot be easily defeated. mation to demonstrate compliance (f) At such time as the Commission with the requirements of this subpart. deems that the need for coordination between unlicensed PCS operations and § 15.307 Coordination with fixed existing Part 101 Private Operational- microwave service. Fixed Microwave Services ceases to (a) UTAM, Inc. is designated to co- exist, the disabling mechanism re- ordinate and manage the transition of quired by paragraph (e) of this section the 1910–1930 MHz band from the Pri- will no longer be required.

838

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00848 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.319

(g) Operations under the provisions of part D. If no guidance is provided, the this subpart are required to protect measurement procedure must be in ac- systems in the Private Operational- cordance with good engineering prac- Fixed Microwave Service operating tice. within the 1850–1990 MHz band until the dates and conditions specified in § 15.315 Conducted limits. §§ 101.69 through 101.73 of this chapter An unlicensed PCS device that is de- for termination of primary status. In- signed to be connected to the public terference protection is not required utility (AC) power line must meet the for part 101 stations in this band li- limits specified in § 15.207. censed on a secondary basis. (h) The operator of a PCS device that § 15.317 Antenna requirement. is relocated from the coordinated area An unlicensed PCS device must meet specified by UTAM, Inc., must cease the antenna requirement of § 15.203. operating the device until coordination for the new location is verified by § 15.319 General technical require- UTAM, Inc. ments. [58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993, as amended at 59 (a) [Reserved] FR 32852, June 24, 1994; 60 FR 27425, May 24, (b) All transmissions must use only 1995; 61 FR 29689, June 12, 1996] digital modulation techniques. (c) Peak transmit power shall not ex- § 15.309 Cross reference. ceed 100 microwatts multiplied by the (a) The provisions of subpart A of square root of the emission bandwidth this part apply to unlicensed PCS de- in hertz. Peak transmit power must be vices, except where specific provisions measured over any interval of contin- are contained in subpart D. uous transmission using instrumenta- (b) The requirements of subpart D tion calibrated in terms of an rms- apply only to the radio transmitter equivalent voltage. The measurement contained in the PCS device. Other as- results shall be properly adjusted for pects of the operation of a PCS device any instrument limitations, such as de- may be subject to requirements con- tector response times, limited resolu- tained elsewhere in this chapter. In tion bandwidth capability when com- particular, a PCS device that includes pared to the emission bandwidth, sensi- digital circuitry not directly associ- tivity, etc., so as to obtain a true peak ated with the radio transmitter also is measurement for the emission in ques- subject to the requirements for unin- tion over the full bandwidth of the tentional radiators in subpart B. channel. (d) Power spectral density shall not § 15.311 Labeling requirements. exceed 3 milliwatts in any 3 kHz band- In addition to the labeling require- width as measured with a spectrum an- ments of § 15.19(a)(3), all devices oper- alyzer having a resolution bandwidth ating in the frequency band 1920–1930 of 3 kHz. MHz authorized under this subpart (e) The peak transmit power shall be must bear a prominently located label reduced by the amount in decibels that with the following statement: the maximum directional gain of the Installation of this equipment is sub- antenna exceeds 3 dBi. ject to notification and coordination (f) The device shall automatically with UTAM, Inc. Any relocation of this discontinue transmission in case of ei- equipment must be coordinated ther absence of information to trans- through, and approved by UTAM. mit or operational failure. The provi- UTAM may be contacted at 1–800–429– sions in this section are not intended 8826. to preclude transmission of control and signaling information or use of repet- [69 FR 62620, Oct. 27, 2004] itive codes used by certain digital tech- nologies to complete frame or burst in- § 15.313 Measurement procedures. tervals. Measurements must be made in ac- (g) Notwithstanding other technical cordance with subpart A, except where requirements specified in this subpart, specific procedures are specified in sub- attenuation of emissions below the

839

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00849 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.321 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

general emission limits in § 15.209 is not alent to the emission bandwidth used required. by the device. (h) Where there is a transition be- (3) If no signal above the threshold tween limits, the tighter limit shall level is detected, transmission may apply at the transition point. commence and continue with the same (i) Unlicensed PCS devices are sub- emission bandwidth in the monitored ject to the radiofrequency radiation ex- time and spectrum windows without posure requirements specified in further monitoring. However, occupa- §§ 1.1307(b), 2.1091 and 2.1093 of this tion of the same combined time and chapter, as appropriate. All equipment spectrum windows by a device or group shall be considered to operate in a of cooperating devices continuously ‘‘general population/uncontrolled’’ en- over a period of time longer than 8 vironment. Applications for equipment hours is not permitted without repeat- authorization of devices operating ing the access criteria. under this section must contain a (4) Once access to specific combined statement confirming compliance with time and spectrum windows is obtained these requirements for both funda- an acknowledgment from a system par- mental emissions and unwanted emis- ticipant must be received by the initi- sions. Technical information showing ating transmitter within one second or the basis for this statement must be transmission must cease. Periodic ac- submitted to the Commission upon re- knowledgments must be received at quest. least every 30 seconds or transmission [58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993, as amended at 59 must cease. Channels used exclusively FR 32852, June 24, 1994; 59 FR 40835, Aug. 10, for control and signaling information 1994; 60 FR 13073, Mar. 10, 1995; 61 FR 41018, may transmit continuously for 30 sec- Aug. 7, 1996; 69 FR 62621, Oct. 27, 2004; 69 FR onds without receiving an acknowledg- 77949, Dec. 29, 2004] ment, at which time the access criteria § 15.321 [Reserved] must be repeated. (5) If access to spectrum is not avail- § 15.323 Specific requirements for de- able as determined by the above, and a vices operating in the 1920–1930 minimum of 40 duplex system access MHz sub-band. channels are defined for the system, (a) Operation shall be contained the time and spectrum windows with within the 1920–1930 MHz band. The the lowest power level below a moni- emission bandwidth shall be less then toring threshold of 50 dB above the 2.5 MHz. The power level shall be as thermal noise power determined for the specified in § 15.319(c), but in no event emission bandwidth may be accessed. A shall the emission bandwidth be less device utilizing the provisions of this than 50 kHz. paragraph must have monitored all ac- (b) [Reserved] cess channels defined for its system (c) Devices must incorporate a mech- within the last 10 seconds and must anism for monitoring the time and verify, within the 20 milliseconds (40 spectrum windows that its trans- milliseconds for devices designed to use mission is intended to occupy. The fol- a 20 milliseconds frame period) imme- lowing criteria must be met: diately preceding actual channel access (1) Immediately prior to initiating that the detected power of the selected transmission, devices must monitor time and spectrum windows is no high- the combined time and spectrum win- er than the previously detected value. dows in which they intend to transmit The power measurement resolution for for a period of at least 10 milliseconds this comparison must be accurate to for systems designed to use a 10 milli- within 6 dB. No device or group of co- seconds or shorter frame period or at operating devices located within 1 least 20 milliseconds for systems de- meter of each other shall during any signed to use a 20 milliseconds frame frame period occupy more than 6 MHz period. of aggregate bandwidth, or alter- (2) The monitoring threshold must natively, more than one third of the not be more than 30 dB above the ther- time and spectrum windows defined by mal noise power for a bandwidth equiv- the system.

840

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00850 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.323

(6) If the selected combined time and may monitor the portions of the time spectrum windows are unavailable, the and spectrum windows in which they device may either monitor and select intend to receive over a period of at different windows or seek to use the least 10 milliseconds. The monitored same windows after waiting an amount time and spectrum window must total of time, randomly chosen from a uni- at least 50 percent of the 10 millisecond form random distribution between 10 frame interval and the monitored spec- and 150 milliseconds, commencing trum must be within 1.25 MHz of the when the channel becomes available. center frequency of channel(s) already (7) The monitoring system bandwidth occupied by that device or co-located must be equal to or greater than the co-operating devices. If the access cri- emission bandwidth of the intended teria is met for the intended receive transmission and have a maximum re- time and spectrum window under the action time less than 50xSQRT (1.25/ above conditions, then transmission in emission bandwidth in MHz) microsec- the intended transmit window by the onds for signals at the applicable initiating device may commence. threshold level but shall not be re- (12) The provisions of (c)(10) or (c)(11) quired to be less than 50 microseconds. of this section shall not be used to ex- If a signal is detected that is 6 dB or tend the range of spectrum occupied more above the applicable threshold over space or time for the purpose of level, the maximum reaction time denying fair access to spectrum to shall be 35xSQRT (1.25/emission band- other devices. width in MHz) microseconds but shall not be required to be less than 35 (d) Emissions outside the sub-band microseconds. shall be attenuated below a reference (8) The monitoring system shall use power of 112 milliwatts as follows: 30 the same antenna used for trans- dB between the sub-band and 1.25 MHz mission, or an antenna that yields above or below the sub-band; 50 dB be- equivalent reception at that location. tween 1.25 and 2.5 MHz above or below (9) Devices that have a power output the sub-band; and 60 dB at 2.5 MHz or lower than the maximum permitted greater above or below the sub-band. under this subpart may increase their Emissions inside the sub-band must monitoring detection threshold by one comply with the following emission decibel for each one decibel that the mask: In the bands between 1B and 2B transmitter power is below the max- measured from the center of the emis- imum permitted. sion bandwidth the total power emitted (10) An initiating device may attempt by the device shall be at least 30 dB to establish a duplex connection by below the transmit power permitted for monitoring both its intended transmit that device; in the bands between 2B and receive time and spectrum win- and 3B measured from the center of the dows. If both the intended transmit emission bandwidth the total power and receive time and spectrum win- emitted by an intentional radiator dows meet the access criteria, then the shall be at least 50 dB below the trans- initiating device can initiate a transmit power permitted for that radiator; mission in the intended transmit time in the bands between 3B and the sub- and spectrum window. If the power de- band edge the total power emitted by tected by the responding device can be an intentional radiator in the measure- decoded as a duplex connection signal ment bandwidth shall be at least 60 dB from the initiating device, then the re- below the transmit power permitted for sponding device may immediately that radiator. ‘‘B’’ is defined as the begin transmitting on the receive time emission bandwidth of the device in and spectrum window monitored by the hertz. Compliance with the emission initiating device. limits is based on the use of measure- (11) An initiating device that is pre- ment instrumentation employing peak vented from monitoring during its in- detector function with an instrument tended transmit window due to moni- resolution bandwidth approximately toring system blocking from the trans- equal to 1.0 percent of the emission missions of a co-located (within one bandwidth of the device under meas- meter) transmitter of the same system, urement.

841

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00851 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.401 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(e) The frame period (a set of con- Subpart E—Unlicensed National secutive time slots in which the posi- Information Infrastructure Devices tion of each time slot can be identified by reference to a synchronizing source) § 15.401 Scope. of an intentional radiator operating in This subpart sets out the regulations these sub-bands shall be 20 milliseconds for unlicensed National Information In- or 10 milliseconds/X where X is a posi- frastructure (U-NII) devices operating tive whole number. Each device that in the 5.15–5.35 GHz, 5.47–5.725 GHz and implements time division for the pur- 5.725–5.825 GHz bands. poses of maintaining a duplex connec- [69 FR 2686, Jan. 20, 2004] tion on a given frequency carrier shall maintain a frame repetition rate with § 15.403 Definitions. a frequency stability of at least 50 (a) Access Point (AP). A U-NII trans- parts per million (ppm). Each device ceiver that operates either as a bridge which further divides access in time in in a peer-to-peer connection or as a order to support multiple communica- connector between the wired and wire- tion links on a given frequency carrier less segments of the network. shall maintain a frame repetition rate (b) Available Channel. A radio channel with a frequency stability of at least 10 on which a Channel Availability Check ppm. The jitter (time-related, abrupt, has not identified the presence of a spurious variations in the duration of radar. the frame interval) introduced at the (c) Average Symbol Envelope Power. two ends of such a communication link The average symbol envelope power is shall not exceed 25 microseconds for the average, taken over all symbols in any two consecutive transmissions. the signaling alphabet, of the envelope Transmissions shall be continuous in power for each symbol. every time and spectrum window dur- (d) Channel Availability Check. A ing the frame period defined for the de- check during which the U-NII device vice. listens on a particular radio channel to (f) The frequency stability of the car- identify whether there is a radar oper- rier frequency of the intentional radiating on that radio channel. ator shall be maintained within ±10 (e) Channel Move Time. The time needed by a U-NII device to cease all ppm over 1 hour or the interval be- transmissions on the current channel tween channel access monitoring, upon detection of a radar signal above whichever is shorter. The frequency the DFS detection threshold. stability shall be maintained over a (f) Digital modulation. The process by ¥ ° ° temperature variation of 20 to +50 C which the characteristics of a carrier at normal supply voltage, and over a wave are varied among a set of pre- variation in the primary supply volt- determined discrete values in accord- age of 85 percent to 115 percent of the ance with a digital modulating func- rated supply voltage at a temperature tion as specified in document ANSI of 20 °C. For equipment that is capable C63.17–1998. only of operating from a battery, the (g) Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) frequency stability tests shall be per- is a mechanism that dynamically de- formed using a new battery without tects signals from other systems and any further requirement to vary supply avoids co-channel operation with these voltage. systems, notably radar systems. (h) DFS Detection Threshold. The re- [58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993; 59 FR 15269, Mar. 31, quired detection level defined by de- 1994. Redesignated at 59 FR 32852, June 24, tecting a received signal strength 1994, as amended at 59 FR 32853, June 24, 1994; (RSS) that is greater than a threshold 59 FR 40835, Aug. 10, 1994; 59 FR 55373, Nov. 7, 1994; 60 FR 3303, Jan. 13, 1995; 69 FR 62621, specified, within the U-NII device chan- Oct. 27, 2004] nel bandwidth. (i) Emission bandwidth. For purposes of this subpart the emission bandwidth shall be determined by measuring the width of the signal between two points,

842

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00852 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.407

one below the carrier center frequency (p) Pulse. A pulse is a continuous and one above the carrier center fre- transmission of a sequence of modula- quency, that are 26 dB down relative to tion symbols, during which the average the maximum level of the modulated symbol envelope power is constant. carrier. Determination of the emissions (q) RLAN. Radio Local Area Network. bandwidth is based on the use of meas- (r) Transmit Power Control (TPC). A urement instrumentation employing a feature that enables a U-NII device to peak detector function with an instru- dynamically switch between several ment resolution bandwidth approxi- transmission power levels in the data mately equal to 1.0 percent of the emis- transmission process. sion bandwidth of the device under (s) U-NII devices. Intentional radi- measurement. ators operating in the frequency bands (j) In-Service Monitoring. A mecha- 5.15–5.35 GHz and 5.470–5.825 GHz that nism to check a channel in use by the use wideband digital modulation tech- U-NII device for the presence of a niques and provide a wide array of high radar. data rate mobile and fixed communica- (k) Non-Occupancy Period. The re- tions for individuals, businesses, and quired period in which, once a channel institutions. has been recognized as containing a [69 FR 2687, Jan. 20, 2004, as amended at 69 radar signal by a U-NII device, the FR 54036, Sept. 7, 2004] channel will not be selected as an available channel. § 15.405 Cross reference. (l) Operating Channel. Once a U-NII (a) The provisions of subparts A, B, device starts to operate on an Avail- and C of this part apply to unlicensed able Channel then that channel be- U-NII devices, except where specific comes the Operating Channel. provisions are contained in subpart E. (m) Peak Power Spectral Density. The Manufacturers should note that this peak power spectral density is the includes the provisions of §§ 15.203 and maximum power spectral density, 15.205. within the specified measurement (b) The requirements of subpart E bandwidth, within the U-NII device op- apply only to the radio transmitter erating band. contained in the U-NII device. Other (n) Maximum Conducted Output Power. aspects of the operation of a U-NII de- The total transmit power delivered to vice may be subject to requirements all antennas and antenna elements contained elsewhere in this chapter. In averaged across all symbols in the sig- particular, a U-NII device that includes naling alphabet when the transmitter digital circuitry not directly associ- is operating at its maximum power ated with the radio transmitter also is control level. Power must be summed subject to the requirements for unin- across all antennas and antenna ele- tentional radiators in subpart B. ments. The average must not include any time intervals during which the [63 FR 40835, July 31, 1998] transmitter is off or is transmitting at a reduced power level. If multiple § 15.407 General technical require- modes of operation are possible (e.g., ments. alternative modulation methods), the (a) Power limits: maximum conducted output power is the (1) For the band 5.15–5.25 GHz, the highest total transmit power occurring maximum conducted output power over in any mode. the frequency band of operation shall (o) Power Spectral Density. The power not exceed the lesser of 50 mW or 4 spectral density is the total energy dBm + 10 log B, where B is the 26–dB output per unit bandwidth from a pulse emission bandwidth in MHz. In addi- or sequence of pulses for which the tion, the peak power spectral density transmit power is at its peak or max- shall not exceed 4 dBm in any 1–MHz imum level, divided by the total dura- band. If transmitting antennas of dition of the pulses. This total time does rectional gain greater than 6 dBi are not include the time between pulses used, both the maximum conducted during which the transmit power is off output power and the peak power spec- or below its maximum level. tral density shall be reduced by the

843

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00853 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.407 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

amount in dB that the directional gain NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(3): The Commission of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. strongly recommends that parties employing (2) For the 5.25–5.35 GHz and 5.47–5.725 U-NII devices to provide critical communications services should determine if there are GHz bands, the maximum conducted any nearby Government radar systems that output power over the frequency bands could affect their operation. of operation shall not exceed the lesser of 250 mW or 11 dBm + 10 log B, where (4) The maximum conducted output B is the 26 dB emission bandwidth in power must be measured over any in- megahertz. In addition, the peak power terval of continuous transmission spectral density shall not exceed 11 using instrumentation calibrated in dBm in any 1 megahertz band. If trans- terms of an rms-equivalent voltage. mitting antennas of directional gain The measurement results shall be prop- greater than 6 dBi are used, both the erly adjusted for any instrument limi- maximum conducted output power and tations, such as detector response the peak power spectral density shall times, limited resolution bandwidth be reduced by the amount in dB that capability when compared to the emis- the directional gain of the antenna ex- sion bandwidth, sensitivity, etc., so as ceeds 6 dBi. to obtain a true peak measurement (3) For the band 5.725–5.825 GHz, the conforming to the above definitions for maximum conducted output power over the emission in question. the frequency band of operation shall (5) The peak power spectral density is not exceed the lesser of 1 W or 17 dBm measured as a conducted emission by + 10 log B, where B is the 26-dB emis- direct connection of a calibrated test sion bandwidth in MHz. In addition, instrument to the equipment under the peak power spectral density shall test. If the device cannot be connected not exceed 17 dBm in any 1–MHz band. directly, alternative techniques accept- If transmitting antennas of directional able to the Commission may be used. gain greater than 6 dBi are used, both Measurements are made over a band- the maximum conducted output power width of 1 MHz or the 26 dB emission and the peak power spectral density bandwidth of the device, whichever is shall be reduced by the amount in dB less. A resolution bandwidth less than that the directional gain of the an- the measurement bandwidth can be tenna exceeds 6 dBi. However, fixed used, provided that the measured point-to-point U-NII devices operating power is integrated to show total in this band may employ transmitting power over the measurement band- antennas with directional gain up to 23 width. If the resolution bandwidth is dBi without any corresponding reduc- approximately equal to the measure- tion in the transmitter peak output ment bandwidth, and much less than power or peak power spectral density. the emission bandwidth of the equip- For fixed, point-to-point U-NII trans- ment under test, the measured results mitters that employ a directional an- shall be corrected to account for any tenna gain greater than 23 dBi, a 1 dB difference between the resolution band- reduction in peak transmitter power width of the test instrument and its ac- and peak power spectral density for tual noise bandwidth. each 1 dB of antenna gain in excess of (6) The ratio of the peak excursion of 23 dBi would be required. Fixed, point- the modulation envelope (measured to-point operations exclude the use of using a peak hold function) to the max- point-to-multipoint systems, imum conducted output power (meas- omnidirectional applications, and mul- ured as specified above) shall not ex- tiple collocated transmitters transmit- ceed 13 dB across any 1 MHz bandwidth ting the same information. The oper- or the emission bandwidth whichever is ator of the U-NII device, or if the less. equipment is professionally installed, (b) Undesirable emission limits: Except the installer, is responsible for ensur- as shown in paragraph (b)(6) of this sec- ing that systems employing high gain tion, the peak emissions outside of the directional antennas are used exclu- frequency bands of operation shall be sively for fixed, point-to-point oper- attenuated in accordance with the fol- ations. lowing limits:

844

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00854 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.407

(1) For transmitters operating in the codes used by certain digital tech- 5.15–5.25 GHz band: all emissions out- nologies to complete frame or burst inside of the 5.15–5.35 GHz band shall not tervals. Applicants shall include in exceed an EIRP of –27 dBm/MHz. their application for equipment au- (2) For transmitters operating in the thorization a description of how this 5.25–5.35 GHz band: all emissions out- requirement is met. side of the 5.15–5.35 GHz band shall not (d) [Reserved] exceed an EIRP of –27 dBm/MHz. De- (e) Within the 5.15–5.25 GHz band, U- vices operating in the 5.25–5.35 GHz NII devices will be restricted to indoor band that generate emissions in the operations to reduce any potential for 5.15–5.25 GHz band must meet all appli- harmful interference to co-channel cable technical requirements for oper- MSS operations. ation in the 5.15–5.25 GHz band (includ- (f) U-NII devices are subject to the ing indoor use) or alternatively meet radio frequency radiation exposure re- an out-of-band emission EIRP limit of quirements specified in § 1.1307(b), –27 dBm/MHz in the 5.15–5.25 GHz band. § 2.1091 and § 2.1093 of this chapter, as (3) For transmitters operating in the appropriate. All equipment shall be 5.47–5.725 GHz band: all emissions out- considered to operate in a ‘‘general side of the 5.47–5.725 GHz band shall not population/uncontrolled’’ environment. exceed an EIRP of ¥27 dBm/MHz. Applications for equipment authoriza- (4) For transmitters operating in the tion of devices operating under this 5.725–5.825 GHz band: all emissions section must contain a statement con- within the frequency range from the firming compliance with these require- band edge to 10 MHz above or below the ments for both fundamental emissions band edge shall not exceed an EIRP of and unwanted emissions. Technical in- –17 dBm/MHz; for frequencies 10 MHz or formation showing the basis for this greater above or below the band edge, statement must be submitted to the emissions shall not exceed an EIRP of Commission upon request. –27 dBm/MHz. (5) The emission measurements shall (g) Manufacturers of U-NII devices be performed using a minimum resolu- are responsible for ensuring frequency tion bandwidth of 1 MHz. A lower reso- stability such that an emission is lution bandwidth may be employed maintained within the band of oper- near the band edge, when necessary, ation under all conditions of normal provided the measured energy is inte- operation as specified in the users man- grated to show the total power over 1 ual. MHz. (h) Transmit Power Control (TPC) (6) Unwanted emissions below 1 GHz and Dynamic Frequency Selection must comply with the general field (DFS). strength limits set forth in § 15.209. (1) Transmit power control (TPC). U- Further, any U-NII devices using an AC NII devices operating in the 5.25–5.35 power line are required to comply also GHz band and the 5.47–5.725 GHz band with the conducted limits set forth in shall employ a TPC mechanism. The U- § 15.207. NII device is required to have the capa- (7) The provisions of § 15.205 apply to bility to operate at least 6 dB below intentional radiators operating under the mean EIRP value of 30 dBm. A TPC this section. mechanism is not required for systems (8) When measuring the emission lim- with an e.i.r.p. of less than 500 mW. its, the nominal carrier frequency shall (2) Radar Detection Function of Dy- be adjusted as close to the upper and namic Frequency Selection (DFS). U- lower frequency block edges as the de- NII devices operating in the 5.25–5.35 sign of the equipment permits. GHz and 5.47–5.725 GHz bands shall em- (c) The device shall automatically ploy a DFS radar detection mechanism discontinue transmission in case of ei- to detect the presence of radar systems ther absence of information to trans- and to avoid co-channel operation with mit or operational failure. These provi- radar systems. The minimum DFS de- sions are not intended to preclude the tection threshold for devices with a transmission of control or signalling maximum e.i.r.p. of 200 mW to 1 W is information or the use of repetitive ¥64 dBm. For devices that operate

845

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00855 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.501 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

with less than 200 mW e.i.r.p. the min- § 15.501 Scope. ¥ imum detection threshold is 62 dBm. This subpart sets out the regulations The detection threshold is the received for unlicensed ultra-wideband trans- power averaged over 1 microsecond ref- mission systems. erenced to a 0 dBi antenna. The DFS process shall be required to provide a § 15.503 Definitions. uniform spreading of the loading over (a) UWB bandwidth. For the purpose all the available channels. of this subpart, the UWB bandwidth is (i) Operational Modes. The DFS re- the frequency band bounded by the quirement applies to the following points that are 10 dB below the highest operational modes: radiated emission, as based on the com- (A) The requirement for channel plete transmission system including availability check time applies in the the antenna. The upper boundary is master operational mode. designated fH and the lower boundary is (B) The requirement for channel designated fL. The frequency at which move time applies in both the master the highest radiated emission occurs is and slave operational modes. designated fM. (b) Center frequency. The center fre- (ii) Channel Availability Check Time. quency, fC, equals (fH + fL)/2. A U-NII device shall check if there is a (c) Fractional bandwidth. The frac- radar system already operating on the tional bandwidth equals 2(f ¥f )/ (f + channel before it can initiate a trans- H L H fL). mission on a channel and when it has (d) Ultra-wideband (UWB) transmitter. to move to a new channel. The U-NII An intentional radiator that, at any device may start using the channel if point in time, has a fractional band- no radar signal with a power level width equal to or greater than 0.20 or greater than the interference threshold has a UWB bandwidth equal to or values listed in paragraph (h)(2) of this greater than 500 MHz, regardless of the part, is detected within 60 seconds. fractional bandwidth. (iii) Channel Move Time. After a ra- (e) Imaging system. A general category dar’s presence is detected, all trans- consisting of ground penetrating radar missions shall cease on the operating systems, medical imaging systems, channel within 10 seconds. Trans- wall imaging systems through-wall im- missions during this period shall con- aging systems and surveillance sys- sist of normal traffic for a maximum of tems. As used in this subpart, imaging 200 ms after detection of the radar sig- systems do not include systems de- nal. In addition, intermittent manage- signed to detect the location of tags or systems used to transfer voice or data ment and control signals can be sent information. during the remaining time to facilitate (f) Ground penetrating radar (GPR) vacating the operating channel. system. A field disturbance sensor that (iv) Non-occupancy Period. A channel is designed to operate only when in that has been flagged as containing a contact with, or within one meter of, radar system, either by a channel the ground for the purpose of detecting availability check or in-service moni- or obtaining the images of buried ob- toring, is subject to a non-occupancy jects or determining the physical prop- period of at least 30 minutes. The non- erties within the ground. The energy occupancy period starts at the time from the GPR is intentionally directed when the radar system is detected. down into the ground for this purpose. (g) Medical imaging system. A field dis- [63 FR 40836, July 31, 1998, as amended at 69 FR 2687, Jan. 20, 2004; 69 FR 54036, Sept. 7, turbance sensor that is designed to de- 2004] tect the location or movement of objects within the body of a person or animal. Subpart F—Ultra-Wideband (h) Wall imaging system. A field dis- Operation turbance sensor that is designed to detect the location of objects contained SOURCE: 67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002, unless within a ‘‘wall’’ or to determine the otherwise noted. physical properties within the ‘‘wall.’’

846

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00856 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.509

The ‘‘wall’’ is a concrete structure, the § 15.505 Cross reference. side of a bridge, the wall of a mine or (a) Except where specifically stated another physical structure that is otherwise within this subpart, the pro- dense enough and thick enough to ab- visions of subparts A and B and of sorb the majority of the signal trans- §§ 15.201 through 15.204 and 15.207 of submitted by the imaging system. This part C of this part apply to unlicensed category of equipment does not include UWB intentional radiators. The provi- products such as ‘‘stud locators’’ that sions of § 15.35(c) and 15.205 do not apply are designed to locate objects behind to devices operated under this subpart. gypsum, plaster or similar walls that The provisions of Footnote US 246 to are not capable of absorbing the trans- the Table of Frequency Allocations mitted signal. contained in § 2.106 of this chapter does (i) Through-wall imaging system. A not apply to devices operated under field disturbance sensor that is de- this subpart. signed to detect the location or move- (b) The requirements of this subpart ment of persons or objects that are lo- apply only to the radio transmitter, cated on the other side of an opaque i.e., the intentional radiator, contained structure such as a wall or a ceiling. in the UWB device. Other aspects of the This category of equipment may in- operation of a UWB device may be sub- clude products such as ‘‘stud locators’’ ject to requirements contained else- that are designed to locate objects be- where in this chapter. In particular, a hind gypsum, plaster or similar walls UWB device that contains digital cir- that are not thick enough or dense cuitry not directly associated with the enough to absorb the transmitted sig- operation of the transmitter also is nal. subject to the requirements for unin- (j) Surveillance system. A field disturb- tentional radiators in subpart B of this ance sensor used to establish a sta- part. Similarly, an associated receiver tionary RF perimeter field that is used that operates (tunes) within the fre- for security purposes to detect the in- quency range 30 MHz to 960 MHz is subject to the requirements in subpart B trusion of persons or objects. of this part. (k) EIRP. Equivalent isotropically radiated power, i.e., the product of the § 15.507 Marketing of UWB equipment. power supplied to the antenna and the antenna gain in a given direction rel- In some cases, the operation of UWB ative to an isotropic antenna. The devices is limited to specific parties, e.g., law enforcement, fire and rescue EIRP, in terms of dBm, can be con- organizations operating under the aus- verted to a field strength, in dBuV/m at pices of a state or local government. 3 meters, by adding 95.2. As used in this The marketing of UWB devices must be subpart, EIRP refers to the highest sig- directed solely to parties eligible to op- nal strength measured in any direction erate the equipment. The responsible and at any frequency from the UWB de- party, as defined in § 2.909 of this chap- vice, as tested in accordance with the ter, is responsible for ensuring that the procedures specified in § 15.31(a) and equipment is marketed only to eligible 15.523 of this chapter. parties. Marketing of the equipment in (l) Law enforcement, fire and emer- any other manner may be considered gency rescue organizations. As used in grounds for revocation of the grant of this subpart, this refers to those par- certification issued for the equipment. ties eligible to obtain a license from the FCC under the eligibility require- § 15.509 Technical requirements for ments specified in § 90.20(a)(1) of this ground penetrating radars and wall chapter. imaging systems. (m) Hand held. As used in this sub- (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imag- part, a hand held device is a portable ing system operating under the provi- device, such as a lap top computer or a sions of this section must be below 10.6 PDA, that is primarily hand held while GHz. being operated and that does not em- (b) Operation under the provisions of ploy a fixed infrastructure. this section is limited to GPRs and

847

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00857 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.510 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

wall imaging systems operated for pur- bandwidth centered on fM. That limit is poses associated with law enforcement, 0 dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ fire fighting, emergency rescue, sci- a different resolution bandwidth, and a entific research, commercial mining, correspondingly different peak emis- or construction. sion limit, following the procedures de- (1) Parties operating this equipment scribed in § 15.521. must be eligible for licensing under the provisions of part 90 of this chapter. [68 FR 19749, Apr. 22, 2003] (2) The operation of imaging systems § 15.510 Technical requirements for under this section requires coordina- through D-wall imaging systems. tion, as detailed in § 15.525. (c) A GPR that is designed to be oper- (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imag- ated while being hand held and a wall ing system operating under the provi- imaging system shall contain a manu- sions of this section must be below 960 ally operated switch that causes the MHz or the center frequency, fC, and transmitter to cease operation within the frequency at which the highest ra- 10 seconds of being released by the op- diated emission occurs, fM, must be erator. In lieu of a switch located on contained between 1990 MHz and 10600 the imaging system, it is permissible MHz. to operate an imaging system by re- (b) Operation under the provisions of mote control provided the imaging sys- this section is limited to through-wall tem ceases transmission within 10 sec- imaging systems operated by law en- onds of the remote switch being re- forcement, emergency rescue or fire- leased by the operator. fighting organizations that are under (d) The radiated emissions at or the authority of a local or state gov- below 960 MHz from a device operating ernment. under the provisions of this section (c) For through-wall imaging systems shall not exceed the emission levels in operating with the UWB bandwidth § 15.209. The radiated emissions above below 960 MHz: 960 MHz from a device operating under (1) Parties operating this equipment the provisions of this section shall not must be eligible for licensing under the exceed the following average limits provisions of part 90 of this chapter. when measured using a resolution (2) The operation of these imaging bandwidth of 1 MHz: systems requires coordination, as de- Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm tailed in § 15.525. (3) The imaging system shall contain 960–1610 ...... –65.3 a manually operated switch that 1610–1990 ...... –53.3 1990–3100 ...... –51.3 causes the transmitter to cease oper- 3100–10600 ...... –41.3 ation within 10 seconds of being re- Above 10600 ...... –51.3 leased by the operator. In lieu of a switch located on the imaging system, (e) In addition to the radiated emis- it is permissible to operate an imaging sion limits specified in the table in system by remote control provided the paragraph (d) of this section, UWB imaging system ceases transmission transmitters operating under the pro- within 10 seconds of the remote switch visions of this section shall not exceed being released by the operator. the following average limits when (4) The radiated emissions at or measured using a resolution bandwidth below 960 MHz shall not exceed the of no less than 1 kHz: emission levels in § 15.209. The radiated Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm emissions above 960 MHz shall not exceed the following average limits when 1164–1240 ...... –75.3 measured using a resolution bandwidth 1559–1610 ...... –75.3 of 1 MHz:

(f) For UWB devices where the fre- Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm quency at which the highest radiated ¥ emission occurs, fM, is above 960 MHz, 960–1610 ...... 65.3 there is a limit on the peak level of the 1610–1990 ...... ¥53.3 ¥ emissions contained within a 50 MHz Above 1990 ...... 51.3

848

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00858 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.511

(5) In addition to the radiated emis- correspondingly different peak emission limits specified in the table in sion limit, following the procedures de- paragraph (c)(4) of this section, emis- scribed in § 15.521. sions from these imaging systems shall (e) Through-wall imaging systems op- not exceed the following average limits erating under the provisions of this when measured using a resolution section shall bear the following or bandwidth of no less than 1 kHz: similar statement in a conspicuous location on the device: ‘‘Operation of this Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm device is restricted to law enforcement, 1164–1240 ...... ¥75.3 emergency rescue and firefighter per- 1559–1610 ...... ¥75.3 sonnel. Operation by any other party is a violation of 47 U.S.C. 301 and could (d) For equipment operating with fC subject the operator to serious legal and fM between 1990 MHz and 10600 penalties.’’ MHz: (1) Parties operating this equipment [68 FR 19750, Apr. 22, 2003] must hold a license issued by the Fed- eral Communications Commission to § 15.511 Technical requirements for surveillance systems. operate a transmitter in the Public Safety Radio Pool under part 90 of this (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imag- chapter. The license may be held by ing system operating under the provi- the organization for which the UWB sions of this section must be contained operator works on a paid or volunteer between 1990 MHz and 10,600 MHz. basis. (b) Operation under the provisions of (2) This equipment may be operated this section is limited to fixed surveil- only for law enforcement applications, lance systems operated by law enforce- the providing of emergency services, ment, fire or emergency rescue organi- and necessary training operations. zations or by manufacturers licensees, (3) The radiated emissions at or petroleum licensees or power licensees below 960 MHz shall not exceed the as defined in § 90.7 of this chapter. emission levels in § 15.209 of this chap- (1) Parties operating under the provi- ter. The radiated emissions above 960 sions of this section must be eligible MHz shall not exceed the following av- for licensing under the provisions of erage limits when measured using a part 90 of this chapter. resolution bandwidth of 1 MHz: (2) The operation of imaging systems under this section requires coordina- Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm tion, as detailed in § 15.525. 960–1610 ...... ¥46.3 (c) The radiated emissions at or 1610–10600 ...... ¥41.3 below 960 MHz from a device operating Above 10600 ...... ¥51.3 under the provisions of this section shall not exceed the emission levels in (4) In addition to the radiated emis- § 15.209. The radiated emissions above sion limits specified in the paragraph 960 MHz from a device operating under (d)(3) of this section, emissions from the provisions of this section shall not these imaging systems shall not exceed exceed the following average limits the following average limits when when measured using a resolution measured using a resolution bandwidth bandwidth of 1 MHz: of no less than 1 kHz: Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm 960–1610 ...... ¥53.3 ¥ 1164–1240 ...... 56.3 1610–1990 ...... ¥51.3 ¥ 1559–1610 ...... 56.3 1990–10600 ...... ¥41.3 Above 10600 ...... ¥51.3 (5) There is a limit on the peak level of the emissions contained within a 50 (d) In addition to the radiated emis- MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- sion limits specified in the table in quency at which the highest radiated paragraph (c) of this section, UWB emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 transmitters operating under the pro- dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a visions of this section shall not exceed different resolution bandwidth, and a the following average limits when

849

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00859 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.513 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

measured using a resolution bandwidth § 15.209. The radiated emissions above of no less than 1 kHz: 960 MHz from a device operating under the provisions of this section shall not Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm exceed the following average limits 1164–1240 ...... ¥63.3 when measured using a resolution 1559–1610 ...... ¥63.3 bandwidth of 1 MHz:

(e) There is a limit on the peak level Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm of the emissions contained within a 50 960–1610 ...... ¥65.3 MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- 1610–1990 ...... ¥53.3 quency at which the highest radiated 011990–3100 ...... ¥51.3 emission occurs, f . That limit is 0 3100–10600 ...... ¥41.3 M Above 10600 ...... ¥51.3 dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a different resolution bandwidth, and a (e) In addition to the radiated emis- correspondingly different peak emission limits specified in the table in sion limit, following the procedures de- paragraph (d) of this section, UWB scribed in § 15.521. transmitters operating under the pro- (f) Imaging systems operating under visions of this section shall not exceed the provisions of this section shall bear the following average limits when the following or similar statement in a measured using a resolution bandwidth conspicuous location on the device: of no less than 1 kHz: ‘‘Operation of this device is restricted to law enforcement, fire and rescue of- Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm ficials, public utilities, and industrial 1164–1240 ...... ¥75.3 entities. Operation by any other party 1559–1610 ...... ¥75.3 is a violation of 47 U.S.C. 301 and could subject the operator to serious legal (f) There is a limit on the peak level penalties.’’ of the emissions contained within a 50 MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- [68 FR 19750, Apr. 22, 2003] quency at which the highest radiated § 15.513 Technical requirements for emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 medical imaging systems. dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imag- different resolution bandwidth, and a ing system operating under the provi- correspondingly different peak emissions of this section must be contained sion limit, following the procedures de- between 3100 MHz and 10,600 MHz. scribed in § 15.521. (b) Operation under the provisions of [68 FR 19751, Apr. 22, 2003, as amended at 72 this section is limited to medical imag- FR 63823, Nov. 13, 2007] ing systems used at the direction of, or under the supervision of, a licensed § 15.515 Technical requirements for ve- health care practitioner. The operation hicular radar systems. of imaging systems under this section (a) Operation under the provisions of requires coordination, as detailed in this section is limited to UWB field dis- § 15.525. turbance sensors mounted in terres- (c) A medical imaging system shall trial transportation vehicles. These de- contain a manually operated switch vices shall operate only when the vehi- that causes the transmitter to cease cle is operating, e.g., the engine is run- operation within 10 seconds of being re- ning. Operation shall occur only upon leased by the operator. In lieu of a specific activation, such as upon start- switch located on the imaging system, ing the vehicle, changing gears, or en- it is permissible to operate an imaging gaging a turn signal. system by remote control provided the (b) The UWB bandwidth of a vehic- imaging system ceases transmission ular radar system operating under the within 10 seconds of the remote switch provisions of this section shall be con- being released by the operator. tained between 22 GHz and 29 GHz. In (d) The radiated emissions at or addition, the center frequency, fC, and below 960 MHz from a device operating the frequency at which the highest under the provisions of this section level emission occurs, fM, must be shall not exceed the emission levels in greater than 24.075 GHz.

850

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00860 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.517

(c) Following proper installation, ve- (f) There is a limit on the peak level hicular radar systems shall attenuate of the emissions contained within a 50 any emissions within the 23.6–24.0 GHz MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- band that appear 38 degrees or greater quency at which the highest radiated above the horizontal plane by 25 dB emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 below the limit specified in paragraph dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a (d) of this section. For equipment au- different resolution bandwidth, and a thorized, manufactured or imported on correspondingly different peak emis- or after January 1, 2005, this level of sion limit, following the procedures de- attenuation shall be 25 dB for any scribed in § 15.521. emissions within the 23.6–24.0 GHz band (g) The emission levels from devices that appear 30 degrees or greater above operating under the provisions of this the horizontal plane. For equipment section that employ gated trans- authorized, manufactured or imported missions may be measured with the on or after January 1, 2010, this level of gating active. Measurements made in attenuation shall be 30 dB for any this manner shall be repeated over emissions within the 23.6–24.0 GHz band multiple sweeps with the analyzer set that appear 30 degrees or greater above for maximum hold until the amplitude the horizontal plane. For equipment stabilizes. authorized, manufactured or imported on or after January 1, 2014, this level of [67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 6776, Feb. 9, 2005] attenuation shall be 35 dB for any emissions within the 23.6–24.0 GHz band § 15.517 Technical requirements for in- that appear 30 degrees or greater above door UWB systems. the horizontal plane. This level of attenuation can be achieved through the (a) Operation under the provisions of antenna directivity, through a reduc- this section is limited to UWB trans- tion in output power or any other mitters employed solely for indoor op- means. eration. (d) The radiated emissions at or (1) Indoor UWB devices, by the na- below 960 MHz from a device operating ture of their design, must be capable of under the provisions of this section operation only indoors. The necessity shall not exceed the emission levels in to operate with a fixed indoor infra- § 15.209. The radiated emissions above structure, e.g., a transmitter that must 960 MHz from a device operating under be connected to the AC power lines, the provisions of this section shall not may be considered sufficient to dem- exceed the following average limits onstrate this. when measured using a resolution (2) The emissions from equipment op- bandwidth of 1 MHz: erated under this section shall not be intentionally directed outside of the Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm building in which the equipment is located, such as through a window or a 960–1610 ...... ¥75.3 1610–22,000 ...... ¥61.3 doorway, to perform an outside func- 22,000–29,000 ...... ¥41.3 tion, such as the detection of persons 29,000–31,000 ...... ¥51.3 about to enter a building. Above 31,000 ...... ¥61.3 (3) The use of outdoor mounted antennas, e.g., antennas mounted on the (e) In addition to the radiated emis- outside of a building or on a telephone sion limits specified in the table in pole, or any other outdoors infrastruc- paragraph (d) of this section, UWB ture is prohibited. transmitters operating under the pro- (4) Field disturbance sensors in- visions of this section shall not exceed stalled inside of metal or underground the following average limits when storage tanks are considered to operate measured using a resolution bandwidth indoors provided the emissions are di- of no less than 1 kHz: rected towards the ground. Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm (5) A communications system shall transmit only when the intentional ra- 1164–1240 ...... ¥85.3 ¥ diator is sending information to an as- 1559–1610 ...... 85.3 sociated receiver.

851

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00861 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.519 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(b) The UWB bandwidth of a UWB § 15.519 Technical requirements for system operating under the provisions hand held UWB systems. of this section must be contained be- (a) UWB devices operating under the tween 3100 MHz and 10,600 MHz. provisions of this section must be hand (c) The radiated emissions at or held, i.e., they are relatively small de- below 960 MHz from a device operating vices that are primarily hand held under the provisions of this section while being operated and do not em- shall not exceed the emission levels in ploy a fixed infrastructure. § 15.209. The radiated emissions above (1) A UWB device operating under the 960 MHz from a device operating under provisions of this section shall trans- the provisions of this section shall not mit only when it is sending informa- exceed the following average limits tion to an associated receiver. The when measured using a resolution UWB intentional radiator shall cease bandwidth of 1 MHz: transmission within 10 seconds unless it receives an acknowledgement from Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm the associated receiver that its transmission is being received. An acknowl- 960–1610 ...... ¥75.3 1610–1990 ...... ¥53.3 edgment of reception must continue to 1990–3100 ...... ¥51.3 be received by the UWB intentional ra- 3100–10600 ...... ¥41.3 diator at least every 10 seconds or the Above 10600 ...... ¥51.3 UWB device must cease transmitting. (2) The use of antennas mounted on (d) In addition to the radiated emis- outdoor structures, e.g., antennas sion limits specified in the table in mounted on the outside of a building or paragraph (c) of this section, UWB on a telephone pole, or any fixed out- transmitters operating under the pro- doors infrastructure is prohibited. An- visions of this section shall not exceed tennas may be mounted only on the the following average limits when hand held UWB device. measured using a resolution bandwidth (3) UWB devices operating under the of no less than 1 kHz: provisions of this section may operate indoors or outdoors. Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm (b) The UWB bandwidth of a device 1164–1240 ...... ¥85.3 operating under the provisions of this 1559–1610 ...... ¥85.3 section must be contained between 3100 MHz and 10,600 MHz. (e) There is a limit on the peak level (c) The radiated emissions at or of the emissions contained within a 50 below 960 MHz from a device operating MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- under the provisions of this section quency at which the highest radiated shall not exceed the emission levels in § 15.209. The radiated emissions above emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a 960 MHz from a device operating under different resolution bandwidth, and a the provisions of this section shall not correspondingly different peak emis- exceed the following average limits sion limit, following the procedures de- when measured using a resolution scribed in § 15.521. bandwidth of 1 MHz: (f) UWB systems operating under the Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm provisions of this section shall bear the ¥ following or similar statement in a 960–1610 ...... 75.3 1610–1990 ...... ¥63.3 conspicuous location on the device or 1990–3100 ...... ¥61.3 in the instruction manual supplied 3100–10600 ...... ¥41.3 with the device: Above 10600 ...... ¥61.3 ‘‘This equipment may only be operated in- (d) In addition to the radiated emis- doors. Operation outdoors is in violation of sion limits specified in the table in 47 U.S.C. 301 and could subject the operator paragraph (c) of this section, UWB to serious legal penalties.’’ transmitters operating under the pro- [67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002; 67 FR 39632, June visions of this section shall not exceed 10, 2002] the following average limits when

852

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00862 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.521

measured using a resolution bandwidth a spectrum analyzer with a resolution of no less than 1 kHz: bandwidth of 1 MHz, an RMS detector, and a 1 millisecond or less averaging Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm time. Unless otherwise stated, if pulse 1164–1240 ...... ¥85.3 gating is employed where the trans- 1559–1610 ...... ¥85.3 mitter is quiescent for intervals that are long compared to the nominal pulse (e) There is a limit on the peak level repetition interval, measurements of the emissions contained within a 50 shall be made with the pulse train MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- gated on. Alternative measurement quency at which the highest radiated procedures may be considered by the emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 Commission. dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a (e) The frequency at which the high- different resolution bandwidth, and a est radiated emission occurs, fM, must correspondingly different peak emis- be contained within the UWB band- sion limit, following the procedures de- width. scribed in § 15.521. (f) Imaging systems may be employed [67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002; 67 FR 39632, June only for the type of information ex- 10, 2002] change described in their specific definitions contained in § 15.503. The detec- § 15.521 Technical requirements appli- tion of tags or the transfer or data or cable to all UWB devices. voice information is not permitted (a) UWB devices may not be em- under the standards for imaging sys- ployed for the operation of toys. Oper- tems. ation onboard an aircraft, a ship or a (g) When a peak measurement is re- satellite is prohibited. quired, it is acceptable to use a resolu- (b) Manufacturers and users are re- tion bandwidth other than the 50 MHz minded of the provisions of §§ 15.203 and specified in this subpart. This resolu- 15.204. tion bandwidth shall not be lower than (c) Emissions from digital circuitry 1 MHz or greater than 50 MHz, and the used to enable the operation of the measurement shall be centered on the UWB transmitter shall comply with frequency at which the highest radi- the limits in § 15.209, rather than the ated emission occurs, fM. If a resolution limits specified in this subpart, pro- bandwidth other than 50 MHz is em- vided it can be clearly demonstrated ployed, the peak EIRP limit shall be 20 that those emissions from the UWB de- log (RBW/50) dBm where RBW is the vice are due solely to emissions from resolution bandwidth in megahertz digital circuitry contained within the that is employed. This may be con- transmitter and that the emissions are verted to a peak field strength level at not intended to be radiated from the 3 meters using E(dBuV/m) = P(dBm transmitter’s antenna. Emissions from EIRP) + 95.2. If RBW is greater than 3 associated digital devices, as defined in MHz, the application for certification § 15.3(k), e.g., emissions from digital filed with the Commission must con- circuitry used to control additional tain a detailed description of the test functions or capabilities other than the procedure, calibration of the test UWB transmission, are subject to the setup, and the instrumentation em- limits contained in Subpart B of this ployed in the testing. part. (h) The highest frequency employed (d) Within the tables in §§ 15.509, in § 15.33 to determine the frequency 15.511, 15.513, 15.515, 15.517, and 15.519, range over which radiated measure- the tighter emission limit applies at ments are made shall be based on the the band edges. Radiated emission lev- center frequency, fC, unless a higher els at and below 960 MHz are based on frequency is generated within the UWB measurements employing a CISPR device. For measuring emission levels, quasi-peak detector. Radiated emission the spectrum shall be investigated levels above 960 MHz are based on RMS from the lowest frequency generated in average measurements over a 1 MHz the UWB transmitter, without going resolution bandwidth. The RMS aver- below 9 kHz, up to the frequency range age measurement is based on the use of shown in § 15.33(a) or up to fC + 3/(pulse 853

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00863 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.523 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

width in seconds), whichever is higher. 445 12th Street, SW, Washington, D.C. There is no requirement to measure 20554, Attn: UWB Coordination. emissions beyond 40 GHz provided fC is (c) The manufacturers, or their au- less than 10 GHz; beyond 100 GHz if fC is thorized sales agents, must inform pur- at or above 10 GHz and below 30 GHz; or chasers and users of their systems of beyond 200 GHz if fC is at or above 30 the requirement to undertake detailed GHz. coordination of operational areas with (i) The prohibition in § 2.201(f) and the FCC prior to the equipment being 15.5(d) of this chapter against Class B operated. (damped wave) emissions does not apply to UWB devices operating under (d) Users of authorized, coordinated this subpart. UWB systems may transfer them to (j) Responsible parties are reminded other qualified users and to different of the other standards and require- locations upon coordination of change ments cross referenced in § 15.505, such of ownership or location to the FCC as a limit on emissions conducted onto and coordination with existing author- the AC power lines. ized operations. [67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002, as amended at 68 (e) The FCC/NTIA coordination re- FR 19751, Apr. 22, 2003; 70 FR 6776, Feb. 9, port shall identify those geographical 2005] areas within which the operation of an imaging system requires additional co- § 15.523 Measurement procedures. ordination or within which the oper- Measurements shall be made in ac- ation of an imaging system is prohib- cordance with the procedures specified ited. If additional coordination is re- by the Commission. quired for operation within specific geographical areas, a local coordina- § 15.525 Coordination requirements. tion contact will be provided. Except (a) UWB imaging systems require co- for operation within these designated ordination through the FCC before the areas, once the information requested equipment may be used. The operator on the UWB imaging system is sub- shall comply with any constraints on mitted to the FCC no additional co- equipment usage resulting from this ordination with the FCC is required coordination. provided the reported areas of oper- (b) The users of UWB imaging devices ation do not change. If the area of op- shall supply operational areas to the FCC Office of Engineering and Tech- eration changes, updated information nology, which shall coordinate this in- shall be submitted to the FCC fol- formation with the Federal Govern- lowing the procedure in paragraph (b) ment through the National Tele- of this section. communications and Information Ad- (f) The coordination of routine UWB ministration. The information pro- operations shall not take longer than vided by the UWB operator shall in- 15 business days from the receipt of the clude the name, address and other per- coordination request by NTIA. Special tinent contact information of the user, temporary operations may be handled the desired geographical area(s) of op- with an expedited turn-around time eration, and the FCC ID number and when circumstances warrant. The oper- other nomenclature of the UWB device. ation of UWB systems in emergency If the imaging device is intended to be situations involving the safety of life used for mobile applications, the geo- or property may occur without coordi- graphical area(s) of operation may be nation provided a notification proce- the state(s) or county(ies) in which the dure, similar to that contained in equipment will be operated. The oper- § 2.405(a) through (e) of this chapter, is ator of an imaging system used for followed by the UWB equipment user. fixed operation shall supply a specific geographical location or the address at [67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002, as amended at 68 which the equipment will be operated. FR 19751, Apr. 22, 2003] This material shall be submitted to Frequency Coordination Branch, OET, Federal Communications Commission,

854

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00864 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.611

Subpart G—Access Broadband of this part do not apply to Access BPL Over Power Line (Access BPL) devices except where specifically noted. (b) The requirements of this subpart SOURCE: 70 FR 1374, Jan. 7, 2005, unless otherwise noted. apply only to the radio circuitry that is used to provide carrier current oper- § 15.601 Scope. ation for the Access BPL device. Other aspects of the operation of an Access This subpart sets out the regulations BPL device may be subject to require- for Access Broadband over Power Line (Access BPL) devices operating in the ments contained elsewhere in this 1.705–80 MHz band over medium or low chapter. In particular, an Access BPL voltage lines. device that includes digital circuitry that is not used solely to enable the op- § 15.603 Definitions. eration of the radio frequency circuitry used to provide carrier current oper- (a) Excluded Band: A band of fre- ation also is subject to the require- quencies within which Access BPL op- ments for unintentional radiators in erations are not permitted. subpart B of this part. (b) Exclusion Zone: A geographical area within which Access BPL oper- § 15.607 Equipment authorization of ations are not permitted in certain fre- Access BPL equipment. quency bands. (c) Consultation. The process of com- Access BPL equipment shall be sub- munication between an entity oper- ject to Certification as specified in ating Access BPL and a licensed public § 15.101. safety or other designated point of contact for the purpose of avoiding poten- § 15.609 Marketing of Access BPL equipment. tial harmful interference. (d) Consultation area: A designated The marketing of Access BPL equip- geographical area within which con- ment must be directed solely to parties sultation with public safety users or eligible to operate the equipment. Eli- other designated point of contact is re- gible parties consist of AC power line quired before an Access BPL may be public utilities, Access BPL service operated at designated frequencies. providers and associates of Access BPL (e) Low Voltage power line. A power service providers. The responsible line carrying low voltage, e.g., 240/120 party, as defined in § 2.909 of this chap- volts from a distribution transformer ter, is responsible for ensuring that the to a customer’s premises. equipment is marketed only to eligible (f) Medium Voltage power line. A power parties. Marketing of the equipment in line carrying between 1,000 to 40,000 any other manner may be considered volts from a power substation to neigh- grounds for revocation of the grant of borhoods. Medium voltage lines may be certification issued for the equipment. overhead or underground, depending on the power grid network topology. § 15.611 General technical require- (g) Access BPL Database. A database ments. operated by an industry-sponsored en- (a) Conducted emission limits. Access tity, recognized by the Federal Com- BPL is not subject to the conducted munications Commission and the Na- emission limits of § 15.107. tional Telecommunications and Infor- (b) Radiated emission limits—(1) Me- mation Administration (NTIA), con- dium voltage power lines. (i) Access BPL taining information regarding existing systems that operate in the frequency and planned Access BPL systems, as range of 1.705 kHz to 30 MHz over me- required in § 15.615(a) of this chapter. dium voltage power lines shall comply with the radiated emission limits for § 15.605 Cross reference. intentional radiators provided in (a) The provisions of subparts A and § 15.209. B of this part apply to Access BPL de- (ii) Access BPL systems that operate vices, except where specifically noted. in the frequency range above 30 MHz The provisions of subparts C through F over medium voltage power lines shall

855

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00865 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.613 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

comply with the radiated emission lim- tral location, any unit found to cause its provided in § 15.109(b). harmful interference, if other inter- (2) Low voltage power lines. Access ference mitigation techniques do not BPL systems that operate over low- resolve the interference problem. voltage power lines, including those [70 FR 1374, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 71 FR that operate over low-voltage lines 49379, Aug. 23, 2006] that are connected to the in-building wiring, shall comply with the radiated § 15.613 Measurement procedures. emission limits provided in § 15.109(a) and (e). Compliance measurements for Access (c) Interference Mitigation and Avoid- BPL shall be made in accordance with ance. (1) Access BPL systems shall in- the Guidelines for Access BPL systems corporate adaptive interference mitiga- specified by the Commission. tion techniques to remotely reduce § 15.615 General administrative re- power and adjust operating fre- quirements. quencies, in order to avoid site-specific, local use of the same spectrum by (a) Access BPL Database. Entities op- licensed services. These techniques erating Access BPL systems shall sup- may include adaptive or ‘‘notch’’ fil- ply to an industry-recognized entity, tering, or complete avoidance of fre- information on all existing Access BPL quencies, or bands of frequencies, lo- systems and all proposed Access BPL cally used by licensed radio operations. systems for inclusion into a publicly (i) For frequencies below 30 MHz, available data base, within 30 days when a notch filter is used to avoid in- prior to initiation of service. Such interference to a specific frequency band, formation shall include the following: the Access BPL system shall be capa- (1) The name of the Access BPL pro- ble of attenuating emissions within vider. that band to a level at least 20 dB (2) The frequencies of the Access BPL below the applicable part 15 limits. operation. (ii) For frequencies above 30 MHz, (3) The postal zip codes served by the when a notch filter is used to avoid in- specific Access BPL operation. terference to a specific frequency band, (4) The manufacturer and type of Ac- the Access BPL system shall be capa- cess BPL equipment and its associated ble of attenuating emissions within FCC ID number, or, in the case of Ac- that band to a level at least 10 dB cess BPL equipment that has been sub- below the applicable part 15 limits. ject to verification, the Trade Name (iii) At locations where an Access and Model Number, as specified on the BPL operator attenuates radiated equipment label. emissions from its operations in ac- (5) The contact information, includ- cordance with the above required capa- ing both phone number and e-mail ad- bilities, we will not require that oper- dress of a person at, or associated with, ator to take further actions to resolve the BPL operator’s company, to facili- complaints of harmful interference to tate the resolution of any interference mobile operations. complaint. (2) Access BPL systems shall comply (6) The proposed/or actual date of Ac- with applicable radiated emission lim- cess BPL operation. its upon power-up following a fault (b) The Access BPL database man- condition, or during a start-up oper- ager shall enter this information into ation after a shut-off procedure, by the the publicly accessible database within use of a non-volatile memory, or some three (3) business days of receipt. other method, to immediately restore (c) No notification to the Commis- previous settings with programmed sion is required. notches and excluded bands, to avoid (d) A licensed spectrum user experi- time delay caused by the need for man- encing harmful interference that is ual re-programming during which pro- suspected to be caused by an Access tected services may be vulnerable. BPL system shall inform the local BPL (3) Access BPL systems shall incor- operator’s contact person designated in porate a remote-controllable shut- the Access BPL database. The inves- down feature to deactivate, from a cen- tigation of the reported interference

856

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00866 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.615

and the resolution of confirmed harm- TABLE 1—EXCLUDED FREQUENCY BANDS— ful interference from the Access BPL Continued system shall be successfully completed by the BPL operator within a reason- Frequency band able time period according to a mutu- 11,275–11,400 kHz ally acceptable schedule, after the re- 13,260–13,360 kHz ceipt of an interference complaint, in 17,900–17,970 kHz 21,924–22,000 kHz order to avoid protracted disruptions 74.8–75.2 MHz to licensed services. The Access BPL operator shall respond to complaints of (2) Exclusion zones. Exclusion zones harmful interference from public safe- encompass the operation of any Access ty users within 24 hours. With regard BPL system within 1km of the bound- to public safety complaints, the BPL ary of coast station facilities at the co- provider shall be required to imme- ordinates listed in Tables 2 and 2.1. Ex- diately cease the operations causing clusion zones also encompass the oper- such complaint if it fails to respond ation of Access BPL systems using within 24 hours. overhead medium voltage power lines (e) Consultation with public safety within 65 km of the Very Large Array users. An entity operating an Access observatory located at the coordinate BPL system shall notify and consult 34°04′43.50″; N, 107°37′03.82″ W. Exclusion with the public safety users in the area zones further encompass the operation where it plans to deploy Access BPL, of Access BPL systems using overhead at least 30 days prior to initiation of low voltage power lines or underground any operation or service. This entity power lines within 47 km of the Very shall design or implement the Access Large Array observatory located at the BPL system such that it does not cause coordinate 34°04′43.50″; N, 107°37′ 03.82″ harmful interference in those fre- W. Within the exclusion zones for coast quencies or bands used by the public stations, Access BPL systems shall not safety agencies in the area served by use carrier frequencies within the band the Access BPL system. The notifica- of 2173.5–2190.5 kHz. Within the exclu- tion shall include, at a minimum, the sion zone for the Very Large Array information in paragraph (a) of this radio astronomy observatory, Access section. BPL systems shall not use carrier fre- (f) Federal government spectrum users quencies within the 73.0–74.6 MHz band. and other radio service users. An entity (i) Existing coast station facilities. Ac- operating an Access BPL system shall cess BPL systems shall not operate in ensure that, within its Access BPL de- the frequency band 2,173.5–2,190.5 kHz, ployment area, its system does not op- within 1 kilometer (km) of the bound- erate on any frequencies designated as ary of coast station facilities at the co- excluded bands or on identified fre- ordinates listed in Tables 2 and 2.1. quencies within any designated exclu- BPL operators planning to deploy Ac- sion zones. cess BPL devices at these frequencies (1) Excluded Bands. To protect Aero- in areas within these exclusion zones nautical (land) stations and aircraft re- as defined above shall consult with the ceivers, Access BPL operations using appropriate point of contact for these overhead medium voltage power lines coast stations to ensure harmful inter- are prohibited in the frequency bands ference is prevented at these facilities. listed in Table 1. Specifically, such Point of contact: Commandant (CG BPL systems shall not place carrier 622), U.S. Coast Guard, 2100 2nd Street, frequencies in these bands. SW., Washington, DC 20593–0001, Tele- phone: (202) 267–2860, e-mail: TABLE 1—EXCLUDED FREQUENCY BANDS [email protected]. Frequency band TABLE 2—EXCLUSION ZONES FOR U.S. COAST 2,850–3,025 kHz GUARD COAST STATIONS 3,400–3,500 kHz 4,650–4,700 kHz Locale Latitude Longitude 5,450–5,680 kHz 6,525–6,685 kHz Group Guam ...... 13°35′23″ N 144°50′24″ E 8,815–8,965 kHz GANTSEC ...... 18°18′00″ N 65°46′59″ W 10,005–10,100 kHz Puerto Rico ...... 18°28′11″ N 66°07′47″ W

857

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00867 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.615 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

TABLE 2—EXCLUSION ZONES FOR U.S. COAST TABLE 2—EXCLUSION ZONES FOR U.S. COAST GUARD COAST STATIONS—Continued GUARD COAST STATIONS—Continued

Locale Latitude Longitude Locale Latitude Longitude

Honolulu ...... 21°18′21″ N 157°53′23″ W Group Cape Hatteras ...... 35°15′35″ N 75°31′48″ W Group Key West ...... 24°33′35″ N 81°47′59″ W Morro Bay (Cambria) ...... 35°31′21″ N 121°03′31″ W Trumbo Point CG Base ..... 24°33′58″ N 81°47′57″ W San Clemente Island ...... 32°50′24″ N 118°23′15″ W Miami ...... 25°37′28″ N 80°23′07″ W Point Pinos ...... 36°38′12″ N 121°56′06″ W Everglades Park ...... 25°50′10″ N 81°23′13″ W CAMSLANT ...... 36°43′47″ N 76°01′11″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Saint Petersburg 25 51 00 N 81 23 24 W Group Hampton Roads ..... 36°53′01″ N 76°21′10″ W (Everglades). Point Montara ...... 37°31′23″ N 122°30′47″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Station Ft. Lauderdale ...... 26 05 21 N 80 06 40 W Point Montara Lighthouse 37°32′09″ N 122°31′08″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Station Ft. Myers Beach .... 26 27 34 N 81 57 15 W Group San Francisco ...... 37°32′23″ N 122°31′11″ W Group Miami (Ft. Pierce) ... 27°27′36″ N 80°18′36″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group San Francisco ...... 37 48 34 N 122 21 55 W Station Ft. Pierce ...... 27 27 50 N 80 18 27 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Point Bonita ...... 37 49 00 N 122 31 41 W Group Corpus Christi ...... 27 42 01 N 97 16 11 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Eastern Shores ...... 37 55 47 N 75 22 47 W Group Corpus Christi ...... 27 42 06 N 97 16 45 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Eastern Shore ...... 37 55 50 N 75 22 58 W ESD Saint Petersburg ...... 27 45 21 N 82 37 32 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Saint Petersburg ..... 27°46′11″ N 82°37′47″ W CAMSPAC ...... 38 06 00 N 122 55 48 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Station Port O’Connor ...... 28°26′03″ N 96°25′39″ W Point Arena Lighthouse ..... 38 57 18 N 124 44 28 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ S. Padre Island ...... 28°26′22″ N 97°09′56″ W Point Arena ...... 38 57 36 N 123 44 23 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Freeport ...... 28°55′59″ N 95°16′59″ W Group Atlantic City ...... 39 20 59 N 74 27 42 W Group Galveston (Free- 28°56′24″ N 95°17′59″ W Activities New York ...... 40°36′06″ N 74°03′36″ W port). Activities New York ...... 40°37′11″ N 74°04′11″ W Station YANKEETOWN ..... 29°01′51″ N 82°43′39″ W ESD Moriches Hut ...... 40°47′19″ N 72°44′53″ W Station Ponce De Leon 29°03′50″ N 81°55′01″ W Group Moriches ...... 40°47′23″ N 72°45′00″ W Inlet. Group Humboldt Bay ...... 40°58′41″ N 124°06′31″ W Group New Orleans 29°15′53″ N 89°57′26″ W Group Humboldt Bay ...... 40°58′47″ N 124°06′35″ W (Grand Isle). Trinidad Head ...... 41°03′15″ N 124°09′02″ W Galveston ...... 29°19′59″ N 94°46′18″ W Group Long Island Sound 41°16′12″ N 72°54′00″ W Kapalan ...... 29°20′04″ N 94°47′17″ W Station New Haven ...... 41°16′12″ N 72°54′06″ W Sabine ...... 29°43′42″ N 93°52′14″ W Station Brant Point ...... 41°17′21″ N 70°05′31″ W New Orleans ...... 30°01′17″ N 90°07′24″ W Group Woods Hole ...... 41°17′23″ N 70°04′47″ W Panama City ...... 30°10′01″ N 85°45′04″ W Station Castle Hill ...... 41°27′46″ N 71°21′42″ W Group Mobile (Panama 30°10′12″ N 85°45′36″ W Group Woods Hole ...... 41°17′29″ N 70°401′07″ W City). Boston Area ...... 41°40′12″ N 70°31′48″ W ANT Jacksonville Beach .... 30°17′16″ N 81°24′10″ W Station Provincetown ...... 42°01′48″ N 70°12′42″ W Pensacola ...... 30°20′24″ N 87°18′17″ W Eastern Point ...... 42°36′24″ N 70°39′26″ W Group Mayport ...... 30°23′10″ N 81°26′01″ W Cape Blanco ...... 42°50′16″ N 124°33′52″ W Group Mayport ...... 30°23′24″ N 81°25′48″ W Group North Bend ...... 43°24′16″ N 124°13′22″ W Ft. Morgan ...... 30°39′07″ N 88°03′12″ W Group North Bend ...... 43°24′35″ N 124°14′23″ W Tybee Lighthouse ...... 32°01′15″ N 80°50′39″ W Cape Elizabeth ...... 43°33′28″ N 70°12′00″ W Point Loma Lighthouse ...... 32°39′56″ N 117°14′34″ W Group South Portland ...... 43°38′24″ N 70°15′00″ W Point Loma ...... 32°40′07″ N 117°14′14″ W Group South Portland ...... 43°38′45″ N 70°14′51″ W Activities San Diego ...... 32°43′59″ N 117°11′13″ W Group SW Harbor ...... 44°16′19″ N 68°18′27″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Charleston (Sulli- 32 45 00 N 79 49 47 W Group Southwest Harbor ... 44°16′48″ N 68°18′36″ W van’s Island). Fort Stevens, Oregon ...... 46°09′14″ N 123°53′07″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Sullivan’s Island Lights ...... 32 45 02 N 79 50 03 W Group Astoria ...... 46°09′29″ N 123°31′48″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Charleston ...... 32 46 25 N 79 56 37 W Group Astoria ...... 46°09′35″ N 123°53′24″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group San Diego ...... 32 52 48 N 118 26 23 W La Push ...... 47°49′00″ N 124°37′59″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ San Pedro ...... 33 45 00 N 118 15 58 W Station Quillayute River ..... 47°54′49″ N 124°38′01″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Fort Macon ...... 33 53 24 N 78 01 48 W Port Angeles ...... 48°07′59″ N 123°25′59″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Point Mugu ...... 33 59 32 N 119 07 18 W Group Port Angeles ...... 48°08′24″ N 123°24′35″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group LA/Long Beach ...... 34 07 11 N 119 06 35 W Juneau (Sitka) ...... 57°05′24″ N 135°15′35″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Channel Island ...... 34 09 17 N 119 13 11 W Kodiak ...... 57°40′47″ N 152°28′47″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Station Oxnard Channel Is- 34 09 43 N 119 13 19 W Valdez (Cape 60°26′23″ N 146°25′48″ W land. Hinchinbrook). Group Ft. Macon ...... 34°41′48″ N 76°40′59″ W Group Cape Hatteras ...... 35°13′59″ N 75°31′59″ W Note: Systems of coordinates comply with NAD 83.

TABLE 2.1—EXCLUSION ZONES FOR MARITIME PUBLIC COAST STATIONS [Points of Contact Are Identified in the Commission’s License Database]

Licensee name Location Latitude Longitude

Shipcom LLC ...... Marina Del Ray, CA ...... 33°56′21″ N 118°27′14″ W Globe Wireless ...... Rio Vista, CA ...... 38°11′55″ N 121°48′34″ W Avalon Communications Corp ...... St. Thomas, VI ...... 18°21′19″ N 64°56′48″ W Globe Wireless ...... Bishopville, MD ...... 38°24′10″ N 75°12′59″ W Shipcom LLC ...... Mobile, AL ...... 30°40′07″ N 88°10′23″ W Shipcom LLC ...... Coden, AL ...... 30°22′35″ N 88°12′20″ W Globe Wireless ...... Pearl River, LA ...... 30°22′13″ N 89°47′26″ W Globe Wireless ...... Kahalelani, HI ...... 21°10′33″ N 157°10′39″ W Globe Wireless ...... Palo Alto, CA ...... 37°26′44″ N 122°06′48″ W

858

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00868 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.615

TABLE 2.1—EXCLUSION ZONES FOR MARITIME PUBLIC COAST STATIONS—Continued [Points of Contact Are Identified in the Commission’s License Database]

Licensee name Location Latitude Longitude

Globe Wireless ...... Agana, GU ...... 13°29′22″ N 144°49′39″ E

NOTE: Systems of coordinates comply with NAD 83.

(ii) New or relocated Coast stations. In of facilities located at the following co- the unlikely event that a new or relo- ordinates: cated coast station is established for (A) The Commission’s protected field the 2.173.5–2.190.5 kHz band at a coordi- offices listed in 47 CFR 0.121, the point- nate not specified in Table 2 or 2.1, Ac- of-contact for which is specified in that cess BPL operations in that frequency section; band shall also be excluded within 1 km (B) The aeronautical stations listed of the new coast station facility; in Tables 3a and 3b; (3) Consultation areas. Access BPL op- (C) The land stations listed in Tables erators shall provide notification to the appropriate point of contact speci- 4 and 5; fied regarding Access BPL operations (ii) For frequencies in the 1.7–80.0 at any frequencies of potential concern MHz frequency range, the areas within in the following consultation areas, at 4 km of facilities located at the coordi- least 30 days prior to initiation of any nates specified for radio astronomy fa- operation or service. The notification cilities in 47 CFR 2.106, Note U.S. 311. shall include, at a minimum, the infor- Point of contact: Electromagnetic mation in paragraph (a) of this section. Spectrum Manager, National Science We expect parties to consult in good Foundation, Division of Astronomical faith to ensure that no harmful inter- Sciences, 4201 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1045, ference is caused to licensed operations Arlington, VA 22230, (703) 292–4896, and that any constraints on BPL de- [email protected]. ployments are minimized to those nec- (iii) For frequencies in the 1.7–80 MHz essary to avoid harmful interference. frequency range, the area within 1 km In the unlikely event that a new or re- of the Table Mountain Radio Receiving located aeronautical receive station is Zone, the coordinates and point of con- established for the 1.7–30 MHz band at a tact for which are specified in 47 CFR coordinate not specified in Table 3b, 21.113(b). Access BPL operators are also required to coordinate with the appropriate (iv) For frequencies in the 1.7–30 MHz point of contact regarding Access BPL frequency range, the areas within 37 operations at any frequencies of poten- km of radar receiver facilities located tial concern in the new or relocated at the coordinates specified in Table 6. consultation areas, and to adjust their Point of contact: U.S. Coast Guard HQ, system operating parameters to pro- Division of Spectrum Management CG– tect the new or relocated aeronautical 622, 2100 Second St., SW., Rm. 6611, receive station. Washington, DC 20593, Tel: (202) 267– (i) For frequencies in the 1.7–30 MHz 6036, Fax: (202) 267–4106, e-mail: frequency range, the areas within 4 km [email protected].

TABLE 3a—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES FOR AERONAUTICAL (OR) STATIONS (1.7–30 MHZ)

Command name Location Latitude Longitude

Washington ...... Arlington, VA ...... 38°51′07″ N 77°02′15″ W Cape Cod ...... Cape Cod, MA ...... 41°42′00″ N 70°30′00″ W Atlantic City ...... Atlantic City, NJ ...... 39°20′59″ N 74°27′42″ W Elizabeth City ...... Elizabeth City, NC ...... 36°15′53″ N 76°10′32″ W Savannah ...... Savannah, GA ...... 32°01′30″ N 81°08′30″ W Miami ...... Opa Locka, FL ...... 25°54′22″ N 80°16′01″ W Clearwater ...... Clearwater, FL ...... 27°54′27″ N 82°41′ 29″ W Borinquen ...... Aguadilla, PR ...... 18°18′36″ N 67°04′ 48″ W New Orleans ...... New Orleans, LA ...... 29°49′31″ N 90°02′ 06″ W Traverse City ...... Traverse City, MI ...... 44°44′24″ N 85°34′54″ W San Diego ...... San Diego, CA ...... 32°43′33″ N 117°10′ 15″ W

859

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00869 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.615 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

TABLE 3a—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES FOR AERONAUTICAL (OR) STATIONS (1.7–30 MHZ)—Continued

Command name Location Latitude Longitude

Sacramento ...... McCllelan AFB, CA ...... 38°40′06″ N 121°24′04″ W Astoria ...... Warrenton, OR ...... 46°25′18″ N 123°47′ 46″ W North Bend ...... North Bend, OR ...... 43°24′39″ N 124°14′35″ W Barbers Point ...... Kapolei, HI ...... 21°18′01″ N 158°04′15″ W Kodiak ...... Kodiak, AK ...... 57°44′19″ N 152°30′18″ W Houston ...... Houston, TX ...... 29°45′00″ N 95°22′00″ W Detroit ...... Mt. Clemens, MI ...... 42°36′05″ N 82°50′12″ W San Francisco ...... San Francisco, CA ...... 37°37′58″ N 122°23′20″ W Los Angeles ...... Los Angeles, CA ...... 33°56′36″ N 118°23′48″ W Humboldt Bay ...... McKinleyville, CA ...... 40°58′39″ N 124°06′45″ W Port Angeles ...... Port Angeles, WA ...... 48°08′25″ N 123°24′48″ W Sitka ...... Sitka, AK ...... 57°05′50″ N 135°21′58″ W

NOTE: Systems of coordinates conform to NAD 83.

Point of contact: ARINC, 2551 Riva Point of contact: ARINC, 2551 Riva Road, Annapolis, MD 21401, Tel: 1–800– Road, Annapolis, MD 21401, Tel: 1–800– 633–6882, Fax: (410) 266–2329, e-mail: 633–6882, Fax: 410–266–2329, e-mail: [email protected], http:// [email protected], http:// www.arinc.com. www.arinc.com.

TABLE 3B—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES FOR AERONAUTICAL RECEIVE STATIONS (1.7–30 MHZ)

Locale Latitude Longitude

Southampton, NY ...... 40°55′15″ N 72°23′41″ W Molokai, HI ...... 21°12′23″ N 157°12′30″ W Oahu, HI ...... 21°22′27″ N 158°05′56″ W Half Moon Bay, CA ...... 37°39′64″ N 122°24′44″ W Pt. Reyes, CA ...... 38°06′00″ N 122°56′00″ W Barrow, AK ...... 71°17′24″ N 156°40′12″; W Guam ...... 13°28′12″ N 144°48′0.0″ E (note: East- ern Hemisphere) NY Comm Center, NY ...... 40°46′48″ N 73°05′46″ W Cedar Rapids, IA ...... 42°02′05.0″ N 91°38′37.6″ W Beaumont, CA ...... 33°54′27.1″ N 116°59′49.1″ W Fairfield, TX ...... 31°47′02.6″ N 96°47′03.0″ W Houston, TX ...... 29°36′35.8″ N 95°16′54.8″ W Miami, FL ...... 25°49′05″ N 80°18′28″ W Note: Systems of coordinates conform to NAD 83.

Point of contact: U.S. Coast Guard Washington, DC 20593, Tel: (202) 267– HQ, Division of Spectrum Management 6036, Fax: (202) 267–4106, e-mail: CG–622, 2100 Second St., SW., Rm. 6611, [email protected].

TABLE 4—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES FOR LAND STATIONS, SET 1 (1.7–30 MHZ)

Command name Location Latitude Longitude

COMMSTA Boston ...... Maspee, MA ...... 41°24′00″ N 70°18′57″ W Camslant ...... Chesapeake, VA ...... 36°33′59″ N 76°15′23″ W COMMSTA Miami ...... Miami, FL ...... 25°36′58″ N 80°23′04″ W COMMSTA New Orleans ...... Belle Chasse, IA ...... 29°52′40″ N 89°54′46″ W Camspac ...... Pt. Reyes Sta, CA ...... 38°06′00″ N 122°55′48″ W COMMSTA Honolulu ...... Wahiawa, HI ...... 21°31′08″ N 157°59′28″ W COMMSTA Kodiak ...... Kodiak, AK ...... 57°04′26′ N 152°28′20″ W Guam ...... Finegayan, GU ...... 13°53′08″ N 144°50′20″ E

NOTE: Systems of coordinates conform to NAD 83.

860

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00870 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.703

Point of contact: COTHEN Technical ographic location as the TVBD and is Support Center, COTHEN Program acceptable for use by an unlicensed de- Manager, Tel: (800) 829–6336. vice under the provisions of § 15.709. A TVBD determines television channel TABLE 5—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES availability either from the TV bands FOR LAND STATIONS, SET 2 (1.7–30 MHZ) database or spectrum sensing. Site name Latitude Longitude (b) Client device. A TVBD operating in client mode. Albuquerque, NM ...... 35°05′02″ N 105°34′23″ W Arecibo, PR ...... 18°17′26″ N 66°22′33″ W (c) Client mode. An operating mode in Atlanta, GA ...... 32°33″06 N 84°23′35″ W which the transmissions of the TVBD, Beaufort, SC ...... 34°34′22″ N 76°09′48″ W including frequencies of operation, are Cape Charles, VA ...... 37°05′37″ N 75°58′06″ W Cedar Rapids, IA ...... 42°00′09″ N 91°17′39″ W under control of the master device. A Denver, CO ...... 39°15′45″ N 103°34′23″ W device in client mode is not able to ini- Fort Myers, FL ...... 81°31′20″ N 26°20′01″ W tiate a network. Kansas City, MO ...... 38°22′10″ N 93°21′48″ W Las Vegas, NV ...... 36°21′15″ N 114°17′33″ W (d) Fixed device. A TVBD that trans- Lovelock, NV ...... 40°03′07″ N 118°18′56″ W mits and/or receives Memphis, TN ...... 34°21′57″ N 90°02′43″ W radiocommunication signals at a speci- Miami, FL ...... 25°46′20″ N 80°28′48″ W Morehead City, NC ...... 34°34′50″ N 78°13′59″ W fied fixed location. Fixed TVBDs may Oklahoma City, OK ...... 34°30′52″ N 97°30′52″ W operate as part of a system, transmit- Orlando, FL ...... 28°31′30″ N 80°48′58″ W ting to one or more fixed TVBDs or to Reno, NV ...... 38°31′12″ N 119°14′37″ W Sarasota, FL ...... 27°12′41″ N 81°31′20″ W personal/portable TVBDs. Wilmington, NC ...... 34°29′24″ N 78°04′31″ W (e) Geo-location. The capability of a

NOTE: Systems of coordinates conform to NAD 83. TVBD to determine its geographic coordinates within a specified level of ac- Point Of Contact: ROTHR Deputy curacy. Program Manager, (540) 653–3624. (f) Master device. A TVBD operating TABLE 6—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES in master mode. FOR RADAR RECEIVER STATIONS (1.7–30 MHZ) (g) Master mode. An operating mode in which the TVBD has the capability Latitude/Longitude to transmit without receiving an ena- 18°01′ N/66°30′ W bling signal. The TVBD is able to se- 28°05′ N/98°43′ W lect a channel itself based on a list pro- 36°34′ N/76°18′ W vided by the database and initiate a NOTE: Systems of coordinates conform to NAD 83. network by sending enabling signals to other devices. A network always has at [70 FR 1374, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 71 FR least one device operating in master 49379, Aug. 23, 2006] mode. (h) Mode I operation. Operation of a Subpart H—Television Band personal/portable TVBD operating only Devices on the available channel identified by either the fixed TVBD or Mode II SOURCE: 74 FR 7326, Feb. 17, 2009, unless TVBD that enables its operation. Mode otherwise noted. I operation does not require use of a geo-location capability or access to the § 15.701 Scope. TV bands database and requires oper- This subpart sets out the regulations ation in client mode. for Television Band Devices (TVBDs) (i) Mode II operation. Operation of a which are unlicensed intentional radi- personal/portable TVBD whereby the ators operating on available channels device determines the available chan- in the broadcast television frequency nels at its location using its own geo- bands at 54–60 MHz, 76–88 MHz, 174–216 location and TV bands database access MHz, 470–608 MHz and 614–698 MHz capabilities. Devices operating in Mode bands. II may function as master devices. (j) Network initiation. The process by § 15.703 Definitions. which a fixed or Mode II TVBD sends (a) Available channel. A television control signals to another similar de- channel which is not being used by an vice or to a client device(s) and allows authorized user at or near the same ge- them to begin transmissions.

861

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00871 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.705 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(k) Operating channel. An available This equipment generates uses and can radi- channel used by a TVBD for trans- ate radio frequency energy and, if not in- mission and/or reception. stalled and used in accordance with the in- (l) Personal/portable device. A TVBD structions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is that transmits and/or receives no guarantee that interference will not occur radiocommunication signals while in in a particular installation. If this equip- motion or at unspecified locations that ment does cause harmful interference to may change. radio or television reception, which can be (m) Receive site. The location where determined by turning the equipment off and the signal of a full service station is re- on, the user is encouraged to try to correct ceived for rebroadcast by a television the interference by one or more of the fol- translator or low power TV, including lowing measures: Class A TV, station. 1. Reorient or relocate the receiving an- (n) Spectrum sensing. A process where- tenna. by a TVBD monitors a television chan- 2. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. nel to detect whether the channel is oc- 3. Connect the equipment into an outlet on cupied by a radio signal. a circuit different from that to which the re- (o) Television band device (TVBD). In- ceiver is connected. tentional radiators operating on avail- 4. Consult the manufacturer, dealer or an able channels in the broadcast tele- experienced radio/TV technician for help. vision frequency bands at 54–60 MHz, 76–88 MHz, 174–216 MHz, 470–608 MHz (b) In cases where the manual is pro- and 614–698 MHz. vided only in a form other than paper, (p) TV bands database. A database of such as on a computer disk or over the authorized services in the TV fre- Internet, the information required by quency bands that is used to determine this section may be included in the the available channels at a given loca- manual in that alternative form, pro- tion for use by TVBDs. vided the user can reasonably be expected to have the capability to access § 15.705 Cross reference. information in that form. (a) The provisions of subparts A, B, and C of this part apply to TVBDs, ex- § 15.707 Permissible channels of operation. cept where specific provisions are contained in subpart H. (a) All TVBDs are permitted to oper- (b) The requirements of subpart H ate in the frequency bands 512–608 MHz apply only to the radio transmitter and 614–698 MHz, except that in the 13 contained in the TVBD. Other aspects metropolitan areas listed § 90.303(a) of of the operation of a TVBD may be sub- this chapter and nearby areas where ject to requirements contained else- private land mobile services and com- where in this chapter. In particular, a mercial land mobile services are au- TVBD that includes a receiver that thorized by waiver, operation of TVBDs tunes within the frequency range speci- is prohibited on the first channel on fied in § 15.101(b) contains digital cir- each side of TV channel 37 (608–614 cuitry not directly associated with the MHz) that is available at all locations radio transmitter is also subject to the within the protection range of the co- requirements for unintentional radi- ordinates of each such area as set forth ators in subpart B. in § 15.712(d). These channels will be listed in the TV bands database. § 15.706 Information to the user. (b) Operation in the bands 54–60 MHz, (a) For TV band device, the instruc- 76–88 MHz, 174–216 MHz, and 470–512 tions furnished the user shall include MHz is permitted only for fixed TVBDs the following or similar statement, that communicate only with other placed in a prominent location in the fixed TVBDs. text of the manual: (c) Fixed and Mode II TVBDs shall only operate on available channels as This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the rules for TV band de- determined by the TV bands database vices, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules. and in accordance with the inter- These rules are designed to provide reason- ference avoidance mechanisms of able protection against harmful interference. § 15.711.

862

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00872 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.709

(d) Mode I TVBDs shall only operate the highest total transmit power oc- on available channels provided to it curring in any mode. from a Fixed or Mode II TVBD. (b) Antenna requirements. (1) For personal/portable TVBDs, the antenna § 15.709 General technical require- shall be permanently attached. ments. (2) The receive antenna used with (a) Power limits for TVBDs are as fol- fixed devices shall be located outdoors lows: (1) For fixed TVBDs, the max- at least 10 meters above the ground. imum conducted output power over the The antenna system shall be capable of TV channel of operation shall not ex- receiving signals of protected services ceed one watt. Transmitter power will equally in all directions. The transmit be measured at the antenna input to antenna used with fixed devices may account for any cable losses between not be more than 30 meters above the the transmitter and the antenna. If ground. transmitting antennas of directional (3) For both fixed and personal/port- gain greater than 6 dBi are used, the able TVBDs, the provisions of maximum conducted output power § 15.204(c)(4) do not apply to an antenna shall be reduced by the amount in dB used for transmission and reception/ that the directional gain of the an- spectrum sensing. tenna exceeds 6 dBi. (4) For both fixed and personal/port- (2) For personal/portable TVBDs, the able TVBDs with a separate sensing an- maximum conducted output power over tenna, compliance testing shall be per- the TV channel of operation shall not formed using the lowest gain antenna exceed 100 milliwatts; except that for for each type of antenna to be certified. personal/portable TVBDs that do not (c) Undesirable emission limits for meet the adjacent channel separation TVBDs are as follows: requirements in § 15.712(a), the max- (1) In the 6 MHz channels adjacent to imum conducted output power shall the operating channel, emissions from not exceed 40 milliwatts. If transmit- TVBD devices shall be at least 55 dB ting antennas of directional gain great- below the highest average power in the er than 0 dBi are used, the maximum band in which the device is operating. conducted output power shall be re- (2) The above emission measurements shall be performed using a minimum duced by the amount in dB that the di- resolution bandwidth of 100 kHz with rectional gain of the antenna exceeds 0 an average detector. A narrower reso- dBi. lution bandwidth may be employed (3) TVBDs shall incorporate transmit near the band edge, when necessary, power control to limit their operating provided the measured energy is inte- power to the minimum necessary for grated to show the total power over 100 successful communication. Applicants kHz. for certification shall include a de- (3) At frequencies beyond 6 MHz from scription of a device’s transmit power the edge of the operating channel, radi- control feature mechanism. ated emissions from TVBD devices (4) Maximum conducted output power shall meet the requirements of § 15.209. is the total transmit power in the en- (4) Emissions in the band 602–620 MHz tire emission bandwidth delivered to must also comply with the following all antennas and antenna elements field strength limits at a distance of averaged across all symbols in the sig- one meter. naling alphabet when the transmitter is operating at its maximum power Frequency Field strength μ control level. Power must be summed (MHz) dB V/meter/120 kHz across all antennas and antenna ele- 602–607 ...... 120–5[F(MHz)–602] ments. The average must not include 607–608 ...... 95 608–614 ...... 30 any time intervals during which the 614–615 ...... 95 transmitter is off or is transmitting at 615–620 ...... 120–5[620–F(MHz)] a reduced power level. If multiple modes of operation are possible (e.g., (5) TVBDs connected to the AC power alternative modulation methods), the line are required to comply with the maximum conducted output power is conducted limits set forth in § 15.207.

863

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00873 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.711 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(d) Compliance with radio frequency mechanism to identify available tele- exposure requirements. To ensure com- vision channels to provide interference pliance with the Commission’s radio protection to registered locations of frequency exposure requirements in such operations, consistent with the §§ 1.1307(b), 2.1091 and 2.1093 of this requirements of § 15.712, and shall rely chapter, fixed TVBDs shall be accom- on spectrum sensing to identify avail- panied by instructions on measures to able television channels to provide in- take to ensure that persons maintain a terference protection to all other oper- distance of at least 40 cm from the de- ations. vice, as well as any necessary hardware (b) Geo-location and database access. that may be needed to implement that (1) The geographic coordinates of a protection. These instructions shall be fixed TVBD shall be determined to an submitted with the application for cer- accuracy of ±50 meters by either an in- tification. Personal/portable TVBDs corporated geo-location capability or a that meet the definition of portable de- professional installer. In the case of vices under § 2.1093 of this chapter and professional installation, the party that operate with a source-based time- who registers the fixed TVBD in the averaged output of less than 20 mW database will be responsible for assur- will not be subject to routine evalua- ing the accuracy of the entered coordi- tion for compliance with the radio fre- nates. The geographic coordinates of a quency exposure guidelines, while de- fixed TVBD shall be determined at the vices that operate with a source-based time of installation and first activa- time-average output power greater tion from a power-off condition, and than 20 mW will be subject to the rou- this information may be stored inter- tine evaluation requirements. nally in the TVBD. If the fixed TVBD is moved to another location or if the § 15.711 Interference avoidance mech- stored coordinates become altered, the anisms. operator shall re-establish the device’s: (a) Except as provided in § 15.717, tele- (i) Geographic location and store this vision channel availability for a TVBD information in the TVBD either by is determined based on either the geo- means of the device’s incorporated geo- location and database access mecha- location capability or through the nism described in paragraph (b) of this services of a professional installer; and section or spectrum sensing described (ii) Registration with the database in paragraph (c) of this section. based on the device’s new coordinates. (1) A TVBD shall rely on the geo-lo- (2) A Mode II personal/portable device cation and database access mechanism shall incorporate a geo-location capa- to identify available television chan- bility to determine its geographic co- nels consistent with the interference ordinates to an accuracy of ±50 meters. protection requirements of § 15.712. The device must re-establish its posi- Such protection will be provided for tion each time it is activated from a the following authorized services: dig- power-off condition. ital television stations, digital and (3)(i) Fixed devices must access a TV analog Class A, low power, translator bands database over the Internet to de- and booster stations; translator receive termine the TV channels that are operations; fixed broadcast auxiliary available at their geographic coordi- service links; private land mobile serv- nates prior to their initial service ice/commercial radio service (PLMRS/ transmission at a given location. Oper- CMRS) operations; offshore radio- ation is permitted only on channels telephone service; and cable system that are indicated in the database as head-ends. In addition, protection shall being available for TVBDs. Fixed be provided in border areas near Can- TVBDS shall access the database at ada and Mexico in accordance with least once a day to verify that the op- § 15.712(g). erating channels continue to remain (2) For low power auxiliary services available. Operation must cease imme- authorized pursuant to §§ 74.801 through diately if the channel is no longer 74.882 of this chapter, including wire- available. less microphones, a TVBD shall rely on (ii) Mode II personal/portable devices the geo-location and database access must access a TV bands database over

864

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00874 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.711

the Internet to determine the TV chan- antenna gain in the direction and at nels that are available at their geo- the frequency that exhibits the least graphic coordinates prior to their ini- gain. Alternative approaches for the tial service transmission at a given lo- sensing antenna are permitted, e.g., cation. Operation is permitted only on electronically rotateable antennas, channels that are indicated in the provided the applicant for equipment database as being available for TVBDs. authorization can demonstrate that its A Mode II personal/portable device sensing antenna provides at least the must access the database for a list of same performance as an available channels each time it is acti- omnidirectional antenna with 0 dBi vated from a power-off condition and gain. re-check its location and the database (2) Low power auxiliary device channel for available channels if it changes lo- availability check time. A TVBD may cation during operation. A Mode II per- start operating on a TV channel if no sonal/portable device that has been in a wireless microphone or other low powered state shall re-check its loca- power auxiliary device signals above tion and access the database daily to the detection threshold are detected verify that the operating channel(s) within a minimum time interval of 30 continue to be available. seconds. (iii) If a fixed or mode II TVBD fails (3) TV channel availability check time. to contact the TV bands database dur- A TVBD is required to check for TV ing any given day, it may continue to signals for a minimum time interval of operate until 11:59 PM of the following 30 seconds. If a TV signal is detected on day at which time it must cease oper- a channel indicated as available for use ations unless it has contacted the TV by the database system, the device will bands database during the intervening provide a notice of that detection to period. the operator of the device and a means (iv) Personal/portable devices oper- for the operator to optionally remove ating in Mode I shall obtain a list of the channel from the device’s list of channels on which they may operate available channels. from a master device. (4) In-service monitoring. A TVBD (4) All geographic coordinates shall must perform in-service monitoring of be referenced to the North American an operating channel a minimum of Datum of 1983 (NAD 83). once every 60 seconds. There is no min- (c) Spectrum sensing—(1) Detection imum channel availability check time threshold. (i) All fixed and personal/ for in-service monitoring. portable TVBDs must be capable of de- (5) Channel move time. After a wireless tecting ATSC digital TV, NTSC analog microphone or other low power auxil- TV and wireless microphone signals iary device signal is detected on a using analog or digital modulation TVBD operating channel, all trans- methods. The required detection missions by the TVBD must cease thresholds are. within two seconds. (A) ATSC signals: ¥114 dBm, aver- (6) Personal/portable devices oper- aged over a 6 MHz bandwidth; ating in the client mode shall identify (B) NTSC signals: ¥114 dBm, aver- to the fixed or Mode II personal/port- aged over a 100 kHz bandwidth; able device those television channels (C) Wireless microphone signals: ¥114 on which it senses any signals above dBm, averaged over a 200 kHz band- the detection threshold. The fixed or width. Mode II device shall respond in accord- (ii) The detection thresholds are ref- ance with the provisions of this para- erenced to an omnidirectional receive graph as if it had detected the signal antenna with a gain of 0 dBi. If a re- itself. ceive antenna with a minimum direc- (7) TVBDs communicating either ditional gain of less than 0 dBi is used, rectly with one another or linked the detection threshold shall be re- through a base station must share in- duced by the amount in dB that the formation on channel occupancy deter- minimum directional gain of the an- mined by sensing. If any device in a tenna is less than 0 dBi. Minimum di- local area group or network determines rectional gain shall be defined as the that a channel is occupied, all other

865

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00875 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.712 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

linked devices will also be required to use the television channels that the respond in accordance with the provi- database indicates are available for it sions of this paragraph as if it had de- to use. Such fixed devices must re-con- tected the signal itself. tact the database through another (d) A TVBD must incorporate the ca- fixed device to review their list of pability to display a list of identified available channels at least once every available channels and its operating 60 seconds. A fixed device may not op- channels. erate as a client to another fixed de- (e) Fixed TVBDs shall transmit iden- vice. tifying information. The identification (g) A personal/portable TVBD oper- signal must conform to a standard es- ating in Mode I may only transmit tablished by a recognized industry upon receiving the transmissions of standards setting organization. The fixed or Mode II TVBD. A personal/ identification signal shall carry suffi- portable device operating in Mode I cient information to identify the de- may transmit on either an operating vice and its geographic coordinates. channel of the fixed or Mode II TVBD (f) If a fixed TVBD device does not have a direct connection to the Inter- or on a channel the fixed or Mode II net and has not yet been initialized and TVBD indicates is available for use. registered with the TV bands database, § 15.712 Interference protection re- consistent with § 15.713, but can receive quirements. the transmissions of another fixed TVBD, the device needing (a) Digital television stations, and initialization may transmit to that digital and analog Class A TV, low other device on either a channel that power TV, TV translator and TV boost- the other TVBD has transmitted on or er stations: on a channel which the other TVBD in- (1) Protected contour. TVBDs must dicates is available for use to access protect digital and analog TV services the database to register its location within the contours shown in the fol- and receive a list of channels that are lowing table. The contours are based available for it to use. Subsequently, on the R–6602 curves contained in the newly registered TVBD must only § 73.699 of this chapter.

Protected contour Type of station Contour Propagation Channel (dBu) curve

Analog: Class A TV, LPTV, translator and booster ...... Low VHF (2–6) ...... 47 F(50,50) High VHF (7–13) ...... 56 F(50,50) UHF (14–69) ...... 64 F(50,50) Digital: Full service TV, Class A TV, LPTV, translator and Low VHF (2–6) ...... 28 F(50,90) booster. High VHF (7–13) ...... 36 F(50,90) UHF (14–51) ...... 41 F(50,90)

(2) Required separation distance. Fixed the contour of adjacent channel sta- TVBDs and personal/portable TVBDs tions, provided the power level is re- operating in Mode II must be located duced as specified in § 15.709(a)(2). outside the contours indicated in paragraph (a)(1) of this section of co-chan- Required separation (km) from digital or analog TV (full service nel and adjacent channel stations by at Antenna height of unli- or low power) protected contour least the minimum distances specified censed device Co-channel Adjacent in the following table. Personal/port- (km) channel able TVBDs operating in Mode II must (km) comply with the separation distances Less than 3 meters ...... 6.0 0 .1 specified for an unlicensed device with 3–Less than 10 meters ... 8.0 0 .1 an antenna height of less than 3 me- 10–30 meters ...... 14.4 0.74 ters. Alternatively, Mode II personal/ portable TVBDs may operate at closer (b) Translator receive sites and cable separation distances, including inside headends. For translator receive sites

866

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00876 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.712

and cable headends registered in the (e) Offshore Radiotelephone Service. TV bands database, TVBDs may not op- TVBDs may not operate on channels erate within an arc of ±30 degrees from used by the Offshore Radio Service a line between the registered trans- within the geographic areas specified lator or cable headend receive site and in § 74.709(e) of this chapter. the TV station being received within a (f) Low power auxiliary services, in- distance of 80 km from the protected cluding wireless microphones. (1) TVBDs contour for co-channel operation and 20 will not be permitted to operate within km from the protected contour for ad- 1 km of the coordinates of registered jacent channel operation. Outside of wireless microphone sites during des- this ±30 degree arc, TVBDs may not op- ignated times on the channels used by erate within 8 km from the receive site wireless microphones. for co-channel operation and 2 km from (2) In the 13 metropolitan areas listed the receive site for adjacent channel in § 90.303(a) of this chapter and nearby operation. areas where private land mobile serv- (c) Fixed Broadcast Auxiliary Service ices and commercial land mobile serv- (BAS) Links. For permanent BAS re- ices are authorized by waiver, oper- ceive sites appearing in the Commis- ation of TVBDs will not be permitted sion’s Universal Licensing System or to operate on the first channel on each temporary BAS receive sites registered side of TV channel 37 (608–614 MHz) in the TV bands database, TVBDs may that is available, i.e., not occupied by a not operate within an arc of ±30 degrees licensed service, at all locations within from a line between the BAS receive the protection range of the coordinates site and its associated permanent of each such area as set forth in transmitter within a distance of 80 km § 15.712(d). from the receive site for co-channel op- (g) Border areas near Canada and Mex- eration and 20 km for adjacent channel ico. (1) Fixed and personal/portable operation. Outside this ±30 degree arc, TVBDs shall not operate within 32 kil- TVBDs may not operate within 8 km ometers of the Canadian Border. from the receive site for co-channel op- (2) Fixed and personal/portable eration and 2 km from the receive site TVBDs shall not operate within 40 kil- for adjacent channel operation. ometers of the Mexican border on UHF (d) PLMRS/CMRS operations. TVBDs channels, or within 60 kilometers of may not operate at distances less than that border on VHF channels. 134 km for co-channel operations and (h) Radio astronomy services. Oper- 131 km for adjacent channel operations ation of fixed and personal/portable from the coordinates of the metropoli- TVBDs is prohibited on all channels tan areas and on the channels listed in within 2.4 kilometers at the following § 90.303(a) of this chapter. For PLMRS/ locations. CMRS operations outside of the metro- (1) The Naval Radio Research Observ- politan areas listed in § 90.303(a) of this atory in Sugar Grove, West Virginia. chapter, co-channel and adjacent chan- (2) The Table Mountain Radio Re- nel TVBDs may not operate closer than ceiving Zone (TMRZ) at 40°07′50″ N and 54 km and 51 km, respectively from a 105°15′40″ W. base station. (3) The following facilities.

Longitude Latitude Observatory (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec)

Allen Telescope Array ...... 121°28′24″ W ...... 40°49′04″ N. Arecibo Observatory ...... 066°45′11″ W ...... 18°20′46″ N. Green Bank Telescope (GBT) ...... 079°50′24″ W ...... 38°25′59″ N. Very Large Array (VLA) ...... 107°37′04″ W ...... 34°04′44″ N. Very Long Baseline Array (VLBA) Stations: Pie Town, AZ ...... 108°07′07″ W ...... 34°18′04″ N. Kitt Peak, AZ ...... 111°36′42″ W ...... 31°57′22″ N. Los Alamos, NM ...... 106°14′42″ W ...... 35°46′30″ N. Ft. Davis, TX ...... 103°56′39″ W ...... 30°38′06″ N. N. Liberty, IA ...... 091°34′26″ W ...... 41°46′17″ N. Brewster, WA ...... 119°40′55″ W ...... 48°07′53″ N. Owens Valley, CA ...... 118°16′34″ W ...... 37°13′54″ N. St. Croix, VI ...... 064°35′03″ W ...... 17°45′31″ N. Hancock, NH ...... 071°59′12″ W ...... 42°56′01″ N.

867

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00877 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.713 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Longitude Latitude Observatory (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec)

Mauna Kea, HI ...... 155°27′29″ W ...... 19°48′16″ N.

§ 15.713 TV bands database. vices, are used and their schedule for (a) Purpose. The TV bands database operation. serves the following functions: (vi) Fixed TVBD registrations. (1) To determine and provide to a (c) Restrictions on registration. (1) Tel- TVBD, upon request, the available TV evision translator, low power TV and channels at the TVBD’s location. Class A station receive sites within the Available channels are determined protected contour of the station being based on the interference protection re- received are not eligible for registra- quirements in § 15.712. tion in the database. (2) To register the identification in- (2) Cable television headends within formation and location of fixed TVBDs. the protected contour of a television (3) To register protected locations channel are not eligible to register and channels as specified in paragraph that channel in the database. (b)(2) of this section, that are not oth- (d) Determination of available channels. erwise recorded in Commission licens- The TV bands database will determine ing databases. the available channels at a location (b) Information in the TV bands data- using the interference protection re- base. (1) Facilities already recorded in quirements of § 15.712, the location in- Commission databases. Identifying and formation supplied by a TVBD, and the location information will come from the official Commission database. data for protected stations/locations in These services include: the database. The TV bands database (i) Digital television stations. will also check for proximity of a (ii) Class A television stations. TVBD to the Canadian and Mexican (iii) Low power television stations. borders where operation may be pro- (iv) Television translator and booster hibited pursuant to § 15.712(g). stations. (e) TVBD initialization. (1) Fixed and (v) Broadcast Auxiliary Service sta- Mode II TVBDs must provide their lo- tions (including receive only sites), ex- cation and required identifying infor- cept low power auxiliary stations. mation to the TV bands database in ac- (vi) Private land mobile radio service cordance with the provisions of para- stations. graph (b) of this section. (vii) Commercial mobile radio service (2) Fixed and Mode II TVBDs shall stations. not transmit unless they receive, from (viii) Offshore radiotelephone service the TV bands database, a list of avail- stations. able channels. (2) Facilities that are not recorded in (3) Fixed TVBDs register and receive Commission databases. Identifying and a list of available channels from the location information will be entered database by connecting to the Internet, into the TV bands database in accord- either directly or through another ance with the procedures established fixed TVBD. by the TV bands database administrator(s). These include: (4) Mode II TVBDs register and re- (i) Cable television headends. ceive a list of available channels from (ii) Class A television station receive the database by connecting to the sites. Internet, either directly or through a (iii) Low power television station re- fixed TVBD. ceive sites. (f) Fixed TVBD registration. (1) Prior (iv) Television translator station re- to operating for the first time or after ceive sites. changing location, a fixed TVBD must (v) Sites where low power auxiliary register with the TV bands database by stations, including wireless micro- providing the information listed in phones and wireless assist video de- paragraph (f)(3) of this section.

868

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00878 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.713

(2) The party responsible for a fixed (iii) Geographic center of the region TVBD must ensure that the TVBD reg- (latitude and longitude in NAD 83). istration database has the most cur- (iv) Call sign. rent, up-to-date information for that (4) PLMRS/CMRS base station oper- device. ations located more than 80 km from (3) The TVBD registration database the geographic centers of the 13 metro- shall contain the following information politan areas defined in § 90.303(a) of for fixed TVBDs: this chapter (e.g., in accordance with a (i) FCC identifier (FCC ID) of the de- waiver). vice. (i) Transmitter location (latitude and (ii) Manufacturer’s serial number of longitude in NAD 83) or geographic the device. area of operations. (iii) Device’s geographic coordinates (ii) Effective radiated power. (latitude and longitude (NAD 83) accu- (iii) Transmitter height above aver- rate to ± 50 m). age terrain (if specified). (iv) Name of the individual or busi- (iv) Antenna height above ground ness that is responsible for the device. level (if specified). (v) Name of a contact person respon- (v) Call sign. sible for the device’s operation. (5) Offshore Radiotelephone Service. (vi) Address for the contact person. For each of the four regions where the (vii) E-mail address for the contact Offshore Radiotelephone Service oper- person. ates. (viii) Phone number for the contact (i) Geographic boundaries of the re- person. gion (latitude and longitude in NAD 83 (g) A personal/portable device oper- for each point defining the boundary of ating in Mode II shall provide the data- the region. base its FCC Identifier (as required by (ii) Channel(s) used by the service in § 2.926 of this chapter), serial number as that region. assigned by the manufacturer, and the (6) Cable Television headends. device’s geographic coordinates (lati- (i) Name and address of cable com- tude and longitude (NAD 83) accurate pany. to ±50 m) (ii) Location of the headend receiver (h) The TV bands database shall con- (latitude and longitude in NAD 83, ac- tain the listed information for each of curate to ±50 m). the following: (iii) Channel number of each tele- (1) Digital television stations, digital vision channel received, subject to the and analog Class A, low power, trans- following condition: channels for which lator and booster stations: the cable headend is located within the (i) Transmitter coordinates (latitude protected contour of that channel’s and longitude in NAD 83). transmitting station are not eligible (ii) Effective radiated power (ERP). for registration in the database. (iii) Height above average terrain of (iv) Call sign of each television chan- the transmitting antenna (HAAT). nel received and eligible for registra- (iv) Horizontal transmit antenna pat- tion. tern (if the antenna is directional). (v) Location (latitude and longitude) (v) Channel number. of the transmitter of each television (vi) Station call sign. channel received. (2) Broadcast Auxiliary Service. (7) Television translator, low power (i) Transmitter coordinates (latitude TV and Class A TV station receive and longitude in NAD 83). sites. (ii) Receiver coordinates (latitude (i) Call sign of the TV translator sta- and longitude in NAD 83). tion. (iii) Channel number. (ii) Location of the TV translator re- (iv) Call sign. ceive site (latitude and longitude in (3) Metropolitan areas listed in NAD 83, accurate to ±50 m). § 90.303(a) of this chapter. (iii) Channel number of the re-trans- (i) Region name. mitted television station, subject to (ii) Channel(s) reserved for use in the the following condition: a channel for region. which the television translator receive

869

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00879 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR § 15.714 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

site is located within the protected istering fixed TVBDs and temporary contour of that channel’s transmitting BAS links. station is not eligible for registration (b) The Commission, upon request, in the database. will review the fees and can require (iv) Call sign of the retransmitted changes in those fees if they are found television station. to be excessive. (v) Location (latitude and longitude) EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 74 FR 7326, Feb. of the transmitter of the retransmitted 17, 2009, § 15.714 was added. This section con- television station. tains information collection and record- (8) Low power auxiliary stations, in- keeping requirements and will not become cluding wireless microphones and wire- effective until approval has been given by less assist video devices. Sites with sig- the Office of Management and Budget. nificant wireless microphone use at well defined times and locations may § 15.715 TV bands database adminis- be registered in the database. Multiple trator. registrations that specify more than The Commission will designate one one point in the facility may be en- or more entities to administer a TV tered for very large sites. Registrations bands database. Each database admin- will be valid for no more than one year, istrator shall: after which they may be renewed. (a) Maintain a database that contains (i) Name of the individual or business the information described in § 15.713. that owns the low power auxiliary de- (b) Establish a process for acquiring vice(s). and storing in the database necessary (ii) An address for the contact per- and appropriate information from the son. Commission’s databases and synchro- (iii) An e-mail address for the con- nizing the database with the current tact person (optional). Commission databases at least once a (iv) A phone number for the contact week to include newly licensed facili- person. ties or any changes to licensed facili- (v) Coordinates where the device(s) ties. are used (latitude and longitude in (c) Establish a process for registering NAD 83, accurate to ±50 m). fixed TVBDs and registering and in- (vi) Channels used by the low power cluding in the database facilities enti- auxiliary devices operated at the site. tled to protection but not contained in (vii) Specific months, days and times a Commission database, including when the device(s) are used. cable headends and TV translator re- (i) Commission requests for data. (1) ceiver sites. A TV bands database administrator (d) Establish a process for registering must provide to the Commission, upon facilities where part 74 low power aux- request, any information contained in iliary devices are used on a regular the database. basis. (2) A TV bands database adminis- (e) Provide lists of available channels trator must remove information from to fixed and personal/portable TVBDs the database, upon direction, in writ- that submit to it the information re- ing, by the Commission. quired under § 15.713(f) based on their geographic location. EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 74 FR 7326, Feb. (f) Make its services available to all 17, 2009, § 15.713 was added. This section contains information collection and record- unlicensed TV band device users on a keeping requirements and will not become non-discriminatory basis. effective until approval has been given by (g) Provide service for a five-year the Office of Management and Budget. term. This term can be renewed at the Commission’s discretion. § 15.714 TV bands database adminis- (h) Respond in a timely manner to tration fees. verify, correct and/or remove, as appro- (a) A TV bands database adminis- priate, data in the event that the Com- trator may charge a fee for provision of mission or a party brings claim of inac- lists of available channels to fixed and curacies in the database to its atten- personal/portable TVBDs and for reg- tion.

870

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00880 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission Pt. 17

(i) Transfer its database along with that portions of their application re- the IP addresses and URLs used to ac- main confidential in accordance with cess the database and list of registered § 0.459 of this chapter. This public no- Fixed TVBDs, to another designated tice will include proposed test proce- entity in the event it does not continue dures and methodologies. as the database administrator at the (ii) The Commission will conduct lab- end of its term. It may charge a rea- oratory and field tests of the pre-pro- sonable price for such conveyance. duction device. This testing will be (j) The database must have conducted to evaluate proof of per- functionality such that upon request formance of the device, including char- from the Commission it can indicate acterization of its sensing capability that no channels are available when and its interference potential. The queried by a specific TVBD or model of testing will be open to the public. TVBDs. (iii) Subsequent to the completion of (k) If more than one database is de- testing, the Commission will issue by veloped, the database administrators public notice, a test report including shall cooperate to develop a standard- recommendations. The public notice ized process for providing on a daily will specify a minimum of 30 days for basis or more often, as appropriate, the comments and, if any objections are re- data collected for the facilities listed ceived, an additional 15 days for reply in § 15.713(b)(2) to all other TV bands comments. databases to ensure consistency in the (b) The device shall meet the require- records of protected facilities. ments for personal/portable devices in EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 74 FR 7326, Feb. this subpart except that it will be lim- 17, 2009, § 15.715 was added. This section con- ited to a maximum EIRP of 50 mw and tains information collection and record- it does not have to comply with the re- keeping requirements and will not become quirements for geo-location and data- effective until approval has been given by base access in § 15.711(b). Compliance the Office of Management and Budget. with the detection threshold for spectrum sensing in § 15.711(c), although re- § 15.717 TVBDs that rely on spectrum sensing. quired, is not necessarily sufficient for demonstrating reliable interference (a) Parties may submit applications avoidance. Once a device is certified, for certification of TVBDs that rely additional devices that are identical in solely on spectrum sensing to identify electrical characteristics and antenna available channels. Devices authorized systems may be certified under the under this section must demonstrate procedures of part 2, subpart J of this with an extremely high degree of con- chapter. fidence that they will not cause harmful interference to incumbent radio EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 74 FR 7326, Feb. services. 17, 2009, § 15.717 was added. This section con- (1) In addition to the procedures in tains information collection and record- keeping requirements and will not become subpart J of part 2 of this chapter, ap- effective until approval has been given by plicants shall comply with the fol- the Office of Management and Budget. lowing. (i) The application must include a full explanation of how the device will PART 17—CONSTRUCTION, MARK- protect incumbent authorized services ING, AND LIGHTING OF AN- against interference. TENNA STRUCTURES (ii) Applicants must submit a pre- production device, identical to the de- Subpart A—General Information vice expected to be marketed. Sec. (2) The Commission will follow the 17.1 Basis and purpose. procedures below for processing appli- 17.2 Definitions. cations pursuant to this section. 17.4 Antenna structure registration. (i) Applications will be placed on 17.5 Commission consideration of applica- public notice for a minimum of 30 days tions for station authorization. for comments and 15 days for reply 17.6 Responsibility of Commission licensees comments. Applicants may request and permittees.

871

VerDate Mar<15>2010 09:35 Dec 08, 2010 Jkt 220200 PO 00000 Frm 00881 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220200.XXX 220200 wwoods2 on DSK1DXX6B1PROD with CFR